Mathematical Methods Handbook

Lie groups and angular momentum

Continuous groups, rotations and the theory of angular momentum.

In this chapter 10

Tick a unit to add it to your PDF basket.

  1. Lie groups and rotations

Lie groups and rotations

10

Definition

Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras

Adapted

Defines a matrix Lie group as a closed subgroup of the invertible matrices, shows that the set of XX with etXe^{tX} in the group for every real tt is a real Lie algebra under the commutator, explains how the exponential map ties the two together near the identity, and fixes the structure constants and the two sign conventions (mathematicians' eXe^{X}, physicists' eiφSe^{i\varphi S}) that the rest of the chapter uses.

Prerequisites: Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential, Groups and subgroups, Homomorphisms and quotient groups, Linear maps and matrices, Determinants, Unitary and orthogonal matrices

Definition(Matrix Lie group)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Thm 20.12, p. 523, and Prop. 20.9, p. 521

Write Mn(C)M_n(\mathbb{C}) for the complex n×nn\times n matrices and

GL(n,C)={ A∈Mn(C):det⁡A≠0 }GL(n,\mathbb{C}) = \{\, A \in M_n(\mathbb{C}) : \det A \neq 0 \,\}

for the general linear group, a group under matrix multiplication (determinants). A matrix Lie group is a subgroup G⊆GL(n,C)G \subseteq GL(n,\mathbb{C}) that is a closed subset of GL(n,C)GL(n,\mathbb{C}): if Ak∈GA_k \in G and Ak→AA_k \to A with AA invertible, then A∈GA \in G.

The word "closed" is a condition inside GL(n,C)GL(n,\mathbb{C}), not inside Mn(C)M_n(\mathbb{C}). A sequence in GG is allowed to run off to a singular limit; what is forbidden is an invertible limit outside GG.

This definition is a shortcut. In the general theory a Lie group is a group that is also a smooth manifold with smooth multiplication and inversion, and the point of Lee's (Lee (2013), Thm 20.12, p. 523) closed subgroup theorem is that a subgroup of a Lie group which is merely a closed subset is automatically an embedded Lie subgroup. Taking the conclusion as the definition costs us nothing in this chapter and spares us the manifold apparatus.

Definition(Lie algebra, and the Lie algebra of a matrix group)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), p. 190, Example 8.36(c), and Prop. 20.9, p. 521

A Lie algebra over R\mathbb{R} is a real vector space g\mathfrak{g} carrying a map g×g→g\mathfrak{g}\times\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}, written (X,Y)↦[X,Y](X,Y)\mapsto[X,Y] and called the bracket, such that for all X,Y,Z∈gX,Y,Z\in\mathfrak{g} and all a,b∈Ra,b\in\mathbb{R}:

  1. bilinearity: [aX+bY,Z]=a[X,Z]+b[Y,Z][aX+bY,Z] = a[X,Z]+b[Y,Z] and [Z,aX+bY]=a[Z,X]+b[Z,Y][Z,aX+bY] = a[Z,X]+b[Z,Y];
  2. antisymmetry: [X,Y]=−[Y,X][X,Y] = -[Y,X];
  3. the Jacobi identity: [X,[Y,Z]]+[Y,[Z,X]]+[Z,[X,Y]]=0[X,[Y,Z]] + [Y,[Z,X]] + [Z,[X,Y]] = 0.

The bracket is not associative; the Jacobi identity is what stands in its place. A Lie subalgebra is a linear subspace closed under the bracket, and a Lie algebra homomorphism is a linear map ϕ\phi with ϕ[X,Y]=[ϕX,ϕY]\phi[X,Y] = [\phi X,\phi Y].

The basic example is Mn(C)M_n(\mathbb{C}) — or Mn(R)M_n(\mathbb{R}) — with the commutator

[A,B]=AB−BA.[A,B] = AB - BA .

Bilinearity and antisymmetry are immediate; the Jacobi identity is checked by expanding the six products, each of which occurs twice with opposite signs. Regarded this way the matrices are written gl(n,C)\mathfrak{gl}(n,\mathbb{C}), in lower-case fraktur, and as a real Lie algebra gl(n,C)\mathfrak{gl}(n,\mathbb{C}) has dimension 2n22n^2.

For a matrix Lie group G⊆GL(n,C)G \subseteq GL(n,\mathbb{C}), the Lie algebra of GG is

g  =  { X∈Mn(C):etX∈G  for every t∈R },\mathfrak{g} \;=\; \{\, X \in M_n(\mathbb{C}) : e^{tX} \in G \ \text{ for every } t \in \mathbb{R} \,\} ,

where eX=∑k≥0Xk/k!e^{X} = \sum_{k\ge0}X^k/k! is the matrix exponential. The elements of g\mathfrak{g} are the generators (in the mathematicians' normalisation; see the convention note below), and the curve t↦etXt\mapsto e^{tX} is the one-parameter subgroup generated by XX. The requirement is for all real tt, not merely for small tt: that is what makes the set a vector space.

Note(Two sign conventions, and which one we use where)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.35)–(17.36) and (17.43), pp. 846, 848; Hassani (2013), Def. 29.1.28, p. 927

Mathematics and physics write the same object with different factors of ii, and mixing them silently is the commonest source of sign errors in this subject.

  • Mathematicians' convention (Lee (Lee (2013), Prop. 20.9, p. 521), Hassani (Hassani (2013), Def. 29.1.28, p. 927)): group elements are eXe^{X} with X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g}, and the structure constants are defined by [ξi,ξj]=∑kcij k ξk[\xi_i,\xi_j] = \sum_k c_{ij}^{\,k}\,\xi_k with no ii. For a unitary group the XX are anti-Hermitian.
  • Physicists' convention (Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.35)–(17.36), p. 846)): group elements are U(φ)=exp⁡(iφS)U(\varphi) = \exp(i\varphi S) with SS Hermitian, obtained from an infinitesimal element U(δφ)=1+i δφ SU(\delta\varphi) = 1 + i\,\delta\varphi\,S and the limit U(φ)=lim⁡N→∞(1+iφS/N)NU(\varphi) = \lim_{N\to\infty}(1+i\varphi S/N)^N. The structure constants then carry an ii:
[Sj,Sk]=i∑lfjkl Sl.[S_j,S_k] = i\sum_l f_{jkl}\,S_l .

The two are related by X=iSX = iS, and the structure constants by c=ifc = i f up to the index ordering. We use the mathematicians' form in this unit, because g\mathfrak{g} is then a real vector space closed under the commutator and the statements below need no qualification; from the rotation group and SU(2) onwards we switch to the physicists' form, because the Hermitian SS are the observables and their eigenvalues are the quantum numbers. The two conventions are flagged again at each switch.

Definition(The Lie algebra of a matrix Lie group)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 20.2, pp. 517–518, Prop. 20.8, pp. 519–521, Prop. 20.9, p. 521, Cor. 20.11, p. 523; Hassani (2013), Thm 29.1.21, p. 925

Let G⊆GL(n,C)G\subseteq GL(n,\mathbb{C}) be a matrix Lie group and g\mathfrak{g} the set defined above. Then:

  1. g\mathfrak{g} is a real Lie algebra. It is a real linear subspace of Mn(C)M_n(\mathbb{C}), closed under [ ⋅ ,⋅ ][\,\cdot\,,\cdot\,], and closed as a subset of Mn(C)M_n(\mathbb{C}).
  2. The exponential map lands in GG and is a local chart. exp⁡:g→G\exp:\mathfrak{g}\to G, X↦eXX\mapsto e^{X}, is smooth, satisfies e(s+t)X=esXetXe^{(s+t)X}=e^{sX}e^{tX}, (eX)−1=e−X(e^{X})^{-1}=e^{-X}, and restricts to a diffeomorphism of a neighbourhood of 00 in g\mathfrak{g} onto a neighbourhood of II in GG. In particular dim⁡Rg\dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathfrak{g} is the number of real parameters of GG, and two matrix Lie groups with the same Lie algebra look alike near the identity.
  3. One-parameter subgroups. Every continuous homomorphism γ:R→G\gamma:\mathbb{R}\to G is of the form γ(t)=etX\gamma(t) = e^{tX} for a unique X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g}, namely X=γ′(0)X = \gamma'(0).
  4. Homomorphisms descend. If Φ:G→H\Phi : G \to H is a homomorphism of matrix Lie groups that is smooth, there is a unique Lie algebra homomorphism ϕ:g→h\phi:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{h} with
Φ(eX)=eϕ(X)for all X∈g,\Phi(e^{X}) = e^{\phi(X)} \qquad \text{for all } X \in \mathfrak{g},

and ϕ(X)=ddtΦ(etX)∣t=0\phi(X) = \frac{d}{dt}\Phi(e^{tX})\big|_{t=0}. 5. Structure constants. If ξ1,…,ξr\xi_1,\dots,\xi_r is a basis of g\mathfrak{g} then, because [ξi,ξj]∈g[\xi_i,\xi_j]\in\mathfrak{g}, there are real numbers cij kc_{ij}^{\,k} with

[ξi,ξj]=∑k=1rcij k ξk,[\xi_i,\xi_j] = \sum_{k=1}^{r} c_{ij}^{\,k}\,\xi_k ,

and these satisfy

cij k=− cji k,∑κ(cρσ κcκμ ν+cσμ κcκρ ν+cμρ κcκσ ν)=0,c_{ij}^{\,k} = -\,c_{ji}^{\,k}, \qquad \sum_{\kappa}\Bigl( c_{\rho\sigma}^{\,\kappa}c_{\kappa\mu}^{\,\nu} + c_{\sigma\mu}^{\,\kappa}c_{\kappa\rho}^{\,\nu} + c_{\mu\rho}^{\,\kappa}c_{\kappa\sigma}^{\,\nu} \Bigr) = 0 ,

which are antisymmetry and the Jacobi identity written in components. Hassani (Hassani (2013), p. 927) calls the constancy of the cij kc_{ij}^{\,k} over the group Lie's second theorem and the two displayed identities Lie's third theorem. 6. The classical algebras. With A†A^{\dagger} the conjugate transpose and ATA^{\mathsf{T}} the transpose,

sl(n,C)={X:tr X=0},u(n)={X:X†=−X},su(n)={X:X†=−X, tr X=0},so(n)={X real:XT=−X},\begin{aligned} \mathfrak{sl}(n,\mathbb{C}) &= \{X : \mathrm{tr}\,X = 0\}, & \mathfrak{u}(n) &= \{X : X^{\dagger} = -X\}, \\ \mathfrak{su}(n) &= \{X : X^{\dagger} = -X,\ \mathrm{tr}\,X = 0\}, & \mathfrak{so}(n) &= \{X \text{ real} : X^{\mathsf{T}} = -X\}, \end{aligned}

of real dimensions 2(n2−1)2(n^2-1), n2n^2, n2−1n^2-1 and n(n−1)/2n(n-1)/2 respectively.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Three short arguments do all the work.

That g\mathfrak{g} is closed under scalars is free, since et(sX)=e(ts)Xe^{t(sX)} = e^{(ts)X}. That it is closed under addition is not free, because eXeY≠eX+Ye^{X}e^{Y}\neq e^{X+Y} in general; the fix is the Lie product formula, which recovers et(X+Y)e^{t(X+Y)} as a limit of products of elements of GG, and then closedness of GG finishes the job. That it is closed under the bracket comes from a different trick: conjugation by a group element preserves g\mathfrak{g}, so t↦etXYe−tXt\mapsto e^{tX}Ye^{-tX} is a curve inside the subspace g\mathfrak{g}, and the derivative of a curve in a closed subspace stays in the subspace — that derivative is exactly [X,Y][X,Y].

The other statements are facts about the matrix exponential transported to GG. The series ∑tkXk/k!\sum t^kX^k/k! converges for every XX, its derivative at t=0t=0 is XX, and exp⁡\exp therefore has derivative the identity at the origin, so the inverse function theorem makes it invertible near 00. That single sentence is why a curved object — the group — is governed near its identity by a flat one, its Lie algebra.

Proof(g\mathfrak{g} is a real Lie algebra)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Cor. 20.11, p. 523, and Thm 20.12, p. 523

Throughout, GG is closed in GL(n,C)GL(n,\mathbb{C}) and g={X:etX∈G for all t∈R}\mathfrak{g} = \{X : e^{tX}\in G \text{ for all } t\in\mathbb{R}\}.

Step 1: g\mathfrak{g} is closed under real scalars. If X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g} and s∈Rs\in\mathbb{R}, then for every tt we have et(sX)=e(ts)X∈Ge^{t(sX)} = e^{(ts)X}\in G, so sX∈gsX\in\mathfrak{g}. Note that this uses only real ss: g\mathfrak{g} need not be a complex subspace, and for su(n)\mathfrak{su}(n) it is not, since iXiX is Hermitian when XX is anti-Hermitian.

Step 2: g\mathfrak{g} is a closed subset of Mn(C)M_n(\mathbb{C}). Let Xk∈gX_k\in\mathfrak{g} with Xk→XX_k\to X. For fixed tt the exponential is continuous (the series converges uniformly on bounded sets, by the matrix exponential), so etXk→etXe^{tX_k}\to e^{tX}, and etXe^{tX} is invertible with inverse e−tXe^{-tX}. Here the closedness of GG is used: the limit of the elements etXk∈Ge^{tX_k}\in G is an invertible matrix, hence lies in GG. So X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g}.

Step 3: g\mathfrak{g} is closed under addition. Let X,Y∈gX,Y\in\mathfrak{g} and fix t∈Rt\in\mathbb{R}. We use the Lie product formula

et(X+Y)  =  lim⁡m→∞(etmX etmY)m,e^{t(X+Y)} \;=\; \lim_{m\to\infty}\Bigl( e^{\frac{t}{m}X}\, e^{\frac{t}{m}Y}\Bigr)^{m} ,

which is Lee's Corollary 20.11 (Lee (2013), p. 523); for matrices it also follows from the expansion esXesY=I+s(X+Y)+O(s2)e^{sX}e^{sY} = I + s(X+Y) + O(s^2) and taking s=t/ms = t/m in (I+s(X+Y)+O(s2))m\bigl(I + s(X+Y) + O(s^2)\bigr)^{m}. Each factor e(t/m)Xe(t/m)Ye^{(t/m)X}e^{(t/m)Y} lies in GG because X,Y∈gX,Y\in\mathfrak{g}, hence so does each mm-th power, GG being a group. The limit is invertible, so by closedness of GG it lies in GG. As tt was arbitrary, X+Y∈gX+Y\in\mathfrak{g}. With step 1, g\mathfrak{g} is a real subspace.

Step 4: conjugation preserves g\mathfrak{g}. Let A∈GA\in G and Y∈gY\in\mathfrak{g}. For every tt,

e t AYA−1=A etYA−1,e^{\,t\,AYA^{-1}} = A\,e^{tY}A^{-1} ,

because conjugation is a ring homomorphism and therefore acts term by term on the series. The right-hand side is a product of three elements of GG, so AYA−1∈gAYA^{-1}\in\mathfrak{g}.

Step 5: g\mathfrak{g} is closed under the commutator. Let X,Y∈gX,Y\in\mathfrak{g} and put

γ(t)=etX Y e−tX.\gamma(t) = e^{tX}\,Y\,e^{-tX} .

By step 4 with A=etX∈GA = e^{tX}\in G, the curve γ\gamma takes its values in g\mathfrak{g}. It is differentiable, and by the product rule together with ddtetX=XetX=etXX\frac{d}{dt}e^{tX} = Xe^{tX} = e^{tX}X,

γ′(0)=XY−YX=[X,Y].\gamma'(0) = XY - YX = [X,Y] .

Now γ′(0)\gamma'(0) is the limit of the difference quotients (γ(t)−γ(0))/t\bigl(\gamma(t)-\gamma(0)\bigr)/t, each of which lies in g\mathfrak{g} because g\mathfrak{g} is a real subspace (steps 1 and 3). Here step 2 is used: a limit of elements of g\mathfrak{g} lies in g\mathfrak{g}. Hence [X,Y]∈g[X,Y]\in\mathfrak{g}.

Bilinearity, antisymmetry and the Jacobi identity hold for the commutator on all of Mn(C)M_n(\mathbb{C}) and therefore on g\mathfrak{g}. So g\mathfrak{g} is a real Lie algebra. □\square

Proof(The exponential map, one-parameter subgroups, and homomorphisms)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 20.2, pp. 517–518, Prop. 20.8, pp. 519–521; Hassani (2013), Thm 29.1.21, p. 925, and Example 29.1.23, pp. 925–926

Part 2 (the exponential map). The identities e(s+t)X=esXetXe^{(s+t)X} = e^{sX}e^{tX} and (eX)−1=e−X(e^{X})^{-1} = e^{-X} are the statements proved for the matrix exponential; Hassani (Hassani (2013), Example 29.1.23, pp. 925–926) derives the first by multiplying the two series and recognising the binomial sum ∑ntm−nsn/((m−n)! n!)=(t+s)m/m!\sum_{n}t^{m-n}s^{n}/((m-n)!\,n!) = (t+s)^m/m!. For the local statement, differentiate the series term by term at the origin: for X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g},

ddt∣t=0etX=X,\left.\frac{d}{dt}\right|_{t=0} e^{tX} = X ,

so the differential of exp⁡\exp at 0∈g0\in\mathfrak{g} is the identity map of g\mathfrak{g}. Since exp⁡\exp is smooth, the inverse function theorem gives a neighbourhood of 00 in g\mathfrak{g} mapped diffeomorphically onto a neighbourhood of II in GG. This is Hassani's Theorem 29.1.21 (Hassani (2013), p. 925), and the consequence he records in Box 29.1.22 — that two groups with the same Lie algebra are locally alike — is immediate from it. The statement is local, and §"Where the hypotheses are used" below shows that nothing global follows.

Part 3 (one-parameter subgroups). If X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g} then γ(t)=etX\gamma(t) = e^{tX} is a homomorphism R→G\mathbb{R}\to G by part 2, and γ′(0)=X\gamma'(0)=X. Conversely let γ:R→G\gamma:\mathbb{R}\to G be a continuous homomorphism. By part 2 choose a ball U0={∥X∥<ε}U_0 = \{\|X\|<\varepsilon\} in g\mathfrak{g} on which exp⁡\exp is injective with image a neighbourhood of II in GG, and put U=12U0U = \tfrac12U_0, V=exp⁡(U)V = \exp(U), so that UU is convex, 2U⊆U02U\subseteq U_0, and exp⁡\exp is injective on 2U2U. By continuity of γ\gamma there is τ>0\tau>0 with γ(t)∈V\gamma(t)\in V for all ∣t∣≤τ|t|\le\tau; write γ(τ)=eZ\gamma(\tau) = e^{Z} with Z∈UZ\in U and set X=Z/τX = Z/\tau.

We claim γ(τ/2k)=eZ/2k\gamma(\tau/2^{k}) = e^{Z/2^{k}} for every k≥0k\ge0, by induction. It holds at k=0k=0. If it holds at kk, write γ(τ/2k+1)=eW\gamma(\tau/2^{k+1}) = e^{W} with W∈UW\in U (possible since τ/2k+1≤τ\tau/2^{k+1}\le\tau). Squaring and using the homomorphism property, e2W=γ(τ/2k)=eZ/2ke^{2W} = \gamma(\tau/2^{k}) = e^{Z/2^{k}}. Both 2W2W and Z/2kZ/2^{k} lie in 2U2U, on which exp⁡\exp is injective, so 2W=Z/2k2W = Z/2^{k}, that is W=Z/2k+1W = Z/2^{k+1}. This is where the injectivity of exp⁡\exp near 00 is used, and it is why the neighbourhood had to be halved first.

Since γ\gamma is a homomorphism, γ(mτ/2k)=γ(τ/2k)m=emZ/2k=e(mτ/2k)X\gamma(m\tau/2^k) = \gamma(\tau/2^k)^m = e^{mZ/2^k} = e^{(m\tau/2^k)X} for all integers mm and all k≥0k\ge0. The numbers mτ/2km\tau/2^k are dense in R\mathbb{R}, and both t↦γ(t)t\mapsto\gamma(t) and t↦etXt\mapsto e^{tX} are continuous, so they agree everywhere. Uniqueness of XX follows by differentiating at t=0t=0. Lee (Lee (2013), Thm 20.1, p. 516, and Prop. 20.2, pp. 517–518) obtains the same conclusion by identifying one-parameter subgroups with the integral curves of left-invariant vector fields through the identity.

Part 4 (homomorphisms). Let Φ:G→H\Phi:G\to H be a smooth homomorphism and X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g}. Then t↦Φ(etX)t\mapsto\Phi(e^{tX}) is a continuous homomorphism R→H\mathbb{R}\to H, so by part 3 it equals etϕ(X)e^{t\phi(X)} for a unique ϕ(X)∈h\phi(X)\in\mathfrak{h}, and differentiating at t=0t=0 identifies ϕ(X)=ddtΦ(etX)∣t=0\phi(X) = \frac{d}{dt}\Phi(e^{tX})|_{t=0}. Setting t=1t=1 gives Φ(eX)=eϕ(X)\Phi(e^{X}) = e^{\phi(X)}, which is Lee's (Lee (2013), Prop. 20.8(g), p. 520) commuting square. Linearity of ϕ\phi follows from ϕ(sX)=sϕ(X)\phi(sX) = s\phi(X) (replace tt by stst) and from applying Φ\Phi to the Lie product formula of step 3 above. Finally ϕ\phi preserves brackets: apply Φ\Phi to the identity etXYe−tX∈ge^{tX}Ye^{-tX}\in\mathfrak{g} of step 4 in the previous proof — more precisely to Φ(etXesYe−tX)=etϕ(X)esϕ(Y)e−tϕ(X)\Phi\bigl(e^{tX}e^{sY}e^{-tX}\bigr) = e^{t\phi(X)}e^{s\phi(Y)}e^{-t\phi(X)} — and differentiate once in ss at s=0s=0 and once in tt at t=0t=0. The left-hand side gives ϕ([X,Y])\phi([X,Y]) and the right-hand side [ϕ(X),ϕ(Y)][\phi(X),\phi(Y)].

Part 6 (the classical algebras). Each is an application of the definition of g\mathfrak{g} together with one identity.

  • sl\mathfrak{sl}: by the determinant-trace identity det⁡etX=et trX\det e^{tX} = e^{t\,\mathrm{tr}X} of the matrix exponential, det⁡etX=1\det e^{tX} = 1 for all tt if and only if trX=0\mathrm{tr}X = 0. Hassani (Hassani (2013), Box 29.1.17, p. 924) states the conclusion as "the Lie algebra of the special linear group is the traceless operators".
  • u\mathfrak{u}: (etX)†etX=etX†etX(e^{tX})^{\dagger}e^{tX} = e^{tX^{\dagger}}e^{tX}. Differentiating at t=0t=0 gives X†+XX^{\dagger}+X, so unitarity for all tt forces X†=−XX^{\dagger} = -X; conversely if X†=−XX^{\dagger}=-X then (etX)†=e−tX=(etX)−1(e^{tX})^{\dagger} = e^{-tX} = (e^{tX})^{-1}. This is Hassani's Box 29.1.19 (Hassani (2013), p. 924).
  • su=sl∩u\mathfrak{su} = \mathfrak{sl}\cap\mathfrak{u}, giving anti-Hermitian traceless matrices; the diagonal of an anti-Hermitian matrix is purely imaginary with nn free entries and the strict upper triangle has n(n−1)/2n(n-1)/2 complex entries, so dim⁡Ru(n)=n+n(n−1)=n2\dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathfrak{u}(n) = n + n(n-1) = n^2 and the trace condition removes one more, dim⁡Rsu(n)=n2−1\dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathfrak{su}(n) = n^2-1 (Hassani (Hassani (2013), Box 29.1.20, p. 925)).
  • so\mathfrak{so}: the same computation with the transpose in place of the conjugate transpose, over R\mathbb{R}; a real skew-symmetric matrix has zero diagonal and n(n−1)/2n(n-1)/2 free entries. Lee (Lee (2013), Example 20.4, p. 518) records the forward direction as "the exponential of a skew-symmetric matrix is orthogonal". Note that trX=0\mathrm{tr}X=0 is automatic here, so so(n)=o(n)\mathfrak{so}(n) = \mathfrak{o}(n) and SO(n)SO(n), O(n)O(n) have the same Lie algebra — the first sign that the Lie algebra sees only the identity component. □\square
Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Closedness of GG is used twice, in step 2 and step 3 of the first proof, and it cannot be dropped. Inside the torus T={diag(eiθ,eiφ)}⊂GL(2,C)T = \{\mathrm{diag}(e^{i\theta},e^{i\varphi})\}\subset GL(2,\mathbb{C}) take
Hα={ diag ⁣(eit,eiαt):t∈R },α irrational.H_\alpha = \bigl\{\, \mathrm{diag}\!\left(e^{it}, e^{i\alpha t}\right) : t\in\mathbb{R} \,\bigr\}, \qquad \alpha \text{ irrational.}

HαH_\alpha is a subgroup and the image of a one-parameter subgroup, but it is dense in TT and so is not closed. Its closure TT is two-dimensional while HαH_\alpha is a one-dimensional curve, so no neighbourhood of the identity in HαH_\alpha is homeomorphic to a neighbourhood in the subspace topology of a Euclidean ball: HαH_\alpha is a Lie group in its own right but not an embedded subgroup, and the closed subgroup theorem does not apply to it.

  • "For all tt", not "for small tt". If the condition etX∈Ge^{tX}\in G were imposed only for ∣t∣<ε|t|<\varepsilon the set would still be defined, but step 1 would fail to give a subspace stable under large scalars, and the identification with the tangent space at II would break. The condition for all tt is Lee's (Lee (2013), Prop. 20.9, p. 521) characterisation and it is exactly what the halving argument in part 3 reconstructs.
  • exp⁡\exp is local, and only local. Part 2 says nothing about the image of exp⁡\exp in the large. Two failures are standard. First, exp⁡\exp need not be onto even for a connected group: in SL(2,R)SL(2,\mathbb{R}), a traceless real XX has eigenvalues ±λ\pm\lambda with λ\lambda real, ±iμ\pm i\mu with μ\mu real, or 00 twice, so tr eX\mathrm{tr}\,e^{X} equals 2cosh⁡λ≥22\cosh\lambda\ge 2, 2cos⁡μ≥−22\cos\mu\ge-2, or 22; hence no element with trace <−2<-2, for instance diag(−2,−12)\mathrm{diag}(-2,-\tfrac12), is an exponential. Second, exp⁡\exp need not be injective: e2πkX=Ie^{2\pi k X} = I for every integer kk when X=diag(i,−i)X = \mathrm{diag}(i,-i).
  • eXeY=eX+Ye^{X}e^{Y} = e^{X+Y} requires [X,Y]=0[X,Y]=0. It is used nowhere above, and the Lie product formula of step 3 exists precisely to avoid needing it. The exact condition under which esXetY=esX+tYe^{sX}e^{tY} = e^{sX+tY} holds for all small s,ts,t is commutativity, as the matrix exponential records.
  • Smoothness of Φ\Phi in part 4 can in fact be weakened to continuity, but the proof above uses differentiability of t↦Φ(etX)t\mapsto\Phi(e^{tX}) at 00 and we do not claim the stronger statement.
  • Real versus complex. g\mathfrak{g} is a real Lie algebra even when GG consists of complex matrices. Forgetting this is the usual reason for a factor-of-two error in a dimension count: su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) has real dimension 33, not 33 complex dimensions, and SU(2)SU(2) is a three-parameter group.
Method(Finding the Lie algebra and the structure constants of a matrix group)Original

Let GG be specified by a set of equations on matrices, say F(A)=0F(A) = 0.

  1. Linearise the defining equations at the identity. Put A=etX=I+tX+O(t2)A = e^{tX}= I + tX + O(t^2), substitute into F(A)=0F(A)=0, and keep the terms of first order in tt. The resulting linear conditions on XX are the candidate for g\mathfrak{g}. (For A†A=IA^{\dagger}A = I this returns X†+X=0X^{\dagger}+X = 0; for det⁡A=1\det A = 1 it returns trX=0\mathrm{tr}X = 0.)
  2. Verify both directions. Check that each XX satisfying the linearised conditions really has etX∈Ge^{tX}\in G for all tt. Step 1 alone gives only a necessary condition.
  3. Count. dim⁡Rg\dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathfrak{g} is the number of real parameters of GG; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 845) call this the order of the group.
  4. Choose a basis ξ1,…,ξr\xi_1,\dots,\xi_r adapted to the problem — usually one that makes as many brackets as possible vanish, or one with a physical meaning.
  5. Compute the brackets [ξi,ξj][\xi_i,\xi_j] as matrix commutators and expand them in the basis; the coefficients are the structure constants. Check antisymmetry and the Jacobi identity as an arithmetic test of the algebra.
  6. If you need Hermitian generators, set Sj=−iξjS_j = -i\xi_j (equivalently ξj=iSj\xi_j = iS_j). Then eφξj=eiφSje^{\varphi\xi_j} = e^{i\varphi S_j} and the brackets acquire a factor ii, [Sj,Sk]=ifjklSl[S_j,S_k] = i f_{jkl}S_l, as in Arfken, Weber and Harris, Eq. (17.43) (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 848). If GG is unitary the SjS_j are Hermitian, and if det⁡=1\det = 1 they are also traceless, by their Eqs. (17.40) and (17.41).
  7. Record the rank, the largest number of mutually commuting independent generators. It is the number of labels — quantum numbers — needed to tell apart the basis vectors of an irreducible representation, and also, by Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 849), the number of independent Casimir operators (see Casimir operators).
Example(The Heisenberg group: a group where every step is exact)Original

Let

G  =  { A(x,y,z)=(1xz01y001):x,y,z∈R }⊂GL(3,R).G \;=\; \left\{\, A(x,y,z) = \begin{pmatrix} 1 & x & z \\ 0 & 1 & y \\ 0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix} : x,y,z\in\mathbb{R} \,\right\} \subset GL(3,\mathbb{R}).

Step 1: it is a matrix Lie group. Multiplying,

A(x,y,z) A(x′,y′,z′)=A(x+x′,  y+y′,  z+z′+xy′),A(x,y,z)\,A(x',y',z') = A\bigl(x+x',\; y+y',\; z+z'+xy'\bigr),

so GG is closed under products, A(0,0,0)=IA(0,0,0)=I, and A(x,y,z)−1=A(−x,−y,xy−z)A(x,y,z)^{-1} = A(-x,-y,xy-z). It is a closed subset of GL(3,R)GL(3,\mathbb{R}) because it is cut out by the equations A11=A22=A33=1A_{11}=A_{22}=A_{33}=1, A21=A31=A32=0A_{21}=A_{31}=A_{32}=0, all of which survive limits. Note that the product is not commutative: the term xy′xy' is not symmetric in the two arguments.

Step 2: linearise. Writing A=I+tX+O(t2)A = I + tX + O(t^2), the defining equations say that XX has zeros on and below the diagonal. So the candidate algebra is the strictly upper triangular matrices

g=Rξ1⊕Rξ2⊕Rξ3,ξ1=(010000000),ξ2=(000001000),ξ3=(001000000).\mathfrak{g} = \mathbb{R}\xi_1 \oplus \mathbb{R}\xi_2 \oplus \mathbb{R}\xi_3, \qquad \xi_1 = \begin{pmatrix}0&1&0\\0&0&0\\0&0&0\end{pmatrix},\quad \xi_2 = \begin{pmatrix}0&0&0\\0&0&1\\0&0&0\end{pmatrix},\quad \xi_3 = \begin{pmatrix}0&0&1\\0&0&0\\0&0&0\end{pmatrix}.

Step 3: verify, by computing exp⁡\exp exactly. For M=aξ1+bξ2+cξ3M = a\xi_1+b\xi_2+c\xi_3 one finds M2=ab ξ3M^2 = ab\,\xi_3 and M3=0M^3 = 0, so the exponential series stops after three terms:

eM  =  I+M+12M2  =  A ⁣(a,  b,  c+ab2).e^{M} \;=\; I + M + \tfrac12 M^2 \;=\; A\!\left(a,\; b,\; c + \tfrac{ab}{2}\right).

Every etMe^{tM} therefore lies in GG, so g\mathfrak{g} is exactly the Lie algebra, dim⁡g=3\dim\mathfrak{g}=3, and GG is a three-parameter group. Here exp⁡:g→G\exp:\mathfrak{g}\to G is a bijection, not merely a local one: given (x,y,z)(x,y,z), solve a=xa=x, b=yb=y, c=z−xy/2c = z - xy/2. A number: at (a,b,c)=(2,3,1)(a,b,c) = (2,3,1),

eM=(124013001),since c+ab2=1+3=4.e^{M} = \begin{pmatrix}1&2&4\\0&1&3\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}, \qquad\text{since } c + \tfrac{ab}{2} = 1 + 3 = 4 .

Step 4: the structure constants. Direct multiplication gives

[ξ1,ξ2]=ξ3,[ξ1,ξ3]=0,[ξ2,ξ3]=0,[\xi_1,\xi_2] = \xi_3, \qquad [\xi_1,\xi_3] = 0, \qquad [\xi_2,\xi_3] = 0 ,

so the only non-zero structure constants are c12  3=1=−c21  3c_{12}^{\;3} = 1 = -c_{21}^{\;3}. Antisymmetry is visible, and the Jacobi identity holds because every double bracket contains ξ3\xi_3, which is central.

Step 5: a consistency check on the group commutator. The group commutator of two one-parameter subgroups should, to leading order, reproduce the Lie bracket; here it does so exactly. Using the multiplication law of step 1 with esξ1=A(s,0,0)e^{s\xi_1} = A(s,0,0) and esξ2=A(0,s,0)e^{s\xi_2} = A(0,s,0),

esξ1esξ2e−sξ1e−sξ2=A(0,0,s2)=e s2[ξ1,ξ2].e^{s\xi_1}e^{s\xi_2}e^{-s\xi_1}e^{-s\xi_2} = A(0,0,s^2) = e^{\,s^2[\xi_1,\xi_2]} .

At s=12s = \tfrac12 the right-hand corner entry is s2=0.25s^2 = 0.25, and no other entry is disturbed. This is Arfken, Weber and Harris's (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (17.42), p. 848) second-order expansion Uk−1Uj−1UkUj=1+ϵjϵk[Sj,Sk]+⋯U_k^{-1}U_j^{-1}U_kU_j = 1 + \epsilon_j\epsilon_k[S_j,S_k]+\cdots with the higher-order terms absent, because the algebra is nilpotent.

Step 6: contrast with a group where exp⁡\exp is not onto. In SL(2,R)SL(2,\mathbb{R}) — also three-dimensional, also connected — the remark above shows that diag(−2,−12)\mathrm{diag}(-2,-\tfrac12), of determinant 11 and trace −2.5-2.5, is not eXe^{X} for any X∈sl(2,R)X\in\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}). The Heisenberg group is the pleasant case, not the typical one.

ApplicationOriginal

Symmetry and conservation laws. A continuous symmetry of a physical system is an action of a Lie group, and its generators are the conserved quantities: the three generators of translations are the momentum components, those of rotations are the angular momenta (angular momentum algebra), and the generator of time translation is the Hamiltonian. The statement "the symmetry group is GG" becomes the computable statement "these rr operators satisfy these structure constants", which is what one actually uses.

Quantum mechanics and spin. The passage U=eiφSU = e^{i\varphi S} with Hermitian SS is the link between a one-parameter family of unitary evolutions and a self-adjoint observable; in infinite dimensions it is Stone's theorem. The whole theory of angular momentum is the representation theory of one three-dimensional Lie algebra, as the rotation group and SU(2) makes explicit, and the Heisenberg group of the example above is the group generated by position and momentum, whose Lie algebra relation [ξ1,ξ2]=ξ3[\xi_1,\xi_2]=\xi_3 is the canonical commutation relation with ξ3\xi_3 central — that centrality is why ℏ\hbar is a number and not an operator.

Particle physics. The standard model is specified by naming a Lie group, SU(3)×SU(2)×U(1)SU(3)\times SU(2)\times U(1), and the representations the fields carry. The structure constants of su(3)\mathfrak{su}(3) fix the self-interactions of the gluons; those of su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) fix the weak interactions. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 846, 853) tell this history from isospin onwards.

Rigid-body motion, robotics and computer vision. The configuration of a rigid body is an element of the six-dimensional group SE(3)SE(3) of rigid motions; velocities are elements of its Lie algebra, and the exponential map is the standard way to parameterise a pose by a "twist". Because the group is curved, numerical integration of rigid-body dynamics is done with schemes that take their steps with exp⁡\exp, so that the computed configuration stays exactly in the group instead of drifting off it.

Differential equations. Lie's own motivation was that a differential equation invariant under a one-parameter group can be reduced in order, and the generator tells one which change of variable does it; this is the systematic version of the ad hoc substitutions in first-order equations. The same idea classifies the special functions: as Hassani (Hassani (2013), pp. 970–971) puts it, many of the equations of mathematical physics are statements that a Casimir operator of some Lie algebra acts as a multiple of the identity.

Theorem

The rotation group and SU(2)

Adapted

Computes the generators of SO(3)SO(3) and of SU(2)SU(2), shows that the two Lie algebras are the same three-dimensional algebra [Jj,Jk]=iϵjklJl[J_j,J_k]=i\epsilon_{jkl}J_l, and proves that U↦R(U)U\mapsto R(U) defined by U(x⋅σ)U†=(Rx)⋅σU(\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})U^{\dagger}=(R\mathbf{x})\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} is a surjective homomorphism SU(2)→SO(3)SU(2)\to SO(3) with kernel {±I}\{\pm I\} — the two-to-one covering that makes a spinor change sign under a rotation through 2π2\pi.

Prerequisites: Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, Unitary and orthogonal matrices, Homomorphisms and quotient groups, Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential, Determinants, Quaternions

Definition(The two groups, the Pauli matrices, and the sign convention)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.44)–(17.49), pp. 849–850, and Eq. (17.54), p. 851; Hassani (2013), §31.2.1, p. 997

The rotation group and the special unitary group in two dimensions are

SO(3)={ R∈M3(R):RTR=I, det⁡R=1 },SU(2)={ U∈M2(C):U†U=I, det⁡U=1 }.SO(3) = \{\, R \in M_3(\mathbb{R}) : R^{\mathsf{T}}R = I,\ \det R = 1 \,\}, \qquad SU(2) = \{\, U \in M_2(\mathbb{C}) : U^{\dagger}U = I,\ \det U = 1 \,\} .

Both are matrix Lie groups in the sense of matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, being closed subsets of the invertible matrices cut out by polynomial equations, and both are compact: their entries are bounded by 11 in modulus.

The Pauli matrices are

σ1=(0110),σ2=(0−ii0),σ3=(100−1).\sigma_1 = \begin{pmatrix}0&1\\1&0\end{pmatrix},\qquad \sigma_2 = \begin{pmatrix}0&-i\\i&0\end{pmatrix},\qquad \sigma_3 = \begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix} .

They are Hermitian and traceless, and they satisfy the Clifford relation

σjσk+σkσj=2δjkI,\sigma_j\sigma_k + \sigma_k\sigma_j = 2\delta_{jk}I ,

which Hassani (Hassani (2013), §31.2.1, p. 997) takes as their defining property. Together with σ1σ2=iσ3\sigma_1\sigma_2 = i\sigma_3 and its cyclic images this gives the single identity

(a⋅σ)(b⋅σ)=(a⋅b) I+i (a×b)⋅σ,a⋅σ:=a1σ1+a2σ2+a3σ3,(\mathbf{a}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})(\mathbf{b}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}) = (\mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{b})\,I + i\,(\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b})\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} , \qquad \mathbf{a}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} := a_1\sigma_1+a_2\sigma_2+a_3\sigma_3 ,

for real vectors a,b\mathbf{a},\mathbf{b}, which is used repeatedly below.

Generators and the sign convention. Following the physicists' convention of matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, we write group elements as exponentials of ii times a Hermitian matrix, and we fix the sign so that

Rn(θ)=exp⁡(−iθ n⋅J)R_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta) = \exp\bigl(-i\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J}\bigr)

is the rotation of a vector through the angle θ\theta about the unit axis n\mathbf{n}, counterclockwise seen from the tip of n\mathbf{n}. The three matrices J=(J1,J2,J3)\mathbf{J} = (J_1,J_2,J_3) are then

(Jk)pq=−i ϵkpq,that isJ1=(00000−i0i0),J2=(00i000−i00),J3=(0−i0i00000).(J_k)_{pq} = -i\,\epsilon_{kpq}, \qquad\text{that is}\qquad J_1 = \begin{pmatrix}0&0&0\\0&0&-i\\0&i&0\end{pmatrix},\quad J_2 = \begin{pmatrix}0&0&i\\0&0&0\\-i&0&0\end{pmatrix},\quad J_3 = \begin{pmatrix}0&-i&0\\i&0&0\\0&0&0\end{pmatrix} .

Each JkJ_k is exactly the matrix Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.45), (17.47), (17.49), pp. 849–850) call SkS_k — that is, J1=S1J_1 = S_1, J2=S2J_2 = S_2 and J3=S3J_3 = S_3, the order of their equation numbers being S3S_3, S1S_1, S2S_2 rather than ours. The one difference is that they write the group element as exp⁡(+iφS)\exp(+i\varphi S), which rotates the coordinate axes through +φ+\varphi and therefore rotates a vector through −φ-\varphi. The Lie algebra and all the commutators below are the same either way; only the sign of the angle differs, and we flag it again where it matters.

Theorem(SU(2)SU(2) is a two-sheeted cover of SO(3)SO(3))AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.50), (17.55), (17.57), pp. 850–852; Hassani (2013), Thm 31.2.6, p. 996, and §30.3.3, p. 972
  1. The two Lie algebras coincide. so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) is the space of real skew-symmetric 3×33\times3 matrices, with real basis {−iJ1,−iJ2,−iJ3}\{-iJ_1,-iJ_2,-iJ_3\}, and su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) is the space of traceless anti-Hermitian 2×22\times2 matrices, with real basis {−iσ1/2,−iσ2/2,−iσ3/2}\{-i\sigma_1/2,-i\sigma_2/2,-i\sigma_3/2\}. Both are three-dimensional, and in the Hermitian normalisation Sk=JkS_k = J_k for so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) and Sk=12σkS_k = \tfrac12\sigma_k for su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) the structure constants are the same:
[Sj,Sk]=i ϵjkl Sl.[S_j,S_k] = i\,\epsilon_{jkl}\,S_l .

The real-linear map −iJk↦−iσk/2-iJ_k \mapsto -i\sigma_k/2, which carries the one real basis to the other, is therefore an isomorphism so(3)≅su(2)\mathfrak{so}(3)\cong\mathfrak{su}(2) of real Lie algebras. (It is usually written Jk↦12σkJ_k\mapsto\tfrac12\sigma_k, in the Hermitian normalisation; the Hermitian matrices JkJ_k and 12σk\tfrac12\sigma_k do not themselves lie in the two real algebras.)

  1. Half-angle formula. For a unit vector n∈R3\mathbf{n}\in\mathbb{R}^3 and θ∈R\theta\in\mathbb{R},
Un(θ):=exp⁡ ⁣(−i2θ n⋅σ)=Icos⁡θ2  −  i (n⋅σ) sin⁡θ2  ∈  SU(2),U_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta) := \exp\!\left(-\tfrac{i}{2}\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}\right) = I\cos\frac{\theta}{2} \;-\; i\,(\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})\,\sin\frac{\theta}{2} \;\in\; SU(2),

and every element of SU(2)SU(2) is of this form. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (17.57), p. 851) give the same formula with the opposite sign of the angle, as Uj(αj)=12cos⁡(αj/2)+iσjsin⁡(αj/2)U_j(\alpha_j) = 1_2\cos(\alpha_j/2) + i\sigma_j\sin(\alpha_j/2).

  1. The covering homomorphism. For U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2) and x∈R3\mathbf{x}\in\mathbb{R}^3 the matrix U(x⋅σ)U†U(\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})U^{\dagger} is again traceless and Hermitian, so it equals x′⋅σ\mathbf{x}'\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} for a unique x′∈R3\mathbf{x}'\in\mathbb{R}^3; writing x′=R(U)x\mathbf{x}' = R(U)\mathbf{x} defines a map
Φ:SU(2)⟶SO(3),Φ(U)=R(U),R(U)ij=12 tr(σi UσjU†).\Phi : SU(2)\longrightarrow SO(3), \qquad \Phi(U) = R(U), \qquad R(U)_{ij} = \tfrac12\,\mathrm{tr}\bigl(\sigma_i\,U\sigma_j U^{\dagger}\bigr) .

Φ\Phi is a surjective group homomorphism with

ker⁡Φ={ I, −I },\ker\Phi = \{\,I,\,-I\,\},

so by the first isomorphism theorem (homomorphisms and quotient groups)

SO(3)  ≅  SU(2)/{±I},SO(3) \;\cong\; SU(2)/\{\pm I\} ,

and Φ\Phi is exactly two-to-one: Φ(U)=Φ(−U)\Phi(U) = \Phi(-U) and nothing else is identified. Concretely Φ(Un(θ))=Rn(θ)\Phi\bigl(U_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta)\bigr) = R_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta): the half-angle in SU(2)SU(2) corresponds to the full angle in SO(3)SO(3).

  1. Spinors. SU(2)SU(2) is the set of matrices
U=(a−bˉbaˉ),∣a∣2+∣b∣2=1,U = \begin{pmatrix} a & -\bar b\\ b & \bar a\end{pmatrix},\qquad |a|^2+|b|^2 = 1 ,

hence is the unit sphere S3⊂C2≅R4S^3\subset\mathbb{C}^2\cong\mathbb{R}^4 and is path-connected. Its defining representation acts on C2\mathbb{C}^2; the elements of C2\mathbb{C}^2 are called spinors. Because Un(2π)=−IU_{\mathbf{n}}(2\pi) = -I while Rn(2π)=IR_{\mathbf{n}}(2\pi) = I, a spinor is reversed in sign by a rotation through 2π2\pi and restored only after 4π4\pi. Equivalently: a representation of SU(2)SU(2) descends to a representation of SO(3)SO(3) if and only if −I-I acts as the identity, which happens exactly for the integer-jj representations.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Everything turns on one observation: the traceless Hermitian 2×22\times2 matrices form a three-dimensional real vector space, with σ1,σ2,σ3\sigma_1,\sigma_2,\sigma_3 as a basis, and on that space the determinant is a quadratic form,

det⁡(x⋅σ)=−∣x∣2.\det(\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}) = -|\mathbf{x}|^2 .

Conjugation X↦UXU†X\mapsto UXU^{\dagger} by a unitary matrix preserves tracelessness, Hermiticity and the determinant. So each UU acts on R3\mathbb{R}^3 by a linear map preserving the Euclidean length: an orthogonal map. The determinant of that orthogonal map is ±1\pm1, it depends continuously on UU, and SU(2)SU(2) is connected, so the sign cannot jump away from its value +1+1 at U=IU=I — the image lies in SO(3)SO(3).

Which UU act trivially? Those commuting with all three Pauli matrices, and a matrix commuting with σ1\sigma_1 and σ3\sigma_3 is a multiple of the identity; the condition det⁡U=1\det U = 1 then leaves ±I\pm I. Finally, surjectivity: a one-line computation shows that the diagonal U=diag(e−iθ/2,eiθ/2)U = \mathrm{diag}(e^{-i\theta/2},e^{i\theta/2}) produces the rotation by θ\theta about the zz-axis, and by the Euler-angle factorisation every rotation is a product of three such rotations about two fixed axes.

The factor 12\tfrac12 in the exponent is thus not a convention but the content of the theorem: going once round in SO(3)SO(3) is going half-way round in SU(2)SU(2).

Proof(Part 1: the two Lie algebras)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.50) and (17.55), pp. 850–851; Hassani (2013), §31.2.1, p. 998

Step 1: so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) and su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) as sets. By matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) consists of the real XX with XT=−XX^{\mathsf{T}} = -X and su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) of the complex XX with X†=−XX^{\dagger} = -X and trX=0\mathrm{tr}X=0. A real skew-symmetric 3×33\times 3 matrix has zero diagonal and three free entries; a traceless anti-Hermitian 2×22\times2 matrix has diagonal diag(iγ,−iγ)\mathrm{diag}(i\gamma,-i\gamma) and one free complex off-diagonal entry, again three real parameters. Both are three-dimensional over R\mathbb{R}.

Step 2: bases. The matrices −iJk-iJ_k are real with (−iJk)pq=−ϵkpq(-iJ_k)_{pq} = -\epsilon_{kpq}, hence skew-symmetric, and they are linearly independent, so they span so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3). The matrices −iσk/2-i\sigma_k/2 are traceless and anti-Hermitian because the σk\sigma_k are traceless and Hermitian, and they are linearly independent, so they span su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2); this is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), p. 998) observation that his sj=−iσj/2s_j = -i\sigma_j/2 lie in su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2).

Step 3: the commutators of the JkJ_k. We use the contraction identity ∑qϵqabϵqcd=δacδbd−δadδbc\sum_q \epsilon_{qab}\epsilon_{qcd} = \delta_{ac}\delta_{bd}-\delta_{ad}\delta_{bc} and the cyclic symmetry of ϵ\epsilon. From (Jk)pq=−iϵkpq(J_k)_{pq} = -i\epsilon_{kpq},

([Jj,Jk])pr=∑q[(−iϵjpq)(−iϵkqr)−(−iϵkpq)(−iϵjqr)]=−∑q(ϵjpqϵkqr−ϵkpqϵjqr).\bigl([J_j,J_k]\bigr)_{pr} = \sum_q\Bigl[(-i\epsilon_{jpq})(-i\epsilon_{kqr}) - (-i\epsilon_{kpq})(-i\epsilon_{jqr})\Bigr] = -\sum_q\bigl(\epsilon_{jpq}\epsilon_{kqr} - \epsilon_{kpq}\epsilon_{jqr}\bigr) .

Cycling the indices so that the summation index comes first, ϵjpqϵkqr=ϵqjpϵqrk\epsilon_{jpq}\epsilon_{kqr} = \epsilon_{qjp}\epsilon_{qrk}, and the contraction identity gives ∑qϵqjpϵqrk=δjrδpk−δjkδpr\sum_q \epsilon_{qjp}\epsilon_{qrk} = \delta_{jr}\delta_{pk}-\delta_{jk}\delta_{pr}. Exchanging jj and kk in that result gives ∑qϵkpqϵjqr=δkrδpj−δjkδpr\sum_q\epsilon_{kpq}\epsilon_{jqr} = \delta_{kr}\delta_{pj}-\delta_{jk}\delta_{pr}. Subtracting, the two δjkδpr\delta_{jk}\delta_{pr} terms cancel and

([Jj,Jk])pr=−(δjrδpk−δkrδpj)=δpjδkr−δjrδpk.\bigl([J_j,J_k]\bigr)_{pr} = -\bigl(\delta_{jr}\delta_{pk} - \delta_{kr}\delta_{pj}\bigr) = \delta_{pj}\delta_{kr} - \delta_{jr}\delta_{pk} .

On the other side, (iϵjklJl)pr=∑li ϵjkl(−iϵlpr)=∑lϵljkϵlpr=δjpδkr−δjrδkp\bigl(i\epsilon_{jkl}J_l\bigr)_{pr} = \sum_l i\,\epsilon_{jkl}(-i\epsilon_{lpr}) = \sum_l\epsilon_{ljk}\epsilon_{lpr} = \delta_{jp}\delta_{kr}-\delta_{jr}\delta_{kp}, which is the same expression. Hence

[Jj,Jk]=i ϵjkl Jl,[J_j,J_k] = i\,\epsilon_{jkl}\,J_l ,

which is Arfken, Weber and Harris's Eq. (17.50) (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 850), there verified by direct matrix multiplication. That check is worth repeating on one case: from the displayed matrices, J1J2J_1J_2 has the single nonzero entry (−i)(−i)=−1(-i)(-i) = -1 in position (2,1)(2,1) and J2J1J_2J_1 the single nonzero entry (i)(i)=−1(i)(i) = -1 in position (1,2)(1,2), so J1J2−J2J1J_1J_2 - J_2J_1 has (1,2)(1,2) entry +1+1 and (2,1)(2,1) entry −1-1 and all other entries zero. That is indeed iJ3iJ_3, since J3J_3 has (1,2)(1,2) entry −i-i and (2,1)(2,1) entry +i+i.

Step 4: the commutators of the σk\sigma_k. From the Clifford relation σjσk=−σkσj\sigma_j\sigma_k = -\sigma_k\sigma_j for j≠kj\ne k and σ1σ2=iσ3\sigma_1\sigma_2 = i\sigma_3 with its cyclic images,

[σj,σk]=2σjσk=2i ϵjklσl(j≠k),[\sigma_j,\sigma_k] = 2\sigma_j\sigma_k = 2i\,\epsilon_{jkl}\sigma_l \qquad (j\neq k),

and both sides vanish for j=kj=k. Setting Sk=12σkS_k = \tfrac12\sigma_k divides the left side by 44 and the right side by 22, giving [Sj,Sk]=iϵjklSl[S_j,S_k] = i\epsilon_{jkl}S_l, which is Arfken, Weber and Harris's Eq. (17.55) (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 851). Since the structure constants agree with those of step 3, so do the brackets of the two real bases of step 2. Put Ak=−iJkA_k = -iJ_k and Bk=−iσk/2B_k = -i\sigma_k/2; then

[Aj,Ak]=(−i)2[Jj,Jk]=− iϵjklJl=ϵjkl Al,[A_j,A_k] = (-i)^2[J_j,J_k] = -\,i\epsilon_{jkl}J_l = \epsilon_{jkl}\,A_l ,

and the identical computation with BB in place of AA gives [Bj,Bk]=ϵjklBl[B_j,B_k] = \epsilon_{jkl}B_l. The real-linear map Ak↦BkA_k\mapsto B_k from so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) to su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) therefore carries brackets to brackets, and being a bijection between three-dimensional real spaces it is an isomorphism of real Lie algebras. In the Hermitian normalisation the same map is written Jk↦12σkJ_k\mapsto\tfrac12\sigma_k. □\square

Proof(Part 2: the half-angle formula)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.56)–(17.57), p. 851

Let n\mathbf{n} be a unit vector. By the product identity of the definition block with a=b=n\mathbf{a}=\mathbf{b}=\mathbf{n},

(n⋅σ)2=∣n∣2I+i(n×n)⋅σ=I.(\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})^2 = |\mathbf{n}|^2 I + i(\mathbf{n}\times\mathbf{n})\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} = I .

So the even powers of n⋅σ\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} are II and the odd powers are n⋅σ\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}. Splitting the exponential series into even and odd parts,

exp⁡ ⁣(−iθ2n⋅σ)=∑m≥0(−iθ/2)2m(2m)!I+∑m≥0(−iθ/2)2m+1(2m+1)!(n⋅σ)=Icos⁡θ2−i(n⋅σ)sin⁡θ2,\exp\!\left(-\tfrac{i\theta}{2}\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}\right) = \sum_{m\ge0}\frac{(-i\theta/2)^{2m}}{(2m)!}I + \sum_{m\ge0}\frac{(-i\theta/2)^{2m+1}}{(2m+1)!}(\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}) = I\cos\frac\theta2 - i(\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})\sin\frac\theta2 ,

the two series being those of cos⁡\cos and sin⁡\sin because (−i)2m=(−1)m(-i)^{2m} = (-1)^m and (−i)2m+1=−i(−1)m(-i)^{2m+1} = -i(-1)^m. The result is unitary with determinant 11: writing c=cos⁡(θ/2)c = \cos(\theta/2) and s=sin⁡(θ/2)s=\sin(\theta/2) and using (n⋅σ)†=n⋅σ(\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})^{\dagger} = \mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma},

U†U=(cI+is n⋅σ)(cI−is n⋅σ)=(c2+s2)I=I,det⁡U=c2+s2=1,U^{\dagger}U = (cI + is\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})(cI - is\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}) = (c^2+s^2)I = I , \qquad \det U = c^2 + s^2 = 1 ,

the determinant being computed entry by entry: cI−is n⋅σcI - is\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} has diagonal c∓isn3c\mp isn_3 and off-diagonal entries −is(n1∓in2)-is(n_1\mp in_2), so

det⁡U=(c−isn3)(c+isn3)−(−is)2(n1−in2)(n1+in2)=c2+s2n32+s2(n12+n22)=c2+s2=1.\det U = (c-isn_3)(c+isn_3) - (-is)^2(n_1-in_2)(n_1+in_2) = c^2 + s^2n_3^2 + s^2(n_1^2+n_2^2) = c^2+s^2 = 1 .

Conversely, every U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2) has this form. Unitarity and det⁡U=1\det U=1 force

U=(a−bˉbaˉ),∣a∣2+∣b∣2=1,U = \begin{pmatrix} a & -\bar b\\ b& \bar a\end{pmatrix}, \qquad |a|^2+|b|^2=1 ,

since the second column of a unitary matrix is a unit vector orthogonal to the first, hence a multiple of (−bˉ,aˉ)(-\bar b,\bar a), and the determinant condition fixes the multiple to be 11. Writing a=c−isn3a = c - is n_3 and b=sn2−isn1b = sn_2 - isn_1 with c=Re ac = \mathrm{Re}\,a and sns\mathbf{n} the real vector (−Im b, Re b, −Im a)(-\mathrm{Im}\,b,\ \mathrm{Re}\,b,\ -\mathrm{Im}\,a) exhibits UU in the half-angle form with c2+s2=∣a∣2+∣b∣2=1c^2+s^2 = |a|^2+|b|^2 = 1, so c=cos⁡(θ/2)c = \cos(\theta/2) and s=sin⁡(θ/2)s = \sin(\theta/2) for some θ\theta, and n\mathbf{n} is a unit vector whenever s≠0s\ne0 (when s=0s = 0, U=±IU = \pm I and any n\mathbf{n} will do). This is the four-real-parameter description with one constraint that Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 28.8, p. 1071) set as an exercise: the matrices M(a0,a)M(a_0,\mathbf{a}) with a02+∣a∣2=1a_0^2+|\mathbf{a}|^2 = 1 form a group, and they are the unit quaternions. In particular SU(2)SU(2) is the unit sphere S3S^3 in C2≅R4\mathbb{C}^2 \cong \mathbb{R}^4 and is path-connected, since S3S^3 is. □\square

Proof(Part 3: the covering homomorphism)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, p. 972, and Thm 31.2.6, p. 996; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §28.7.3, pp. 1069–1070

Write V={ X∈M2(C):X†=X, trX=0 }V = \{\,X\in M_2(\mathbb{C}) : X^{\dagger}=X,\ \mathrm{tr}X = 0\,\}.

Step 1: VV is R3\mathbb{R}^3 in disguise. A traceless Hermitian 2×22\times2 matrix is

(x3x1−ix2x1+ix2−x3)=x⋅σ,x∈R3,\begin{pmatrix} x_3 & x_1-ix_2\\ x_1+ix_2 & -x_3\end{pmatrix} = \mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}, \qquad \mathbf{x}\in\mathbb{R}^3,

so x↦x⋅σ\mathbf{x}\mapsto\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} is a real linear bijection R3→V\mathbb{R}^3\to V, with inverse xi=12tr(σiX)x_i = \tfrac12\mathrm{tr}(\sigma_i X) (because tr(σiσj)=2δij\mathrm{tr}(\sigma_i\sigma_j) = 2\delta_{ij}, which follows from the Clifford relation by taking traces). Moreover

det⁡(x⋅σ)=−x32−(x1−ix2)(x1+ix2)=−∣x∣2.\det(\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}) = -x_3^2 - (x_1-ix_2)(x_1+ix_2) = -|\mathbf{x}|^2 .

Step 2: conjugation preserves VV and the length. Let U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2) and X∈VX\in V. Then (UXU†)†=UX†U†=UXU†(UXU^{\dagger})^{\dagger} = UX^{\dagger}U^{\dagger} = UXU^{\dagger} and tr(UXU†)=tr(XU†U)=trX=0\mathrm{tr}(UXU^{\dagger}) = \mathrm{tr}(XU^{\dagger}U) = \mathrm{tr}X = 0 by cyclicity of the trace, so UXU†∈VUXU^{\dagger}\in V. Here unitarity is used — for a general invertible UU the conjugate of a Hermitian matrix is not Hermitian. By multiplicativity of the determinant and det⁡U det⁡U†=∣det⁡U∣2=1\det U\,\det U^{\dagger} = |\det U|^2 = 1,

det⁡(UXU†)=det⁡X.\det(UXU^{\dagger}) = \det X .

With step 1 this says ∣R(U)x∣=∣x∣|R(U)\mathbf{x}| = |\mathbf{x}| for the real linear map R(U)R(U) defined by U(x⋅σ)U†=(R(U)x)⋅σU(\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})U^{\dagger} = (R(U)\mathbf{x})\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}; equivalently, R(U)TR(U)=IR(U)^{\mathsf{T}}R(U) = I, so R(U)∈O(3)R(U)\in O(3). Reading off the matrix entries with the inverse of step 1 gives the formula R(U)ij=12tr(σiUσjU†)R(U)_{ij} = \tfrac12\mathrm{tr}(\sigma_i U\sigma_jU^{\dagger}), and in particular R(U)R(U) has real entries, as it must.

Step 3: RR is a homomorphism. For U,W∈SU(2)U,W\in SU(2),

(UW)(x⋅σ)(UW)†=U(W(x⋅σ)W†)U†=U((R(W)x)⋅σ)U†=(R(U)R(W)x)⋅σ,(UW)(\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})(UW)^{\dagger} = U\bigl(W(\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})W^{\dagger}\bigr)U^{\dagger} = U\bigl((R(W)\mathbf{x})\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}\bigr)U^{\dagger} = \bigl(R(U)R(W)\mathbf{x}\bigr)\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} ,

so R(UW)=R(U)R(W)R(UW) = R(U)R(W), and R(I)=IR(I) = I.

Step 4: the image lies in SO(3)SO(3). det⁡R(U)∈{±1}\det R(U) \in\{\pm1\} because R(U)R(U) is orthogonal. The map U↦det⁡R(U)U\mapsto\det R(U) is continuous, since the entries of R(U)R(U) are polynomials in those of UU and Uˉ\bar U. By part 2, SU(2)SU(2) is path-connected, so the image of this continuous map is a connected subset of {±1}\{\pm1\}, hence a single point, and that point is det⁡R(I)=1\det R(I) = 1. Here connectedness of SU(2)SU(2) is used: continuity by itself forbids nothing, since on a disconnected group a continuous function with values in {±1}\{\pm1\} can perfectly well take both of them — the determinant on O(3)O(3) is the standard example. What rules out det⁡R(U)=−1\det R(U) = -1 is that SU(2)SU(2) has no second component on which the other sign could sit. The same argument applies verbatim to the full unitary group U(2)U(2), which is also connected: the formula R(U)ij=12tr(σiUσjU†)R(U)_{ij} = \tfrac12\mathrm{tr}(\sigma_iU\sigma_jU^{\dagger}) still makes sense there and still lands in SO(3)SO(3), never on a reflection.

Step 5: the kernel. Suppose R(U)=IR(U) = I, that is UσjU†=σjU\sigma_jU^{\dagger} = \sigma_j, equivalently Uσj=σjUU\sigma_j = \sigma_jU for j=1,2,3j=1,2,3. Write U=(pqrs)U = \begin{pmatrix}p&q\\r&s\end{pmatrix}. Commuting with σ3\sigma_3 forces q=r=0q = r = 0; commuting with σ1\sigma_1 then forces p=sp = s. So U=pIU = pI with det⁡U=p2=1\det U = p^2 = 1, hence p=±1p=\pm1 and U=±IU = \pm I. Conversely (±I)X(±I)†=X(\pm I)X(\pm I)^{\dagger} = X, so

ker⁡Φ={I,−I}.\ker\Phi = \{I,-I\} .

This matches Hassani's Theorem 31.2.6 (Hassani (2013), p. 996), which states that the corresponding map Spin→SO\mathrm{Spin}\to SO is surjective with kernel {1,−1}\{1,-1\}.

Step 6: a rotation about the zz-axis. Take n=e3\mathbf{n} = \mathbf{e}_3, so Ue3(θ)=diag(e−iθ/2,eiθ/2)U_{\mathbf{e}_3}(\theta) = \mathrm{diag}(e^{-i\theta/2},e^{i\theta/2}) by part 2. Then

Uσ3U†=σ3,Uσ1U†=(0e−iθeiθ0)=cos⁡θ σ1+sin⁡θ σ2,U\sigma_3U^{\dagger} = \sigma_3, \qquad U\sigma_1U^{\dagger} = \begin{pmatrix}0& e^{-i\theta}\\ e^{i\theta}&0\end{pmatrix} = \cos\theta\,\sigma_1 + \sin\theta\,\sigma_2 ,

and likewise Uσ2U†=−sin⁡θ σ1+cos⁡θ σ2U\sigma_2U^{\dagger} = -\sin\theta\,\sigma_1 + \cos\theta\,\sigma_2. In the basis (e1,e2,e3)(\mathbf{e}_1,\mathbf{e}_2,\mathbf{e}_3) this is

R(Ue3(θ))=(cos⁡θ−sin⁡θ0sin⁡θcos⁡θ0001)=Re3(θ)=exp⁡(−iθJ3),R\bigl(U_{\mathbf{e}_3}(\theta)\bigr) = \begin{pmatrix}\cos\theta&-\sin\theta&0\\ \sin\theta&\cos\theta&0\\ 0&0&1\end{pmatrix} = R_{\mathbf{e}_3}(\theta) = \exp(-i\theta J_3) ,

the last equality by expanding exp⁡(−iθJ3)\exp(-i\theta J_3) as in part 2 (here (−iJ3)3=−(−iJ3)(-iJ_3)^3 = -(-iJ_3), so the series again splits into cos⁡\cos and sin⁡\sin). The same computation with n=e2\mathbf{n}=\mathbf{e}_2 gives R(Ue2(θ))=Re2(θ)R\bigl(U_{\mathbf{e}_2}(\theta)\bigr) = R_{\mathbf{e}_2}(\theta).

Step 7: surjectivity. By Hassani's (Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, p. 972) Euler-angle factorisation, every rotation can be written as

R=Re3(ψ) Re2(ϑ) Re3(φ)R = R_{\mathbf{e}_3}(\psi)\,R_{\mathbf{e}_2}(\vartheta)\,R_{\mathbf{e}_3}(\varphi)

for suitable angles. By step 6 each factor is in the image of Φ\Phi, and by step 3 the image is a subgroup, so RR is in the image. Hence Φ\Phi is onto SO(3)SO(3).

(The alternative route is Riley, Hobson and Bence's (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §28.7.3, pp. 1069–1070) remark that rotations through the same angle about different axes are conjugate, Rj(θ)=ϕij−1Ri(θ)ϕijR_j(\theta) = \phi_{ij}^{-1}R_i(\theta)\phi_{ij}: once all rotations about one axis are in the image and the image is a subgroup closed under conjugation by its own elements, one needs only that the conjugating elements are themselves reachable, which the Euler factorisation supplies.)

Step 8: two-to-one, and the general axis. By the first isomorphism theorem (homomorphisms and quotient groups), SU(2)/ker⁡Φ≅im Φ=SO(3)SU(2)/\ker\Phi\cong\mathrm{im}\,\Phi = SO(3), and the fibre of Φ\Phi over any RR is a coset of ker⁡Φ={±I}\ker\Phi = \{\pm I\}, hence has exactly two elements {U,−U}\{U,-U\}. Finally Φ(Un(θ))=Rn(θ)\Phi(U_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta)) = R_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta) for every axis: choose W∈SU(2)W\in SU(2) with R(W)e3=nR(W)\mathbf{e}_3 = \mathbf{n} (possible by step 7), and note W Ue3(θ) W†=Un(θ)W\,U_{\mathbf{e}_3}(\theta)\,W^{\dagger} = U_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta) because conjugation sends e3⋅σ\mathbf{e}_3\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} to n⋅σ\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} and therefore commutes with the exponential; applying Φ\Phi and using step 3 gives R(W)Re3(θ)R(W)−1=Rn(θ)R(W)R_{\mathbf{e}_3}(\theta)R(W)^{-1} = R_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta). □\square

Proof(Part 4: spinors and the sign after 2π2\pi)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (17.59) and the discussion, p. 852

Put θ=2π\theta = 2\pi in the half-angle formula: cos⁡π=−1\cos\pi = -1 and sin⁡π=0\sin\pi = 0, so

Un(2π)=−Ifor every axis n,U_{\mathbf{n}}(2\pi) = -I \qquad\text{for every axis } \mathbf{n},

while Rn(2π)=IR_{\mathbf{n}}(2\pi) = I. A spinor χ∈C2\chi\in\mathbb{C}^2 is therefore carried to −χ-\chi by a full turn and back to χ\chi only after θ=4π\theta = 4\pi, which is Arfken, Weber and Harris's (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 852) observation that the angular range of the SU(2)SU(2) parameters is twice that of SO(3)SO(3). For θ=π\theta = \pi about the xx-axis, the same formula gives Ue1(π)=−iσ1U_{\mathbf{e}_1}(\pi) = -i\sigma_1, so

Ue1(π)(10)=−i(01),U_{\mathbf{e}_1}(\pi)\begin{pmatrix}1\\0\end{pmatrix} = -i\begin{pmatrix}0\\1\end{pmatrix} ,

up and down are exchanged, and the leftover factor −i-i (Arfken, with his opposite sign convention, gets +i+i) is the phase that no measurement of the direction of the spin can detect.

Now let TT be a representation of SU(2)SU(2) on a vector space WW. If TT is to come from a representation of SO(3)SO(3) — that is, if there is a representation T′T' of SO(3)SO(3) with T=T′∘ΦT = T'\circ\Phi — then T(−I)=T′(Φ(−I))=T′(I)=idWT(-I) = T'(\Phi(-I)) = T'(I) = \mathrm{id}_W, since −I∈ker⁡Φ-I\in\ker\Phi. Conversely if T(−I)=idWT(-I) = \mathrm{id}_W then TT is constant on the fibres {U,−U}\{U,-U\} of Φ\Phi and so descends. Thus the representations of SO(3)SO(3) are precisely the representations of SU(2)SU(2) on which −I-I acts trivially. In the labelling by jj of angular momentum algebra — Hassani (Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, p. 972) records that the irreducible representations are labelled by an integer or half-odd-integer jj and have dimension 2j+12j+1 — the element −I=Ue3(2π)-I = U_{\mathbf{e}_3}(2\pi) acts by e−2πime^{-2\pi i m} on the state of weight mm, that is by (−1)2j(-1)^{2j}, so −I-I acts trivially exactly when jj is an integer. The half-integer representations are representations of SU(2)SU(2) only. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and one disagreement between our sources)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), p. 998 and Thm 31.2.6, p. 996; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 852
  • Unitarity of UU is what keeps UXU†UXU^{\dagger} Hermitian (step 2). Drop it and the conjugation no longer acts on R3\mathbb{R}^3 at all. Keeping unitarity but dropping det⁡U=1\det U = 1 gives the same map Φ\Phi on U(2)U(2), still onto SO(3)SO(3), but now with kernel the full circle {eiαI}\{e^{i\alpha}I\}: the covering is no longer two-sheeted, and the clean statement SO(3)≅SU(2)/{±I}SO(3)\cong SU(2)/\{\pm I\} is lost.
  • Tracelessness of XX is what makes VV three-dimensional. The Hermitian 2×22\times2 matrices form a four-dimensional space, on which det⁡\det is the Minkowski form of signature (1,3)(1,3); conjugating by SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}) instead of SU(2)SU(2) then gives the covering of the Lorentz group (the Lorentz group). Our theorem is the compact, Euclidean corner of that picture.
  • Connectedness of SU(2)SU(2) is used only in step 4, to rule out det⁡R(U)=−1\det R(U) = -1. It comes from part 2, where SU(2)SU(2) is identified with S3S^3.
  • The equality of the Lie algebras does not give an isomorphism of groups. Part 1 and part 3 together are the sharpest form of the lesson of matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras: the exponential map is a local diffeomorphism, so so(3)≅su(2)\mathfrak{so}(3)\cong\mathfrak{su}(2) says only that the two groups agree near the identity. Globally they differ, and the difference is exactly the two-element kernel. It is detectable: SU(2)SU(2) is the sphere S3S^3, while SO(3)SO(3) is S3S^3 with antipodal points identified, and a path in SO(3)SO(3) from II to II running once through a 2π2\pi rotation lifts to a path in SU(2)SU(2) from II to −I-I, which is not a loop.
  • A disagreement in the library. Hassani (Hassani (2013), §31.2.1, p. 998) writes the chain "Spin(3,0)≅SO(3)≅SU(2)\mathrm{Spin}(3,0)\cong SO(3)\cong SU(2)" after noting that the Pauli commutators are the same as the rotation-generator commutators. His own Theorem 31.2.6 (p. 996) states that the map Spin(μ,ν)→SO(μ,ν)\mathrm{Spin}(\mu,\nu)\to SO(\mu,\nu) is a surjective homomorphism with kernel {1,−1}\{1,-1\}, that is two-to-one and not injective, and Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 852) state the opposite of an isomorphism explicitly: the correspondence between the two groups is two-to-one, and what relates them is a homomorphism, not an isomorphism. We follow Arfken, Weber and Harris, and the proof of part 3 above establishes the two-to-one statement from scratch; the isomorphism that does hold is SO(3)≅SU(2)/{±I}SO(3)\cong SU(2)/\{\pm I\}, and it is an isomorphism of Lie algebras, not of groups, that follows from the equality of the structure constants. Readers using Hassani's chain of isomorphisms should read it as an isomorphism of Lie algebras together with the local isomorphism of groups that his Theorem 29.1.21 supplies.
Method(Passing between a rotation and its two SU(2)SU(2) elements)Original

From axis and angle to SU(2)SU(2). Given n\mathbf{n} (unit) and θ\theta, write

U=Icos⁡θ2−i(n⋅σ)sin⁡θ2=(cos⁡θ2−in3sin⁡θ2(−in1−n2)sin⁡θ2(−in1+n2)sin⁡θ2cos⁡θ2+in3sin⁡θ2).U = I\cos\tfrac\theta2 - i(\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})\sin\tfrac\theta2 = \begin{pmatrix} \cos\frac\theta2 - in_3\sin\frac\theta2 & (-in_1-n_2)\sin\frac\theta2\\[2pt] (-in_1+n_2)\sin\frac\theta2 & \cos\frac\theta2+in_3\sin\frac\theta2\end{pmatrix}.

The other preimage is −U-U, which is Un(θ+2π)U_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta+2\pi) — equivalently U−n(2π−θ)U_{-\mathbf{n}}(2\pi - \theta).

From SU(2)SU(2) to the rotation matrix. Use Rij=12tr(σiUσjU†)R_{ij} = \tfrac12\mathrm{tr}(\sigma_i U\sigma_j U^{\dagger}), or, writing U=(a−bˉbaˉ)U = \bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}a&-\bar b\\ b&\bar a\end{smallmatrix}\bigr), read the angle and axis off from

cos⁡θ2=Re a,sin⁡θ2 n=(−Im b, Re b, −Im a).\cos\tfrac\theta2 = \mathrm{Re}\,a, \qquad \sin\tfrac\theta2\,\mathbf{n} = \bigl(-\mathrm{Im}\,b,\ \mathrm{Re}\,b,\ -\mathrm{Im}\,a\bigr).

From a rotation matrix to axis and angle. tr R=1+2cos⁡θ\mathrm{tr}\,R = 1+2\cos\theta gives θ∈[0,π]\theta\in[0,\pi], and for θ∉{0,π}\theta\notin\{0,\pi\} the axis is read off from the antisymmetric part, (R−RT)pq=−2sin⁡θ ϵpqknk(R - R^{\mathsf{T}})_{pq} = -2\sin\theta\,\epsilon_{pqk}n_k. At θ=π\theta = \pi the antisymmetric part vanishes and one uses R+I=2 nnTR + I = 2\,\mathbf{n}\mathbf{n}^{\mathsf{T}} instead.

Composing rotations. Multiply the SU(2)SU(2) matrices rather than the 3×33\times3 ones: four complex entries instead of nine real ones, no accumulation of loss of orthogonality, and the half-angle form recovers the composite axis and angle directly. This is the quaternion method of quaternions, in matrix clothing.

Checks worth doing. det⁡U=1\det U = 1 and U†U=IU^{\dagger}U = I; trR=1+2cos⁡θ\mathrm{tr}R = 1+2\cos\theta; Rn=nR\mathbf{n} = \mathbf{n}; and Un(θ)N=Un(Nθ)U_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta)^{N} = U_{\mathbf{n}}(N\theta), which for θ=2π/N\theta = 2\pi/N gives −I-I rather than II, for every NN and every axis.

Example(A 120∘120^\circ rotation about the body diagonal)Original

Take the axis n=13(1,1,1)\mathbf{n} = \tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}(1,1,1) and the angle θ=2π/3\theta = 2\pi/3, the rotation that cyclically permutes the coordinate axes of a cube.

Step 1: the SU(2)SU(2) element. Here cos⁡(θ/2)=cos⁡60∘=12\cos(\theta/2) = \cos 60^\circ = \tfrac12 and sin⁡(θ/2)=sin⁡60∘=32\sin(\theta/2) = \sin 60^\circ = \tfrac{\sqrt3}{2}, and

n⋅σ=13(11−i1+i−1).\mathbf{n}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} = \frac{1}{\sqrt3}\begin{pmatrix}1 & 1-i\\ 1+i & -1\end{pmatrix}.

The two factors of 3\sqrt3 cancel:

U=12I−i⋅32⋅13(11−i1+i−1)=12(1−i−1−i1−i1+i).U = \tfrac12 I - i\cdot\tfrac{\sqrt3}{2}\cdot\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}\begin{pmatrix}1&1-i\\1+i&-1\end{pmatrix} = \frac12\begin{pmatrix}1-i & -1-i\\ 1-i & 1+i\end{pmatrix} .

Step 2: check that U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2).

det⁡U=14[(1−i)(1+i)−(−1−i)(1−i)]=14[2−(−1+i−i+i2)]=14[2+2]=1,\det U = \tfrac14\bigl[(1-i)(1+i) - (-1-i)(1-i)\bigr] = \tfrac14\bigl[2 - (-1+i-i+i^2)\bigr] = \tfrac14[2+2] = 1 ,

and UU has the required shape (a−bˉbaˉ)\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}a&-\bar b\\ b&\bar a\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) with a=1−i2a = \tfrac{1-i}{2}, b=1−i2b = \tfrac{1-i}{2}, since −bˉ=−1+i2-\bar b = -\tfrac{1+i}{2} and aˉ=1+i2\bar a = \tfrac{1+i}{2}; and ∣a∣2+∣b∣2=12+12=1|a|^2+|b|^2 = \tfrac12+\tfrac12 = 1, so U†U=IU^{\dagger}U = I.

Step 3: the rotation matrix. Using Rij=12tr(σiUσjU†)R_{ij} = \tfrac12\mathrm{tr}(\sigma_iU\sigma_jU^{\dagger}) for the nine entries,

R=(001100010).R = \begin{pmatrix}0&0&1\\1&0&0\\0&1&0\end{pmatrix}.

Read the columns: Re1=e2R\mathbf{e}_1 = \mathbf{e}_2, Re2=e3R\mathbf{e}_2 = \mathbf{e}_3, Re3=e1R\mathbf{e}_3 = \mathbf{e}_1 — the cyclic permutation, as expected for a third of a turn about (1,1,1)(1,1,1). Three checks:

tr R=0=1+2cos⁡120∘,det⁡R=1,R(111)=(111).\mathrm{tr}\,R = 0 = 1 + 2\cos 120^\circ, \qquad \det R = 1, \qquad R\begin{pmatrix}1\\1\\1\end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix}1\\1\\1\end{pmatrix} .

The first of these is the checkable number: 1+2cos⁡(2π/3)=1−1=01 + 2\cos(2\pi/3) = 1 - 1 = 0.

Step 4: the two-to-one map, seen directly. Cube the SU(2)SU(2) element. Since U=Un(2π/3)U = U_{\mathbf{n}}(2\pi/3) and the half-angle formula is a one-parameter group in θ\theta,

U3=Un(2π)=−I,U^3 = U_{\mathbf{n}}(2\pi) = -I ,

and direct multiplication of the matrix in step 1 confirms it. But R3=IR^3 = I, because a cyclic permutation of three symbols has order 33. So UU has order 66 in SU(2)SU(2) while its image has order 33 in SO(3)SO(3): the preimage of the three-element subgroup {I,R,R2}\{I,R,R^2\} is the six-element subgroup {±I,±U,±U2}\{\pm I,\pm U,\pm U^2\}, exactly twice as large, as the kernel {±I}\{\pm I\} requires. The other preimage of RR is

−U=12(−1+i1+i−1+i−1−i)=Un ⁣(2π3+2π)=Un ⁣(8π3).-U = \frac12\begin{pmatrix}-1+i&1+i\\ -1+i&-1-i\end{pmatrix} = U_{\mathbf{n}}\!\left(\tfrac{2\pi}{3}+2\pi\right) = U_{\mathbf{n}}\!\left(\tfrac{8\pi}{3}\right).

Step 5: what a spinor does. Apply UU to the spin-up state χ↑=(1,0)T\chi_{\uparrow} = (1,0)^{\mathsf{T}}:

Uχ↑=12(1−i1−i),U\chi_{\uparrow} = \tfrac12\begin{pmatrix}1-i\\ 1-i\end{pmatrix},

whose components have equal modulus 12\tfrac{1}{\sqrt2}, so the rotated state is an equal superposition of up and down — consistent with the fact that RR moves the zz-axis to the xx-axis, and a spin along xx is an equal superposition of up and down along zz. Applying UU three times returns −χ↑-\chi_{\uparrow}, not χ↑\chi_{\uparrow}, although the physical orientation has returned to where it started.

ApplicationOriginal

Spin-12\tfrac12 and magnetic resonance. The evolution of a spin-12\tfrac12 particle in a static magnetic field B\mathbf{B} is χ(t)=exp⁡(−iγt B⋅σ/2)χ(0)\chi(t) = \exp(-i\gamma t\,\mathbf{B}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}/2)\chi(0), which by part 2 is Un(γ∣B∣t)U_{\mathbf{n}}(\gamma|\mathbf{B}|t) with n=B/∣B∣\mathbf{n} = \mathbf{B}/|\mathbf{B}|: the spin precesses about B\mathbf{B} at the Larmor frequency. Every pulse sequence in nuclear magnetic resonance and in magnetic-resonance imaging — a "90∘90^\circ pulse", a "180∘180^\circ pulse" — is an element Un(θ)U_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta), composed by multiplying 2×22\times2 matrices. The same algebra is the single-qubit gate set of quantum computing: the Hadamard gate is Un(π)U_{\mathbf{n}}(\pi) for n=(1,0,1)/2\mathbf{n} = (1,0,1)/\sqrt2 up to phase, and the Bloch sphere on which a qubit state is drawn is the image of C2\mathbb{C}^2 under χ↦χ†σχ\chi\mapsto\chi^{\dagger}\boldsymbol{\sigma}\chi, intertwining the SU(2)SU(2) action with the SO(3)SO(3) action by exactly the homomorphism Φ\Phi.

Attitude representation. Spacecraft, aircraft, robot arms and camera-tracking software store orientations as unit quaternions, that is as elements of SU(2)SU(2), rather than as 3×33\times3 matrices or Euler angles: four numbers with one constraint instead of nine with six, composition by one quaternion multiplication, no gimbal lock, and renormalisation that is a single division by a norm. The price is the sign ambiguity of part 3 — qq and −q-q describe the same attitude — which interpolation routines must handle explicitly by choosing the representative in the nearer hemisphere.

Observable consequences of the sign. That a 2π2\pi rotation multiplies a spinor by −1-1 is not an artefact of notation: in a neutron interferometer one arm is passed through a magnetic field that rotates the neutron spin by 2π2\pi, and the interference with the other arm is inverted, so the count rate has period 4π4\pi in the field strength. The same two-valuedness underlies the classification of particles as bosons and fermions and the behaviour of spinor fields under rotation in quantum field theory.

Crystallography and molecular symmetry. Double groups — the preimages in SU(2)SU(2) of the point groups of point groups and crystal symmetry — are what one must use to classify the electronic states of a magnetic ion with an odd number of electrons; Kramers' theorem, that such states come in degenerate pairs, is a statement about the two-sheeted cover.

Downstream in this chapter. The half-angle formula becomes the Wigner DD-matrices of rotation matrices of angular momentum once one works in the (2j+1)(2j+1)-dimensional representations; the algebra [Sj,Sk]=iϵjklSl[S_j,S_k] = i\epsilon_{jkl}S_l is analysed abstractly in angular momentum algebra; and the Pauli matrices reappear as the three-dimensional case of the construction in Clifford algebras and spinors.

Theorem

Angular momentum algebra

Adapted

From the commutation relations [Jj,Jk]=iϵjklJl[J_j,J_k]=i\epsilon_{jkl}J_l alone, derives the whole spectrum of angular momentum — J2J^2 has eigenvalue j(j+1)j(j+1) with 2j2j a non-negative integer, JzJ_z runs in unit steps from −j-j to jj, and the ladder operators act with coefficients j(j+1)−m(m±1)\sqrt{j(j+1)-m(m\pm1)} — and shows by an explicit counterexample which hypothesis forces the ladder to terminate.

Prerequisites: The rotation group and SU(2), Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, Inner products and norms, Spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices, Eigenvalues and eigenvectors

Definition(An angular momentum)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (16.28)–(16.29), p. 782

Let VV be a complex vector space with an inner product (inner-product spaces), linear in the second slot in the physicists' way, so that ⟨u∣Au⟩=⟨A†u∣u⟩\langle u|Au\rangle = \langle A^{\dagger}u|u\rangle. An angular momentum on VV is a triple J1,J2,J3J_1,J_2,J_3 of Hermitian operators on VV satisfying

[Jj,Jk]=i ϵjkl Jl(j,k=1,2,3),[J_j,J_k] = i\,\epsilon_{jkl}\,J_l \qquad (j,k = 1,2,3),

with ϵ\epsilon the Levi-Civita symbol and summation over ll. We write Jx,Jy,JzJ_x,J_y,J_z for J1,J2,J3J_1,J_2,J_3 and set

J2=J12+J22+J32,J±=Jx±iJy.J^2 = J_1^2+J_2^2+J_3^2, \qquad J_{\pm} = J_x \pm i J_y .

Units with ℏ=1\hbar = 1 are used throughout; to restore them, multiply every JkJ_k by ℏ\hbar, so that [Jx,Jy]=iℏJz[J_x,J_y] = i\hbar J_z and J2J^2 has the dimensions of ℏ2\hbar^2, as in Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Eq. (19.27), p. 659).

Nothing else is assumed: VV may be any space on which three such operators act. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 782) stress this point — beyond the commutation relations the operators are arbitrary, and the three standard realisations are the orbital angular momentum L=−i r×∇\mathbf{L} = -i\,\mathbf{r}\times\nabla on functions, the spin S=12σ\mathbf{S} = \tfrac12\boldsymbol{\sigma} on C2\mathbb{C}^2 of the rotation group and SU(2), and sums of these.

By that unit, the relations above are exactly the structure constants of so(3)≅su(2)\mathfrak{so}(3)\cong\mathfrak{su}(2) in the Hermitian normalisation, so "an angular momentum on VV" and "a representation of the Lie algebra of the rotation group on VV" are the same thing, with the group element exp⁡(−iθ n⋅J)\exp(-i\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J}) implementing the rotation by θ\theta about n\mathbf{n}.

J±J_{\pm} are ladder operators. They are not Hermitian; rather (J+)†=J−(J_+)^{\dagger} = J_-, since JxJ_x and JyJ_y are Hermitian. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), p. 660) write them UU and DD for "up" and "down".

Theorem(The spectrum of an angular momentum)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 778–779 and Eqs. (16.28)–(16.31), p. 782; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), p. 662 and Eqs. (19.34)–(19.35), p. 663; Hassani (2013), Example 30.3.6, p. 970

Let J1,J2,J3J_1,J_2,J_3 be an angular momentum on a finite-dimensional complex inner-product space V≠{0}V\neq\{0\}. Then:

  1. J2J^2 is a Casimir operator. [J2,Jk]=0[J^2,J_k] = 0 for k=1,2,3k=1,2,3, so J2J^2 and JzJ_z have a common eigenbasis. Moreover
[Jz,J±]=±J±,[J+,J−]=2Jz,J∓J±=J2−Jz2∓Jz.[J_z,J_{\pm}] = \pm J_{\pm}, \qquad [J_+,J_-] = 2J_z, \qquad J_{\mp}J_{\pm} = J^2 - J_z^2 \mp J_z .
  1. Quantisation. If VV is irreducible — it has no proper non-zero subspace invariant under all three JkJ_k — then there is a number jj with 2j∈{0,1,2,3,… }2j \in \{0,1,2,3,\dots\} such that
J2=j(j+1) IdV,dim⁡V=2j+1,J^2 = j(j+1)\,\mathrm{Id}_V, \qquad \dim V = 2j+1 ,

and VV has an orthonormal basis ∣j,m⟩|j,m\rangle with m=−j,−j+1,…,j−1,jm = -j, -j+1,\dots, j-1, j and

Jz∣j,m⟩=m ∣j,m⟩,J2∣j,m⟩=j(j+1) ∣j,m⟩.J_z|j,m\rangle = m\,|j,m\rangle, \qquad J^2|j,m\rangle = j(j+1)\,|j,m\rangle .

In particular the eigenvalues of JzJ_z are all integers or all half-odd-integers, never mixed, and they are non-degenerate within one irreducible VV.

  1. Matrix elements. With the phases fixed by the Condon-Shortley convention — the coefficients below are taken real and non-negative —
J±∣j,m⟩= j(j+1)−m(m±1)   ∣j,m±1⟩=(j∓m)(j±m+1)  ∣j,m±1⟩,J_{\pm}|j,m\rangle = \sqrt{\,j(j+1) - m(m\pm1)\,}\;|j,m\pm1\rangle = \sqrt{(j\mp m)(j\pm m+1)}\;|j,m\pm1\rangle ,

so that J+∣j,j⟩=0J_+|j,j\rangle = 0 and J−∣j,−j⟩=0J_-|j,-j\rangle = 0. Equivalently

⟨j,m′∣J±∣j,m⟩=(j∓m)(j±m+1) δm′,m±1,⟨j,m′∣Jz∣j,m⟩=m δm′m,\langle j,m'|J_{\pm}|j,m\rangle = \sqrt{(j\mp m)(j\pm m+1)}\,\delta_{m',m\pm1}, \qquad \langle j,m'|J_z|j,m\rangle = m\,\delta_{m'm} ,

and Jx=12(J++J−)J_x = \tfrac12(J_++J_-), Jy=12i(J+−J−)J_y = \tfrac{1}{2i}(J_+-J_-) supply the remaining matrices.

  1. Decomposition. A general finite-dimensional VV is an orthogonal direct sum of irreducible subspaces, so it is described by the list of its jj values with multiplicities.

Hassani (Hassani (2013), Example 30.3.6, p. 970) reaches parts 2 and 4 from the Lie-theoretic side: so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) has rank one, J2J^2 is its one quadratic Casimir, and by Chevalley's theorem its eigenvalue alone labels the irreducible representations, the jjth having dimension 2j+12j+1.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Only two facts drive everything, and both are one-line consequences of the commutation relations.

The first is that J±J_{\pm} shifts the JzJ_z eigenvalue by ±1\pm1 and leaves the J2J^2 eigenvalue alone. That is the content of [Jz,J±]=±J±[J_z,J_\pm] = \pm J_\pm and [J2,J±]=0[J^2,J_\pm]=0: applying J+J_+ to an eigenvector moves it one rung up a ladder of states all sharing the same J2J^2.

The second is that the ladder cannot be infinite, and this is where Hermiticity enters. The number ∥J+v∥2\|J_+v\|^2 is a norm, hence non-negative, and the identity J−J+=J2−Jz2−JzJ_-J_+ = J^2 - J_z^2 - J_z evaluates it as λ−m2−m\lambda - m^2 - m for a state of J2J^2-eigenvalue λ\lambda and JzJ_z-eigenvalue mm. That expression turns negative for large mm, so the ladder must stop; and it can only stop by the coefficient vanishing exactly, which pins λ=mmax⁡(mmax⁡+1)\lambda = m_{\max}(m_{\max}+1). The same argument at the bottom gives λ=mmin⁡(mmin⁡−1)\lambda = m_{\min}(m_{\min}-1), and the two together force mmin⁡=−mmax⁡m_{\min} = -m_{\max}. Since the rungs are spaced by 11, the distance 2mmax⁡2m_{\max} from bottom to top is a whole number — which is why jj is an integer or a half-integer and nothing else.

Everything after that is bookkeeping: the same norm computation that forced termination also supplies the coefficients.

Proof(Part 1: the commutator identities)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (16.11), (16.16)–(16.17), (16.20)–(16.22), pp. 776–778

Step 1: [J2,Jk]=0[J^2,J_k]=0. Use [AB,C]=A[B,C]+[A,C]B[AB,C] = A[B,C]+[A,C]B. For k=zk=z,

[J2,Jz]=[Jx2,Jz]+[Jy2,Jz]+[Jz2,Jz]=Jx[Jx,Jz]+[Jx,Jz]Jx+Jy[Jy,Jz]+[Jy,Jz]Jy.[J^2,J_z] = [J_x^2,J_z]+[J_y^2,J_z]+[J_z^2,J_z] = J_x[J_x,J_z] + [J_x,J_z]J_x + J_y[J_y,J_z] + [J_y,J_z]J_y .

Now [Jx,Jz]=−iJy[J_x,J_z] = -iJ_y and [Jy,Jz]=iJx[J_y,J_z] = iJ_x, so the four terms are −iJxJy−iJyJx+iJyJx+iJxJy=0-iJ_xJ_y - iJ_yJ_x + iJ_yJ_x + iJ_xJ_y = 0. The cases k=x,yk=x,y follow by cycling the labels, which the relations permit. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), p. 660) carry out the same cancellation.

Step 2: [Jz,J±]=±J±[J_z,J_{\pm}] = \pm J_{\pm}.

[Jz,J±]=[Jz,Jx]±i[Jz,Jy]=iJy±i(−iJx)=±(Jx±iJy)=±J±.[J_z,J_\pm] = [J_z,J_x] \pm i[J_z,J_y] = iJ_y \pm i(-iJ_x) = \pm\bigl(J_x\pm iJ_y\bigr) = \pm J_\pm .

Step 3: [J+,J−]=2Jz[J_+,J_-] = 2J_z. Expanding, [Jx+iJy,  Jx−iJy]=−i[Jx,Jy]+i[Jy,Jx]=−2i[Jx,Jy]=−2i(iJz)=2Jz[J_x+iJ_y,\;J_x-iJ_y] = -i[J_x,J_y] + i[J_y,J_x] = -2i[J_x,J_y] = -2i(iJ_z) = 2J_z.

Step 4: J∓J±=J2−Jz2∓JzJ_{\mp}J_{\pm} = J^2 - J_z^2 \mp J_z. Multiply out:

J−J+=(Jx−iJy)(Jx+iJy)=Jx2+Jy2+i[Jx,Jy]=(J2−Jz2)−Jz,J_-J_+ = (J_x-iJ_y)(J_x+iJ_y) = J_x^2+J_y^2 + i[J_x,J_y] = (J^2 - J_z^2) - J_z ,

using [Jx,Jy]=iJz[J_x,J_y]=iJ_z in the last step; the sign of the iJyiJ_y terms reverses for J+J−J_+J_-, giving J2−Jz2+JzJ^2-J_z^2+J_z. Here the definition J2=Jx2+Jy2+Jz2J^2 = J_x^2+J_y^2+J_z^2 is used and nothing else.

Step 5: [J2,J±]=0[J^2,J_\pm]=0 is immediate from step 1 and the definition of J±J_\pm. □\square

Proof(Parts 2 and 3: the spectrum and the matrix elements)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 778–779; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), p. 662

Let VV be finite-dimensional, non-zero and irreducible.

Step 1: a simultaneous eigenvector exists. J2J^2 is Hermitian, being a sum of squares of Hermitian operators, so by the spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices it has an eigenvalue λ\lambda, necessarily real, with eigenspace W≠{0}W\neq\{0\}. By step 1 of part 1 each JkJ_k maps WW into itself, so WW is invariant under all three; irreducibility forces W=VW = V, that is

J2=λ IdV.J^2 = \lambda\,\mathrm{Id}_V .

Also λ≥0\lambda\ge0, since ⟨v∣J2v⟩=∥Jxv∥2+∥Jyv∥2+∥Jzv∥2≥0\langle v|J^2v\rangle = \|J_xv\|^2+\|J_yv\|^2+\|J_zv\|^2 \ge 0. Now JzJ_z is Hermitian on V≠{0}V\ne\{0\}, so it has a real eigenvalue m0m_0 with a unit eigenvector v0v_0.

Step 2: the ladder. Let vv be a unit vector with Jzv=mvJ_zv = mv. Then by step 2 of part 1,

Jz(J±v)=J±Jzv±J±v=(m±1) J±v,J_z\bigl(J_\pm v\bigr) = J_\pm J_z v \pm J_\pm v = (m\pm1)\,J_\pm v ,

so J±vJ_\pm v is either zero or a JzJ_z-eigenvector of eigenvalue m±1m\pm1. It remains in the same J2J^2-eigenspace because J2J^2 is a multiple of the identity.

Step 3: the key norm. Using (J+)†=J−(J_+)^{\dagger}=J_- and step 4 of part 1,

∥J+v∥2=⟨J+v∣J+v⟩=⟨v∣J−J+v⟩=⟨v∣(J2−Jz2−Jz)v⟩=λ−m2−m,\|J_+v\|^2 = \langle J_+v|J_+v\rangle = \langle v|J_-J_+v\rangle = \langle v|(J^2-J_z^2-J_z)v\rangle = \lambda - m^2 - m ,

and symmetrically

∥J−v∥2=λ−m2+m.\|J_-v\|^2 = \lambda - m^2 + m .

Here Hermiticity of JxJ_x and JyJ_y is used, to identify (J+)†(J_+)^{\dagger} with J−J_-; without it the left-hand sides are not norms and the inequalities below are unavailable.

Step 4: the ladder terminates at both ends. Starting from v0v_0 and applying J+J_+ repeatedly produces eigenvectors of eigenvalues m0,m0+1,m0+2,…m_0, m_0+1, m_0+2,\dots as long as they are non-zero. Eigenvectors of a Hermitian operator for distinct eigenvalues are orthogonal, hence independent, so in a finite-dimensional VV the process must produce zero after finitely many steps. (Equivalently and without using finite dimension: λ−m2−m≥0\lambda - m^2 - m \ge 0 bounds mm above.) Let mmax⁡m_{\max} be the largest mm reached, with unit eigenvector vmax⁡v_{\max}, so J+vmax⁡=0J_+v_{\max}=0 and by step 3

λ=mmax⁡(mmax⁡+1).\lambda = m_{\max}(m_{\max}+1) .

The same argument downwards gives a smallest mmin⁡m_{\min} with J−vmin⁡=0J_-v_{\min}=0 and

λ=mmin⁡(mmin⁡−1).\lambda = m_{\min}(m_{\min}-1) .

Step 5: mmin⁡=−mmax⁡m_{\min} = -m_{\max}, and 2mmax⁡2m_{\max} is a non-negative integer. Write j=mmax⁡j = m_{\max}, so λ=j(j+1)\lambda = j(j+1) with j≥0j \ge 0 (the other root of λ=x(x+1)\lambda = x(x+1) with λ≥0\lambda\ge0 is negative, and mmax⁡≥mmin⁡m_{\max}\ge m_{\min} forces the non-negative one). Solving mmin⁡(mmin⁡−1)=j(j+1)m_{\min}(m_{\min}-1) = j(j+1) gives mmin⁡=−jm_{\min} = -j or mmin⁡=j+1m_{\min} = j+1; the latter exceeds mmax⁡m_{\max} and is impossible, so mmin⁡=−jm_{\min} = -j. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 778–779) dispose of the spurious root the same way. Since the rungs from mmin⁡m_{\min} to mmax⁡m_{\max} are spaced by exactly 11, their number is mmax⁡−mmin⁡+1=2j+1m_{\max}-m_{\min}+1 = 2j+1, a positive integer; hence 2j2j is a non-negative integer and j∈{0,12,1,32,… }j\in\{0,\tfrac12,1,\tfrac32,\dots\}.

Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), p. 662) obtain the quantisation by a direct count instead: if the top eigenvalue is cc and the bottom is reached after nn lowerings, then c=mmax⁡c = m_{\max} and c−n=mmin⁡c-n = m_{\min}, and equating the two expressions for λ\lambda gives c2+c=(c−n)2−(c−n)c^2+c = (c-n)^2-(c-n), which simplifies to 2c(n+1)=n(n+1)2c(n+1) = n(n+1) and hence c=12nc = \tfrac12 n. The integer nn is the number of steps; our 2j2j is their nn.

Step 6: the states span VV, and the coefficients. Define

∣j,j⟩=vmax⁡,∣j,m−1⟩=1λ−m2+m  J−∣j,m⟩(m=j,j−1,…,−j+1),|j,j\rangle = v_{\max}, \qquad |j,m-1\rangle = \frac{1}{\sqrt{\lambda - m^2+m}}\;J_-|j,m\rangle \quad (m = j, j-1,\dots,-j+1),

which is legitimate because step 3 makes the denominator the norm of J−∣j,m⟩J_-|j,m\rangle, positive for m>−jm>-j. These 2j+12j+1 vectors are unit vectors, mutually orthogonal (distinct JzJ_z-eigenvalues), and their span is invariant under JzJ_z, under J−J_- by construction, and under J+J_+ because J+J−∣j,m⟩=(λ−m2+m)∣j,m⟩J_+J_-|j,m\rangle = (\lambda-m^2+m)|j,m\rangle after re-indexing; hence invariant under JxJ_x and JyJ_y too. Irreducibility forces the span to be all of VV, so dim⁡V=2j+1\dim V = 2j+1 and each JzJ_z-eigenvalue occurs once.

By construction J−∣j,m⟩=λ−m2+m ∣j,m−1⟩=j(j+1)−m(m−1) ∣j,m−1⟩J_-|j,m\rangle = \sqrt{\lambda-m^2+m}\,|j,m-1\rangle = \sqrt{j(j+1)-m(m-1)}\,|j,m-1\rangle, and applying J+J_+ to this identity and using J+J−=J2−Jz2+JzJ_+J_- = J^2-J_z^2+J_z gives J+∣j,m−1⟩=j(j+1)−m(m−1) ∣j,m⟩J_+|j,m-1\rangle = \sqrt{j(j+1)-m(m-1)}\,|j,m\rangle, which is the stated formula with m−1m-1 in place of mm. The two forms of the coefficient agree because

j(j+1)−m(m±1)=(j∓m)(j±m+1),j(j+1)-m(m\pm1) = (j\mp m)(j\pm m+1) ,

as expanding both sides confirms. The choice of positive square roots is the Condon-Shortley convention; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 779) note that it is a choice of the relative signs of the ∣j,m⟩|j,m\rangle, made so that the spherical harmonics of spherical harmonics come out with their tabulated signs.

Part 4. If VV is not irreducible it has a non-zero invariant subspace W⊊VW\subsetneq V. Because every JkJ_k is Hermitian, W⊥W^{\perp} is invariant too: for u∈W⊥u\in W^{\perp} and w∈Ww\in W, ⟨w∣Jku⟩=⟨Jkw∣u⟩=0\langle w|J_ku\rangle = \langle J_kw|u\rangle = 0 since Jkw∈WJ_kw\in W. So V=W⊕W⊥V = W\oplus W^{\perp} orthogonally, with both summands invariant, and induction on the dimension finishes the decomposition. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Hermiticity is the hypothesis that quantises the spectrum, and it enters only in step 3, through (J+)†=J−(J_+)^{\dagger}=J_-. Dropping it destroys the conclusion completely. On the space with basis {en:n∈Z}\{e_n : n\in\mathbb{Z}\} fix complex numbers λ\lambda and μ\mu and define
Jzen=(μ+n)en,J+en=en+1,J−en=(λ−(μ+n)(μ+n−1))en−1.J_ze_n = (\mu+n)e_n, \qquad J_+e_n = e_{n+1}, \qquad J_-e_n = \bigl(\lambda-(\mu+n)(\mu+n-1)\bigr)e_{n-1} .

Then [Jz,J±]=±J±[J_z,J_\pm] = \pm J_\pm by inspection, and

(J+J−−J−J+)en=[(λ−(μ+n)(μ+n−1))−(λ−(μ+n+1)(μ+n))]en=2(μ+n)en=2Jzen,(J_+J_- - J_-J_+)e_n = \Bigl[\bigl(\lambda-(\mu+n)(\mu+n-1)\bigr) - \bigl(\lambda-(\mu+n+1)(\mu+n)\bigr)\Bigr]e_n = 2(\mu+n)e_n = 2J_ze_n ,

so [J+,J−]=2Jz[J_+,J_-]=2J_z and the full set of angular momentum relations holds for Jx=12(J++J−)J_x = \tfrac12(J_++J_-), Jy=12i(J+−J−)J_y = \tfrac1{2i}(J_+-J_-), JzJ_z. One checks likewise that J−J++Jz2+Jz=λ IdJ_-J_++J_z^2+J_z = \lambda\,\mathrm{Id}, so "J2J^2" is the constant λ\lambda — an arbitrary complex number, not of the form j(j+1)j(j+1) with 2j2j an integer — and the ladder never terminates in either direction. No inner product on this space can make all three operators Hermitian, and the reason is exactly the step that is missing: were they Hermitian, JzJ_z would have real eigenvalues, forcing μ\mu real, and J2=λ IdJ^2 = \lambda\,\mathrm{Id} would be Hermitian, forcing λ\lambda real; but then

∥J+en∥2=⟨en∣J−J+en⟩=(λ−(μ+n)(μ+n+1)) ∥en∥2\|J_+e_n\|^2 = \langle e_n|J_-J_+e_n\rangle = \bigl(\lambda-(\mu+n)(\mu+n+1)\bigr)\,\|e_n\|^2

is negative for all large nn, which is impossible.

  • Finite dimension is used in step 4 to stop the ladder, and in step 6 to conclude that the states span. It can be traded for compactness of the group — Hassani (Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, p. 972) notes that the irreducible representations of so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) are finite-dimensional because SO(3)SO(3) is compact — or for the boundedness of λ−m2−m\lambda-m^2-m noted parenthetically in step 4, which is what one uses for the infinite-dimensional spaces of quantum mechanics. There the operators are unbounded and the correct statement needs the domain conditions of symmetric and self-adjoint operators; the algebra above is then valid on a suitable dense invariant domain.
  • Irreducibility is what makes J2J^2 a number in step 1. Without it, J2J^2 is only block-diagonal, and part 4 says that the general case is a direct sum of the irreducible ones — so one does not lose anything, only the right to speak of "the" value of jj.
  • Half-integer jj is permitted by the algebra and excluded by geometry. Nothing in the proof rules out j=12j=\tfrac12. What rules it out for orbital angular momentum is that Lz=−i ∂/∂φL_z = -i\,\partial/\partial\varphi acting on single-valued functions on the sphere has eigenfunctions eimφe^{im\varphi} with mm an integer. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 779) make the same distinction: the half-integral multiplets are consistent with the commutation rules but cannot be realised as functions in three-dimensional space. In the language of the rotation group and SU(2), half-integer jj gives a representation of SU(2)SU(2) that is not a representation of SO(3)SO(3).
  • ℏ\hbar. With units restored, J2J^2 has eigenvalue j(j+1)ℏ2j(j+1)\hbar^2, JzJ_z has mℏm\hbar, and the ladder coefficients carry one factor of ℏ\hbar. The quantum number jj is dimensionless; ℏ\hbar never appears inside a square root in a way that could change the arithmetic.
  • The two ends of the ladder must be consistent. It is the pair of conditions in step 4 that forces quantisation. A single one would only relate λ\lambda to one endpoint and would leave jj arbitrary; the integrality comes from the two endpoints being separated by a whole number of unit steps.
Method(Building the matrices of a spin-jj multiplet)Original

To write down the (2j+1)×(2j+1)(2j+1)\times(2j+1) matrices for a given jj:

  1. Order the basis ∣j,j⟩,∣j,j−1⟩,…,∣j,−j⟩|j,j\rangle, |j,j-1\rangle,\dots,|j,-j\rangle, so that row and column kk (counting from 11) correspond to m=j−k+1m = j-k+1.
  2. JzJ_z is diagonal with entries j,j−1,…,−jj, j-1,\dots,-j.
  3. J+J_+ is strictly upper bidiagonal: its only non-zero entries sit just above the diagonal, in column kk and row k−1k-1, with value (j−m)(j+m+1)\sqrt{(j-m)(j+m+1)} where m=j−k+1m = j-k+1 is the mm of column kk. Equivalently, read off the numbers 2j,2(2j−1),3(2j−2),…\sqrt{2j},\sqrt{2(2j-1)},\sqrt{3(2j-2)},\dots from the top.
  4. J−=(J+)TJ_- = (J_+)^{\mathsf{T}}, since the coefficients are real; it is strictly lower bidiagonal with the same numbers.
  5. Jx=12(J++J−)J_x = \tfrac12(J_++J_-) and Jy=12i(J+−J−)J_y = \tfrac{1}{2i}(J_+-J_-), so JxJ_x is real symmetric tridiagonal with zero diagonal and JyJ_y is purely imaginary.
  6. Check. Verify J2=j(j+1)IJ^2 = j(j+1)I, verify [Jx,Jy]=iJz[J_x,J_y] = iJ_z on one entry, and verify tr Jz2=13j(j+1)(2j+1)\mathrm{tr}\,J_z^2 = \tfrac13 j(j+1)(2j+1), which is the sum ∑m=−jjm2\sum_{m=-j}^{j}m^2.
  7. For a rotation, exponentiate: exp⁡(−iθ n⋅J)\exp(-i\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J}) gives the Wigner matrices of rotation matrices of angular momentum; for n=e3\mathbf{n}=\mathbf{e}_3 this is just the diagonal matrix diag(e−ijθ,…,eijθ)\mathrm{diag}(e^{-ij\theta},\dots,e^{ij\theta}).
Example(The spin-32\tfrac32 multiplet, built from the commutators alone)Original

Take j=32j = \tfrac32, so dim⁡V=2j+1=4\dim V = 2j+1 = 4 and the basis is ∣32,32⟩,∣32,12⟩,∣32,−12⟩,∣32,−32⟩|{\tfrac32},{\tfrac32}\rangle, |{\tfrac32},{\tfrac12}\rangle, |{\tfrac32},{-\tfrac12}\rangle, |{\tfrac32},{-\tfrac32}\rangle in that order.

Step 1: the ladder coefficients. With j(j+1)=32⋅52=154j(j+1) = \tfrac32\cdot\tfrac52 = \tfrac{15}{4}, the formula j(j+1)−m(m−1)\sqrt{j(j+1)-m(m-1)} for J−J_- gives, for m=32,12,−12m = \tfrac32,\tfrac12,-\tfrac12,

154−32⋅12=3,154−12⋅(−12)=4=2,154−(−12)(−32)=3.\sqrt{\tfrac{15}{4}-\tfrac32\cdot\tfrac12} = \sqrt{3}, \qquad \sqrt{\tfrac{15}{4}-\tfrac12\cdot\bigl(-\tfrac12\bigr)} = \sqrt{4} = 2, \qquad \sqrt{\tfrac{15}{4}-\bigl(-\tfrac12\bigr)\bigl(-\tfrac32\bigr)} = \sqrt{3} .

Step 2: the matrices.

Jz=12(31−1−3),J+=(0300002000030000),J−=J+T,J_z = \tfrac12\begin{pmatrix}3&&&\\&1&&\\&&-1&\\&&&-3\end{pmatrix}, \qquad J_+ = \begin{pmatrix}0&\sqrt3&0&0\\0&0&2&0\\0&0&0&\sqrt3\\0&0&0&0\end{pmatrix}, \qquad J_- = J_+^{\mathsf{T}} ,Jx=12(0300302002030030),Jy=i2(0−30030−20020−30030).J_x = \frac12\begin{pmatrix}0&\sqrt3&0&0\\ \sqrt3&0&2&0\\ 0&2&0&\sqrt3\\ 0&0&\sqrt3&0\end{pmatrix}, \qquad J_y = \frac{i}{2}\begin{pmatrix}0&-\sqrt3&0&0\\ \sqrt3&0&-2&0\\ 0&2&0&-\sqrt3\\ 0&0&\sqrt3&0\end{pmatrix}.

Step 3: three checks.

  • J2=Jx2+Jy2+Jz2J^2 = J_x^2+J_y^2+J_z^2. The (1,1)(1,1) entry is 14⋅3+14⋅3+94=34+34+94=154\tfrac14\cdot3 + \tfrac14\cdot3 + \tfrac94 = \tfrac34+\tfrac34+\tfrac94 = \tfrac{15}{4}, and carrying out the full multiplication gives J2=154IJ^2 = \tfrac{15}{4}I exactly, as j(j+1)=154j(j+1) = \tfrac{15}{4} requires.
  • [Jx,Jy]=iJz[J_x,J_y] = iJ_z. The commutator comes out diagonal with entries 3i2,i2,−i2,−3i2\tfrac{3i}{2},\tfrac{i}{2},-\tfrac{i}{2},-\tfrac{3i}{2}, which is ii times the diagonal of JzJ_z. The (1,1)(1,1) entry, for instance, is (JxJy)11−(JyJx)11=32⋅3i2−(−3i2)⋅32=3i4+3i4=3i2=i⋅32(J_xJ_y)_{11}-(J_yJ_x)_{11} = \tfrac{\sqrt3}{2}\cdot\tfrac{\sqrt3 i}{2} - \bigl(-\tfrac{\sqrt3 i}{2}\bigr)\cdot\tfrac{\sqrt3}{2} = \tfrac{3i}{4}+\tfrac{3i}{4} = \tfrac{3i}{2} = i\cdot\tfrac32.
  • tr Jz2=2(94+14)=5\mathrm{tr}\,J_z^2 = 2\bigl(\tfrac94+\tfrac14\bigr) = 5, which matches 13j(j+1)(2j+1)=13⋅32⋅52⋅4=5\tfrac13 j(j+1)(2j+1) = \tfrac13\cdot\tfrac32\cdot\tfrac52\cdot4 = 5.

Step 4: a number to check the ladder against. Climbing the whole ladder from the top in one go,

(J−)3 ∣32,32⟩=3⋅2⋅3  ∣32,−32⟩=6 ∣32,−32⟩,(J_-)^3\,\bigl|{\tfrac32},{\tfrac32}\bigr\rangle = \sqrt3\cdot2\cdot\sqrt3\;\bigl|{\tfrac32},{-\tfrac32}\bigr\rangle = 6\,\bigl|{\tfrac32},{-\tfrac32}\bigr\rangle ,

and indeed the matrix (J−)3(J_-)^3 has a single non-zero entry, the (4,1)(4,1) entry 66. A fourth application gives zero, as it must: J−∣32,−32⟩=0J_-|{\tfrac32},{-\tfrac32}\rangle = 0.

Step 5: the spectrum of JxJ_x is the same as that of JzJ_z. It has to be, since JxJ_x is carried to JzJ_z by the rotation of the rotation group and SU(2) that takes e1\mathbf{e}_1 to e3\mathbf{e}_3, and conjugation preserves eigenvalues. Computing the characteristic polynomial of the matrix JxJ_x above gives

det⁡(Jx−tI)=t4−52t2+916=(t2−94)(t2−14),\det(J_x - tI) = t^4 - \tfrac52 t^2 + \tfrac{9}{16} = \bigl(t^2-\tfrac94\bigr)\bigl(t^2-\tfrac14\bigr) ,

with roots ±32,±12\pm\tfrac32, \pm\tfrac12 — the same four numbers. A measurement of the spin component along any axis gives one of ±32,±12\pm\tfrac32,\pm\tfrac12, and only the probabilities depend on the axis.

Step 6: the special case j=12j=\tfrac12. Running the same recipe with j=12j=\tfrac12 gives J+=(0100)J_+ = \bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr), Jz=12(100−1)J_z = \tfrac12\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) and Jk=12σkJ_k = \tfrac12\sigma_k, with J2=34IJ^2 = \tfrac34 I — Arfken, Weber and Harris's (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Example 16.1.2, pp. 780–781) spinor example, and the Pauli matrices of the rotation group and SU(2) recovered from the commutation relations with no geometry at all.

ApplicationOriginal

Atomic and molecular spectra. The electronic states of an atom are labelled by jj and mm because the Hamiltonian commutes with J\mathbf{J}; the 2j+12j+1 states of a level are degenerate until a field singles out an axis. In the Zeeman effect a magnetic field Be3B\mathbf{e}_3 adds γBJz\gamma B J_z to the Hamiltonian, splitting the level into 2j+12j+1 equally spaced lines, and simply counting those lines measures jj. This is the experiment that forced half-integer jj on physics: silver atoms in a Stern-Gerlach apparatus split into two beams, not three.

Magnetic resonance and quantum control. Nuclear magnetic resonance, electron spin resonance and magnetic-resonance imaging all work in a single jj-multiplet, usually j=12j=\tfrac12 or j=32j=\tfrac32 (for quadrupolar nuclei), and every pulse sequence is a product of operators exp⁡(−iθ n⋅J)\exp(-i\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J}) built from the matrices of the method above. The ladder coefficients are exactly the transition amplitudes between adjacent levels and therefore fix the relative line intensities.

Quantum information. A spin-jj system is a (2j+1)(2j+1)-level "qudit"; the matrices of the example are the standard generators used to describe its gates. The j=12j=\tfrac12 case is the qubit, and the fact that the spectrum of n⋅J\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J} is independent of n\mathbf{n} (step 5 of the example) is why any measurement direction yields the same set of outcomes with different probabilities — the geometry of the Bloch sphere.

Selection rules. Because the components of a vector operator shift mm by 00 or ±1\pm1 and nothing else, only certain transitions have non-zero amplitude. Turning that observation into a theorem — with every matrix element of a tensor operator reduced to a single number times a Clebsch-Gordan coefficient — is the Wigner-Eckart theorem of spherical tensors and the Wigner-Eckart theorem, and the coupling machinery it needs is built in addition of angular momenta.

Beyond rotations. The same algebra appears wherever a rank-one Lie algebra does. The raising and lowering operators of the harmonic oscillator obey the closely related Heisenberg relations; the isospin of nuclear physics is a copy of this algebra acting on the proton-neutron doublet; and in su(3)\mathfrak{su}(3) three copies of it, the II-, UU- and VV-spins, organise the quark multiplets. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 855–856) run the su(3)\mathfrak{su}(3) ladders in exactly the way done here.

Rigid rotors and molecular spectroscopy. The rotational levels of a diatomic molecule have energies B j(j+1)B\,j(j+1), so the observed line spacing is 2B(j+1)2B(j+1) — a linear progression whose slope measures the moment of inertia and hence the bond length. The j(j+1)j(j+1) of the theorem is directly visible in a microwave spectrum.

Method

Addition of angular momenta

Adapted

Gives the recipe for passing between the uncoupled basis ∣j1m1⟩∣j2m2⟩|j_1m_1\rangle|j_2m_2\rangle and the coupled basis ∣J,M⟩|J,M\rangle — the triangle rule ∣j1−j2∣≤J≤j1+j2|j_1-j_2|\le J\le j_1+j_2, the ladder-and-orthogonalise construction, the closed formula and the 3j3j-symbol symmetries — with the Clebsch-Gordan series proved twice, by counting states and by multiplying characters.

Prerequisites: Angular momentum algebra, Product representations and selection rules, The rotation group and SU(2), Orthogonality relations and characters, Orthonormal bases and Gram-Schmidt, Inner products and norms

Definition(The two bases and the coefficients)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 784–786 and Eqs. (16.43)–(16.45), pp. 789–790; Hassani (2013), Eqs. (24.46)–(24.47), p. 756

Let j1\mathbf{j}_1 and j2\mathbf{j}_2 be two angular momenta in the sense of angular momentum algebra, acting on spaces V1V_1 and V2V_2 and commuting with each other:

[j1k, j2l]=0for all k,l∈{1,2,3}.[j_{1k},\,j_{2l}] = 0 \qquad\text{for all } k,l\in\{1,2,3\} .

This holds automatically when they act on different tensor factors, j1k⊗Ij_{1k}\otimes I and I⊗j2lI\otimes j_{2l}, which is the situation of two particles or of the orbit and the spin of one particle. The total angular momentum is

J=j1+j2,Jk=j1k+j2k,\mathbf{J} = \mathbf{j}_1+\mathbf{j}_2, \qquad J_k = j_{1k}+j_{2k} ,

and it is again an angular momentum: [Jk,Jl]=[j1k,j1l]+[j2k,j2l]=iϵklm(j1m+j2m)=iϵklmJm[J_k,J_l] = [j_{1k},j_{1l}] + [j_{2k},j_{2l}] = i\epsilon_{klm}(j_{1m}+j_{2m}) = i\epsilon_{klm}J_m, the cross terms vanishing by the commuting hypothesis.

Fix irreducible V1V_1 and V2V_2 of spins j1j_1 and j2j_2, of dimensions 2j1+12j_1+1 and 2j2+12j_2+1, and work on V=V1⊗V2V = V_1\otimes V_2, of dimension (2j1+1)(2j2+1)(2j_1+1)(2j_2+1).

  • The uncoupled basis diagonalises j12,j22,j1z,j2zj_1^2, j_2^2, j_{1z}, j_{2z}:
∣j1m1;j2m2⟩:=∣j1,m1⟩⊗∣j2,m2⟩,−ji≤mi≤ji.|j_1 m_1; j_2 m_2\rangle := |j_1,m_1\rangle\otimes|j_2,m_2\rangle, \qquad -j_i \le m_i \le j_i .
  • The coupled basis diagonalises j12,j22,J2,Jzj_1^2, j_2^2, J^2, J_z and is written ∣J,M⟩|J,M\rangle (with j1,j2j_1,j_2 understood).

Both are orthonormal bases of VV. The Clebsch-Gordan coefficients are the entries of the change of basis,

∣J,M⟩=∑m1,m2C(j1j2J ∣ m1m2M)  ∣j1m1;j2m2⟩,C(j1j2J ∣ m1m2M)=⟨j1m1;j2m2 ∣ J,M⟩.|J,M\rangle = \sum_{m_1,m_2} C(j_1 j_2 J\,|\,m_1 m_2 M)\;|j_1m_1;j_2m_2\rangle , \qquad C(j_1 j_2 J\,|\,m_1 m_2 M) = \langle j_1m_1;j_2m_2\,|\,J,M\rangle .

The sum looks double but is single: the coefficient vanishes unless m1+m2=Mm_1+m_2 = M.

Hassani (Hassani (2013), Eqs. (24.46)–(24.47), p. 756) defines the same objects for an arbitrary group GG, as the coefficients C(αβ;σ,q∣ij;k)C(\alpha\beta;\sigma,q|ij;k) expanding a basis of the tensor product in vectors transforming by the irreducible representations, with a further label qq to separate repeated copies. For SU(2)SU(2) no copy is ever repeated — the group is simply reducible in Hassani's terminology — so qq is unnecessary. That is part 1 of the statement below.

Method(The Clebsch-Gordan series and the properties of the coefficients)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.37), p. 787, Eqs. (16.43)–(16.49) and Table 16.1, pp. 789–791; Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.17), p. 973, and p. 974

With the notation above:

  1. The series (triangle rule). V1⊗V2V_1\otimes V_2 decomposes into irreducible subspaces, one for each
J=∣j1−j2∣, ∣j1−j2∣+1, …, j1+j2,J = |j_1-j_2|,\ |j_1-j_2|+1,\ \dots,\ j_1+j_2 ,

each occurring exactly once. In the notation of representations, D(j1)⊗D(j2)≅⨁J=∣j1−j2∣j1+j2D(J)D^{(j_1)}\otimes D^{(j_2)} \cong \bigoplus_{J=|j_1-j_2|}^{j_1+j_2} D^{(J)}, and the dimensions check:

∑J=∣j1−j2∣j1+j2(2J+1)=(2j1+1)(2j2+1).\sum_{J=|j_1-j_2|}^{j_1+j_2}(2J+1) = (2j_1+1)(2j_2+1) .
  1. Selection rules. C(j1j2J∣m1m2M)=0C(j_1j_2J|m_1m_2M) = 0 unless M=m1+m2M = m_1+m_2 and ∣j1−j2∣≤J≤j1+j2|j_1-j_2|\le J\le j_1+j_2 with j1+j2+Jj_1+j_2+J an integer.

  2. Reality, orthogonality and inversion. With the Condon-Shortley phase convention — which fixes the signs by requiring C(j1j2J∣j1,J−j1,J)>0C(j_1j_2J|j_1,J-j_1,J) > 0 for every JJ — all the coefficients are real, the transformation matrix is orthogonal, and

∑m1m2C(j1j2J∣m1m2M) C(j1j2J′∣m1m2M′)=δJJ′δMM′,\sum_{m_1m_2} C(j_1j_2J|m_1m_2M)\,C(j_1j_2J'|m_1m_2M') = \delta_{JJ'}\delta_{MM'} ,∑JMC(j1j2J∣m1m2M) C(j1j2J∣m1′m2′M)=δm1m1′δm2m2′,\sum_{J M} C(j_1j_2J|m_1m_2M)\,C(j_1j_2J|m_1'm_2'M) = \delta_{m_1m_1'}\delta_{m_2m_2'} ,

so that the inverse expansion is

∣j1m1;j2m2⟩=∑J,MC(j1j2J∣m1m2M) ∣J,M⟩.|j_1m_1;j_2m_2\rangle = \sum_{J,M} C(j_1j_2J|m_1m_2M)\,|J,M\rangle .
  1. Closed formula (Arfken, Weber and Harris, Eq. (16.46) (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 790)): C(j1j2J∣m1m2M)=F1F2F3C(j_1j_2J|m_1m_2M) = F_1F_2F_3 with
F1=[(j1+j2−J)! (J+j1−j2)! (J+j2−j1)! (2J+1)(j1+j2+J+1)!]1/2,F_1 = \left[\frac{(j_1+j_2-J)!\,(J+j_1-j_2)!\,(J+j_2-j_1)!\,(2J+1)}{(j_1+j_2+J+1)!}\right]^{1/2},F2=[(J+M)! (J−M)! (j1+m1)! (j1−m1)! (j2+m2)! (j2−m2)!]1/2,F_2 = \bigl[(J+M)!\,(J-M)!\,(j_1+m_1)!\,(j_1-m_1)!\,(j_2+m_2)!\,(j_2-m_2)!\bigr]^{1/2},F3=∑s(−1)s(j1−m1−s)! (j2+m2−s)! (J−j2+m1+s)! (J−j1−m2+s)! (j1+j2−J−s)! s!,F_3 = \sum_{s}\frac{(-1)^s}{(j_1-m_1-s)!\,(j_2+m_2-s)!\,(J-j_2+m_1+s)!\,(J-j_1-m_2+s)!\,(j_1+j_2-J-s)!\,s!},

the sum running over the finitely many integers ss for which every factorial has a non-negative argument.

  1. Symmetries, through the 3j3j-symbol. Define
(j1j2j3m1m2m3)=(−1) j1−j2−m3(2j3+1)1/2  C(j1j2j3 ∣ m1m2,−m3).\begin{pmatrix} j_1& j_2& j_3\\ m_1&m_2&m_3\end{pmatrix} = \frac{(-1)^{\,j_1-j_2-m_3}}{(2j_3+1)^{1/2}}\;C(j_1j_2j_3\,|\,m_1m_2,-m_3) .

Then the 3j3j-symbol is unchanged under an even permutation of its three columns, is multiplied by (−1)j1+j2+j3(-1)^{j_1+j_2+j_3} under an odd permutation, and is multiplied by the same factor when all three mm's change sign. It vanishes unless m1+m2+m3=0m_1+m_2+m_3 = 0.

  1. A closed family worth remembering (Hassani (Hassani (2013), p. 974)): coupling two equal angular momenta to a scalar,
C(ll 0 ∣ m,−m,0)=(−1)l−m2l+1.C(ll\,0\,|\,m,-m,0) = \frac{(-1)^{l-m}}{\sqrt{2l+1}} .
Idea of the proofOriginal

Both bases diagonalise JzJ_z, so the change of basis cannot mix different MM: the big matrix splits into one small block per value of MM. Listing the uncoupled states by MM therefore tells you the whole answer, because the number of coupled states with a given MM must match.

There is exactly one uncoupled state with the largest possible M=j1+j2M = j_1+j_2, namely the one with both mm's maximal. Being alone in its block it must already be a coupled state, and it must belong to J=j1+j2J = j_1+j_2. Lowering it with J−J_- generates that whole multiplet. At M=j1+j2−1M = j_1+j_2-1 there are two uncoupled states but the first multiplet has used only one combination, so the leftover direction is a new top state, of J=j1+j2−1J = j_1+j_2-1. Repeat. The process stops when the supply of uncoupled states at the next MM stops growing, which happens at J=∣j1−j2∣J = |j_1-j_2|; counting dimensions confirms it.

So there are two ways to see the series, and this unit gives both. The counting argument is elementary and constructive — it is the algorithm. The character argument is slicker and generalises: multiply two characters sin⁡((j+12)φ)/sin⁡(φ/2)\sin\bigl((j+\tfrac12)\varphi\bigr)/\sin(\varphi/2) and watch the product collapse, by a telescoping trigonometric identity, into a sum of characters with JJ running over exactly the triangle range.

Proof(Part 1 by counting states)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 786–787 and Eq. (16.37), p. 787

Step 1: J2J^2, JzJ_z, j12j_1^2, j22j_2^2 commute. J2=j12+j22+2 j1 ⁣⋅ ⁣j2J^2 = j_1^2+j_2^2+2\,\mathbf{j}_1\!\cdot\!\mathbf{j}_2 by the commuting hypothesis, and j12j_1^2 commutes with every j1kj_{1k} and with everything carrying index 22; the same for j22j_2^2. That [J2,Jk]=0[J^2,J_k]=0 is part 1 of angular momentum algebra applied to J\mathbf{J}. So the four operators have a common eigenbasis, which is the coupled basis. Note that j1zj_{1z} does not commute with J2J^2: as Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Example 16.2.1, p. 785) compute, [J2,j1z]=2i(j1xj2y−j1yj2x)[J^2,j_{1z}] = 2i(j_{1x}j_{2y}-j_{1y}j_{2x}), non-zero, and it is cancelled by [J2,j2z][J^2,j_{2z}]. This is why the two bases genuinely differ.

Step 2: count uncoupled states at each MM. Let n(M)n(M) be the number of pairs (m1,m2)(m_1,m_2) with m1+m2=Mm_1+m_2 = M, ∣mi∣≤ji|m_i|\le j_i. Assume j1≥j2j_1\ge j_2 without loss. As MM decreases from j1+j2j_1+j_2, the count rises by one at each step until m2m_2 runs out of room:

n(M)={j1+j2−M+1,j1−j2≤M≤j1+j2,2j2+1,∣M∣≤j1−j2,n(M) = \begin{cases} j_1+j_2-M+1, & j_1-j_2 \le M \le j_1+j_2,\\ 2j_2+1, & |M|\le j_1-j_2,\end{cases}

and n(−M)=n(M)n(-M) = n(M).

Step 3: the largest JJ. Since M=m1+m2M = m_1+m_2 for every uncoupled state, no state has M>j1+j2M > j_1+j_2; and n(j1+j2)=1n(j_1+j_2) = 1. A coupled multiplet of spin JJ contributes exactly one state at each MM with ∣M∣≤J|M|\le J, so the number of multiplets with J≥MJ\ge M equals n(M)n(M). Taking M=j1+j2M = j_1+j_2 gives exactly one multiplet with J≥j1+j2J \ge j_1+j_2, and none can have J>j1+j2J > j_1+j_2 because it would contribute a state of that MM. Hence Jmax⁡=j1+j2J_{\max} = j_1+j_2, occurring once.

Step 4: every JJ down to j1−j2j_1-j_2 occurs once. The number of multiplets with JJ exactly equal to MM is n(M)−n(M+1)n(M)-n(M+1), which by step 2 is 11 for j1−j2≤M≤j1+j2j_1-j_2\le M\le j_1+j_2 and 00 for M<j1−j2M < j_1-j_2. So the multiplets are J=j1−j2,…,j1+j2J = j_1-j_2,\dots,j_1+j_2, each once. With the assumption j1≥j2j_1\ge j_2 dropped, Jmin⁡=∣j1−j2∣J_{\min} = |j_1-j_2|.

Step 5: the dimension check. Independently of step 4, write Jmin⁡J_{\min} for the smallest JJ and sum the dimensions:

∑J=Jmin⁡Jmax⁡(2J+1)=(Jmax⁡−Jmin⁡+1)(Jmax⁡+Jmin⁡+1)=Jmax⁡2+2Jmax⁡−Jmin⁡2+1,\sum_{J=J_{\min}}^{J_{\max}}(2J+1) = (J_{\max}-J_{\min}+1)(J_{\max}+J_{\min}+1) = J_{\max}^2 + 2J_{\max} - J_{\min}^2 + 1 ,

the middle expression being the number of terms times their average. Setting this equal to dim⁡V=(2j1+1)(2j2+1)\dim V = (2j_1+1)(2j_2+1) with Jmax⁡=j1+j2J_{\max}=j_1+j_2 gives Jmin⁡2=(j1−j2)2J_{\min}^2 = (j_1-j_2)^2, hence Jmin⁡=∣j1−j2∣J_{\min} = |j_1-j_2| — Arfken, Weber and Harris's Eq. (16.37) (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 787). This is the same conclusion as step 4 by a shorter route, and it is a useful arithmetic check on any decomposition.

Step 6: part 2. M=m1+m2M = m_1+m_2 because Jz=j1z+j2zJ_z = j_{1z}+j_{2z} acts on ∣j1m1;j2m2⟩|j_1m_1;j_2m_2\rangle with eigenvalue m1+m2m_1+m_2, and ⟨j1m1;j2m2∣J,M⟩\langle j_1m_1;j_2m_2|J,M\rangle is an inner product of eigenvectors of the Hermitian JzJ_z with eigenvalues m1+m2m_1+m_2 and MM, hence zero unless they agree. The triangle condition is step 4; that j1+j2+Jj_1+j_2+J is an integer follows because the 2ji2j_i are integers and JJ differs from j1+j2j_1+j_2 by an integer. □\square

Proof(Part 1 again, by characters)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.17), p. 973, and p. 974; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.43), p. 789

This route uses the character theory of orthogonality relations and characters and gives the series without constructing anything.

Step 1: the character of a rotation in the spin-jj representation. A rotation through φ\varphi about the zz-axis acts on ∣j,m⟩|j,m\rangle by e−imφe^{-im\varphi}, so, writing the sum as a geometric series,

χ(j)(φ)=∑m=−jje−imφ=eijφ 1−e−i(2j+1)φ1−e−iφ=ei(j+12)φ−e−i(j+12)φeiφ/2−e−iφ/2=sin⁡((j+12)φ)sin⁡(φ/2).\chi^{(j)}(\varphi) = \sum_{m=-j}^{j} e^{-im\varphi} = e^{ij\varphi}\,\frac{1-e^{-i(2j+1)\varphi}}{1-e^{-i\varphi}} = \frac{e^{i(j+\frac12)\varphi}-e^{-i(j+\frac12)\varphi}}{e^{i\varphi/2}-e^{-i\varphi/2}} = \frac{\sin\bigl((j+\tfrac12)\varphi\bigr)}{\sin(\varphi/2)} .

This is Hassani's Eq. (30.17) (Hassani (2013), p. 973) (he writes e+imφe^{+im\varphi}, which gives the same real sum). Because every rotation through φ\varphi is conjugate to this one, as noted in conjugacy classes, the character depends only on φ\varphi.

Step 2: characters multiply under ⊗\otimes. In the product basis the matrix of R⊗RR\otimes R has diagonal entries Dm1m1(j1)Dm2m2(j2)D^{(j_1)}_{m_1m_1}D^{(j_2)}_{m_2m_2}, so summing over the pairs (m1,m2)(m_1,m_2) factorises the trace into χ(j1)χ(j2)\chi^{(j_1)}\chi^{(j_2)}. This is the general fact recorded in product representations and selection rules.

Step 3: collapse the product. Assume j1≥j2j_1\ge j_2 and abbreviate s=sin⁡(φ/2)s = \sin(\varphi/2). Keep the first factor in closed form and the second as its sum:

χ(j1)(φ) χ(j2)(φ)=sin⁡((j1+12)φ)s  ∑m=−j2j2e−imφ=1s∑m=−j2j2sin⁡((j1+12)φ) e−imφ.\chi^{(j_1)}(\varphi)\,\chi^{(j_2)}(\varphi) = \frac{\sin\bigl((j_1+\tfrac12)\varphi\bigr)}{s}\;\sum_{m=-j_2}^{j_2}e^{-im\varphi} = \frac{1}{s}\sum_{m=-j_2}^{j_2}\sin\bigl((j_1+\tfrac12)\varphi\bigr)\,e^{-im\varphi} .

The terms mm and −m-m have conjugate exponentials with the same real prefactor, so the imaginary parts cancel in pairs and e−imφe^{-im\varphi} may be replaced by cos⁡(mφ)\cos(m\varphi). The product-to-sum identity sin⁡Acos⁡B=12[sin⁡(A+B)+sin⁡(A−B)]\sin A\cos B = \tfrac12\bigl[\sin(A+B)+\sin(A-B)\bigr] then turns the term with index mm into

12[sin⁡((j1+m+12)φ)+sin⁡((j1−m+12)φ)].\tfrac12\Bigl[\sin\bigl((j_1+m+\tfrac12)\varphi\bigr) + \sin\bigl((j_1-m+\tfrac12)\varphi\bigr)\Bigr] .

As mm runs from −j2-j_2 to j2j_2, the quantity j1+mj_1+m runs over j1−j2,…,j1+j2j_1-j_2,\dots,j_1+j_2, and so does j1−mj_1-m. Each value JJ in that range is therefore produced exactly twice, once by each of the two families, and the factor 12\tfrac12 is absorbed:

χ(j1)(φ) χ(j2)(φ)=1s∑J=j1−j2j1+j2sin⁡((J+12)φ)=∑J=j1−j2j1+j2χ(J)(φ),\chi^{(j_1)}(\varphi)\,\chi^{(j_2)}(\varphi) = \frac{1}{s}\sum_{J=j_1-j_2}^{j_1+j_2}\sin\Bigl(\bigl(J+\tfrac12\bigr)\varphi\Bigr) = \sum_{J=j_1-j_2}^{j_1+j_2}\chi^{(J)}(\varphi) ,

the last step by step 1 read backwards.

Step 4: read off the multiplicities. Two representations of a compact group with the same character are equivalent, and by the orthogonality of characters the multiplicity of D(J)D^{(J)} in the product is the coefficient of χ(J)\chi^{(J)} in this expansion, namely 11 for each JJ in the triangle range and 00 otherwise. That is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), Eqs. (24.44)–(24.45), pp. 753–754) general projection formula mσαβ=1∣G∣∑ici χi(σ)‾χi(α)χi(β)m^{\alpha\beta}_{\sigma} = \frac{1}{|G|}\sum_i c_i\,\overline{\chi_i^{(\sigma)}}\chi_i^{(\alpha)}\chi_i^{(\beta)} specialised to the rotation group, with the sum over classes replaced by an integral over φ\varphi. Since every multiplicity is 00 or 11, SU(2)SU(2) is simply reducible in Hassani's sense, which is exactly why the Clebsch-Gordan coefficients need no extra label to separate repeated copies. □\square

Proof(Part 3: reality, orthogonality and inversion)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (16.44)–(16.45), pp. 789–790; Hassani (2013), p. 756

Reality. The construction of the method below produces each ∣J,M⟩|J,M\rangle from ∣j1j1;j2j2⟩|j_1j_1;j_2j_2\rangle by applying J−=j1−+j2−J_- = j_{1-}+j_{2-}, whose matrix elements are real and non-negative, and by orthogonalising against previously built states — a Gram-Schmidt step (Gram-Schmidt) with real coefficients. Starting from a basis whose expansion coefficients are real, every subsequent vector has real coefficients; the only freedom is an overall sign at each orthogonalisation, and the Condon-Shortley convention fixes it. Hence all CC are real, as Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 789) note, even when the underlying kets are complex.

Orthogonality. Both {∣J,M⟩}\{|J,M\rangle\} and {∣j1m1;j2m2⟩}\{|j_1m_1;j_2m_2\rangle\} are orthonormal bases of the same space, so the matrix CC taking one to the other is unitary; being real, it is orthogonal. The two displayed sums are CTC=IC^{\mathsf{T}}C = I and CCT=ICC^{\mathsf{T}} = I written out. They are the specialisation of Hassani's (Hassani (2013), p. 756) two normalisation relations for a general group, with the labels qq dropped.

Inversion. For an orthogonal matrix the inverse is the transpose, so expanding ∣j1m1;j2m2⟩|j_1m_1;j_2m_2\rangle in the coupled basis uses the same numbers with the roles of the index sets exchanged, which is the displayed formula; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.45), p. 790) make the same remark. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • [j1k,j2l]=0[j_{1k},j_{2l}]=0 is used everywhere. It is what makes J=j1+j2\mathbf{J}=\mathbf{j}_1+\mathbf{j}_2 an angular momentum at all (the cross terms in the commutator cancel only because they vanish), and what makes j12j_1^2 and j22j_2^2 commute with J2J^2 so that j1,j2j_1,j_2 remain good labels after coupling. Two angular momenta acting on the same degree of freedom — say L\mathbf{L} and L\mathbf{L} itself — do not satisfy it, and nothing in this unit applies to them.
  • j1j_1 and j2j_2 may independently be integer or half-integer, and the construction never cares. What the parities do control is the parity of JJ: JJ differs from j1+j2j_1+j_2 by an integer, so coupling two half-integers gives integer JJ (two spin-12\tfrac12 particles make a spin-00 or spin-11 system, a boson), and coupling a half-integer with an integer gives half-integer JJ. This is the SU(2)SU(2)-versus-SO(3)SO(3) distinction of the rotation group and SU(2) again: the product of two representations on which −I-I acts as −1-1 is one on which it acts as +1+1.
  • Multiplicity one is special to SU(2)SU(2). The counting argument used that n(M)−n(M+1)∈{0,1}n(M)-n(M+1)\in\{0,1\}, which is a fact about this particular group. For a general group the multiplicity mσαβm^{\alpha\beta}_{\sigma} of Hassani (Hassani (2013), Eq. (24.45), p. 754) can exceed one, and then a further label qq is needed and the "Clebsch-Gordan coefficients" are defined only up to a choice of basis in the multiplicity space. The method below would break at the orthogonalisation step, which assumes the leftover direction is unique up to sign.
  • The phase convention is a convention, but not an optional one. Step 4 of the method leaves the sign of each new highest state free; the formulas of part 4 and the symmetries of part 5 are true only with Condon-Shortley. A table of coefficients from another source may differ by a sign in whole multiplets. The test is C(j1j2J∣j1,J−j1,J)>0C(j_1j_2J|j_1,J-j_1,J)>0.
  • The closed formula is exact but badly conditioned. F3F_3 is an alternating sum of large factorials, so computing it in floating point loses digits catastrophically for j≳10j\gtrsim 10; use exact rational arithmetic, or recursion in MM, or logarithms of factorials with the signs handled separately.
  • The triangle rule is not the classical vector inequality. As Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 786) point out, the classical picture — that the length of j1+j2\mathbf{j}_1+\mathbf{j}_2 lies between the sum and the difference of the lengths — is only a mnemonic, because the length of a quantum angular momentum is j(j+1)\sqrt{j(j+1)} and not jj. The rule ∣j1−j2∣≤J≤j1+j2|j_1-j_2|\le J\le j_1+j_2 is exact for the quantum numbers, not for the lengths.
Method(Coupling two angular momenta)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (16.38)–(16.42), pp. 788–789

Given j1j_1 and j2j_2:

  1. List the uncoupled states by MM. Make a table with one row per value of M=m1+m2M = m_1+m_2, from j1+j2j_1+j_2 down to −(j1+j2)-(j_1+j_2), listing in each row the pairs (m1,m2)(m_1,m_2) that produce it. The row lengths tell you the answer in advance: the number of multiplets with J≥MJ\ge M is the length of row MM.
  2. Start from the stretched state. The single entry in the top row is already a coupled state,
∣Jmax⁡,Jmax⁡⟩=∣j1j1;j2j2⟩,Jmax⁡=j1+j2,|J_{\max},J_{\max}\rangle = |j_1 j_1; j_2 j_2\rangle, \qquad J_{\max}=j_1+j_2 ,

so C(j1j2Jmax⁡∣j1j2Jmax⁡)=1C(j_1j_2J_{\max}|j_1 j_2 J_{\max}) = 1. 3. Lower. Apply J−=j1−+j2−J_- = j_{1-}+j_{2-} to both sides and divide by the coefficient on the left. With the matrix elements of angular momentum algebra,

∣J,M−1⟩=1(J+M)(J−M+1)(j1−+j2−)∣J,M⟩,|J,M-1\rangle = \frac{1}{\sqrt{(J+M)(J-M+1)}}\bigl(j_{1-}+j_{2-}\bigr)|J,M\rangle ,

each ji−j_{i-} acting on its own factor with coefficient (ji+mi)(ji−mi+1)\sqrt{(j_i+m_i)(j_i-m_i+1)}. Repeat down to M=−JM = -J. 4. Orthogonalise to get the next multiplet. In the row M=J−1M = J-1 there is one more uncoupled state than coupled states built so far. The new highest state ∣J−1,J−1⟩|J-1,J-1\rangle is the unit vector in that row orthogonal to all the ∣J′,J−1⟩|J',J-1\rangle already constructed; by part 3 it is unique up to sign, and the sign is fixed by requiring the coefficient of the state with the largest m1m_1 to be positive. 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4, lowering the new top state and orthogonalising again, until JJ reaches ∣j1−j2∣|j_1-j_2|. Stop; the table is exhausted. 6. Or use the closed formula of part 4 for a single coefficient, in exact arithmetic. 7. Or use a 3j3j table. Convert with part 5, C(j1j2J∣m1m2M)=(−1) j1−j2+M2J+1(j1j2Jm1m2−M)C(j_1j_2J|m_1m_2M) = (-1)^{\,j_1-j_2+M}\sqrt{2J+1}\begin{pmatrix}j_1&j_2&J\\ m_1&m_2&-M\end{pmatrix}, and use the permutation and sign symmetries to reach whichever entry the table actually lists. This is why tables are published as 3j3j-symbols: one entry serves many coefficients. 8. Check. Each ∣J,M⟩|J,M\rangle has coefficients whose squares sum to 11; states with the same MM and different JJ are orthogonal; and the total number of coupled states equals (2j1+1)(2j2+1)(2j_1+1)(2j_2+1).

Example(Coupling j1=1j_1=1 to j2=12j_2=\tfrac12, by hand and three ways checked)Original

This is the orbit-plus-spin coupling of a pp electron. Write the uncoupled states as ∣m1,m2⟩|m_1,m_2\rangle with m1∈{1,0,−1}m_1\in\{1,0,-1\} and m2=±12m_2 = \pm\tfrac12. There are 3×2=63\times2 = 6 of them.

Step 1: the table.

MM uncoupled states
+32+\tfrac32 ∣1,+12⟩\lvert 1,+\tfrac12\rangle
+12+\tfrac12 ∣1,−12⟩\lvert 1,-\tfrac12\rangle, ∣0,+12⟩\lvert 0,+\tfrac12\rangle
−12-\tfrac12 ∣0,−12⟩\lvert 0,-\tfrac12\rangle, ∣−1,+12⟩\lvert -1,+\tfrac12\rangle
−32-\tfrac32 ∣−1,−12⟩\lvert -1,-\tfrac12\rangle

Row lengths 1,2,2,11,2,2,1: one multiplet with J≥32J\ge\tfrac32 and two with J≥12J\ge\tfrac12, so J=32J = \tfrac32 and J=12J=\tfrac12, of dimensions 4+2=64+2 = 6, as required, and this agrees with the triangle rule ∣1−12∣≤J≤1+12|1-\tfrac12|\le J\le 1+\tfrac12.

Step 2: the stretched state and one lowering. ∣32,32⟩=∣1,+12⟩|\tfrac32,\tfrac32\rangle = |1,+\tfrac12\rangle. Apply J−J_-. On the left, with J=M=32J = M = \tfrac32, the coefficient is (J+M)(J−M+1)=3⋅1=3\sqrt{(J+M)(J-M+1)} = \sqrt{3\cdot1} = \sqrt3. On the right, j1−∣1⟩j_{1-}|1\rangle has coefficient (1+1)(1−1+1)=2\sqrt{(1+1)(1-1+1)} = \sqrt2 and j2−∣+12⟩j_{2-}|{+\tfrac12}\rangle has coefficient (12+12)(12−12+1)=1\sqrt{(\tfrac12+\tfrac12)(\tfrac12-\tfrac12+1)} = 1. So

3 ∣32,12⟩=2 ∣0,+12⟩+1⋅∣1,−12⟩,∣32,12⟩=23 ∣0,+12⟩+13 ∣1,−12⟩.\sqrt3\,\bigl|\tfrac32,\tfrac12\bigr\rangle = \sqrt2\,\bigl|0,+\tfrac12\bigr\rangle + 1\cdot\bigl|1,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle , \qquad \bigl|\tfrac32,\tfrac12\bigr\rangle = \sqrt{\tfrac23}\,\bigl|0,+\tfrac12\bigr\rangle + \sqrt{\tfrac13}\,\bigl|1,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle .

Step 3: orthogonalise for J=12J=\tfrac12. In the M=12M=\tfrac12 row the orthogonal direction is

∣12,12⟩=23 ∣1,−12⟩−13 ∣0,+12⟩,\bigl|\tfrac12,\tfrac12\bigr\rangle = \sqrt{\tfrac23}\,\bigl|1,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle - \sqrt{\tfrac13}\,\bigl|0,+\tfrac12\bigr\rangle ,

with the sign fixed by Condon-Shortley: the state with the largest m1m_1 here is ∣1,−12⟩|1,-\tfrac12\rangle, and its coefficient must be positive. Check orthogonality: 2313−1323=0\sqrt{\tfrac23}\sqrt{\tfrac13} - \sqrt{\tfrac13}\sqrt{\tfrac23} = 0, as required, and 23+13=1\tfrac23+\tfrac13 = 1.

Step 4: lower both multiplets. For J=32J=\tfrac32, M=12M=\tfrac12: the left coefficient is (32+12)(32−12+1)=2⋅2=2\sqrt{(\tfrac32+\tfrac12)(\tfrac32-\tfrac12+1)} = \sqrt{2\cdot2} = 2, and

2∣32,−12⟩=23(2∣−1,12⟩+∣0,−12⟩)+13(2∣0,−12⟩),2\bigl|\tfrac32,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle = \sqrt{\tfrac23}\Bigl(\sqrt2\bigl|-1,\tfrac12\bigr\rangle + \bigl|0,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle\Bigr) + \sqrt{\tfrac13}\Bigl(\sqrt2\bigl|0,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle\Bigr) ,

using j2−∣−12⟩=0j_{2-}|{-\tfrac12}\rangle = 0. Collecting, the coefficient of ∣0,−12⟩|0,-\tfrac12\rangle is 23+23=223\sqrt{\tfrac23}+\sqrt{\tfrac23} = 2\sqrt{\tfrac23} and that of ∣−1,12⟩|-1,\tfrac12\rangle is 43=213\sqrt{\tfrac43} = 2\sqrt{\tfrac13}, so after dividing by 22,

∣32,−12⟩=23 ∣0,−12⟩+13 ∣−1,12⟩.\bigl|\tfrac32,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle = \sqrt{\tfrac23}\,\bigl|0,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle + \sqrt{\tfrac13}\,\bigl|-1,\tfrac12\bigr\rangle .

For J=12J=\tfrac12, M=12M=\tfrac12: the left coefficient is (12+12)(12−12+1)=1\sqrt{(\tfrac12+\tfrac12)(\tfrac12-\tfrac12+1)} = 1, and

∣12,−12⟩=23⋅2 ∣0,−12⟩−13(2 ∣−1,12⟩+∣0,−12⟩)=13 ∣0,−12⟩−23 ∣−1,12⟩,\bigl|\tfrac12,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle = \sqrt{\tfrac23}\cdot\sqrt2\,\bigl|0,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle - \sqrt{\tfrac13}\Bigl(\sqrt2\,\bigl|-1,\tfrac12\bigr\rangle + \bigl|0,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle\Bigr) = \sqrt{\tfrac13}\,\bigl|0,-\tfrac12\bigr\rangle - \sqrt{\tfrac23}\,\bigl|-1,\tfrac12\bigr\rangle ,

because 23−13=13\tfrac{2}{\sqrt3}-\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3} = \tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}. Finally ∣32,−32⟩=∣−1,−12⟩|\tfrac32,-\tfrac32\rangle = |-1,-\tfrac12\rangle.

Step 5: the table of coefficients. Writing C(1 12 J∣m1m2M)C(1\,\tfrac12\,J|m_1m_2M),

JJ MM CC for m1=M+12m_1 = M+\tfrac12 CC for m1=M−12m_1 = M-\tfrac12
32\tfrac32 +12+\tfrac12 1/3\sqrt{1/3} 2/3\sqrt{2/3}
32\tfrac32 −12-\tfrac12 2/3\sqrt{2/3} 1/3\sqrt{1/3}
12\tfrac12 +12+\tfrac12 2/3\sqrt{2/3} −1/3-\sqrt{1/3}
12\tfrac12 −12-\tfrac12 1/3\sqrt{1/3} −2/3-\sqrt{2/3}

(The first numeric column is the state with m2=−12m_2 = -\tfrac12, the second the one with m2=+12m_2=+\tfrac12.) Numerically 1/3=0.5773503\sqrt{1/3} = 0.5773503 and 2/3=0.8164966\sqrt{2/3} = 0.8164966, and each row satisfies 13+23=1\tfrac13+\tfrac23 = 1. The 2×22\times2 block at M=+12M=+\tfrac12 is

(1/32/32/3−1/3),\begin{pmatrix} \sqrt{1/3} & \sqrt{2/3}\\ \sqrt{2/3} & -\sqrt{1/3}\end{pmatrix},

an orthogonal matrix of determinant −1-1, as part 3 promises.

Step 6: check against the closed formula. Take J=32J=\tfrac32, m1=1m_1 = 1, m2=−12m_2 = -\tfrac12, M=12M = \tfrac12. Then j1+j2−J=0j_1+j_2-J = 0, J+j1−j2=2J+j_1-j_2 = 2, J+j2−j1=1J+j_2-j_1 = 1, 2J+1=42J+1 = 4, j1+j2+J+1=4j_1+j_2+J+1 = 4, so

F1=[0! 2! 1! ⋅44!]1/2=[824]1/2=13.F_1 = \left[\frac{0!\,2!\,1!\,\cdot 4}{4!}\right]^{1/2} = \left[\frac{8}{24}\right]^{1/2} = \frac{1}{\sqrt3} .

Next F2=[2!⋅1!⋅2!⋅0!⋅0!⋅1!]1/2=4=2F_2 = [2!\cdot1!\cdot2!\cdot0!\cdot0!\cdot1!]^{1/2} = \sqrt4 = 2, using (J+M)!=2!(J+M)! = 2!, (J−M)!=1!(J-M)! = 1!, (j1+m1)!=2!(j_1+m_1)! = 2!, (j1−m1)!=0!(j_1-m_1)! = 0!, (j2+m2)!=0!(j_2+m_2)! = 0!, (j2−m2)!=1!(j_2-m_2)! = 1!. For F3F_3 the six factorial arguments are j1−m1−s=−sj_1-m_1-s = -s, j2+m2−s=−sj_2+m_2-s = -s, J−j2+m1+s=2+sJ-j_2+m_1+s = 2+s, J−j1−m2+s=1+sJ-j_1-m_2+s = 1+s, j1+j2−J−s=−sj_1+j_2-J-s = -s and ss, so only s=0s=0 survives and

F3=10! 0! 2! 1! 0! 0!=12.F_3 = \frac{1}{0!\,0!\,2!\,1!\,0!\,0!} = \frac12 .

Hence C=13⋅2⋅12=13=1/3C = \tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}\cdot2\cdot\tfrac12 = \tfrac{1}{\sqrt3} = \sqrt{1/3}, matching step 2.

Step 7: check against a 3j3j-symbol. With j1=1j_1=1, j2=12j_2=\tfrac12, J=32J=\tfrac32, m1=1m_1=1, m2=−12m_2=-\tfrac12, M=12M=\tfrac12, part 5 gives

C=(−1) 1−12+122J+1(112321−12−12)=−2(112321−12−12),C = (-1)^{\,1-\frac12+\frac12}\sqrt{2J+1}\begin{pmatrix}1&\tfrac12&\tfrac32\\ 1&-\tfrac12&-\tfrac12\end{pmatrix} = -2\begin{pmatrix}1&\tfrac12&\tfrac32\\ 1&-\tfrac12&-\tfrac12\end{pmatrix} ,

and the 3j3j-symbol equals −123-\tfrac{1}{2\sqrt3}, returning C=1/3C = 1/\sqrt3 once more.

Step 8: an independent check from Hassani's singlet formula. Couple j1=j2=1j_1=j_2=1 instead and look at the scalar J=0J=0. Writing the uncoupled states of this second problem in the full notation ∣j1m1;j2m2⟩|j_1m_1;j_2m_2\rangle of the definition block, to keep them apart from the coupled ∣J,M⟩|J,M\rangle, the method gives

∣0,0⟩=13(∣1,1;1,−1⟩−∣1,0;1,0⟩+∣1,−1;1,1⟩),|0,0\rangle = \tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}\Bigl(|1,1;1,-1\rangle - |1,0;1,0\rangle + |1,-1;1,1\rangle\Bigr) ,

the three coefficients being C(1 1 0∣m,−m,0)C(1\,1\,0|m,-m,0) for m=1,0,−1m=1,0,-1. Hassani's (Hassani (2013), p. 974) closed value C(ll 0∣m,−m,0)=(−1)l−m/2l+1C(ll\,0|m,-m,0) = (-1)^{l-m}/\sqrt{2l+1} with l=1l=1 predicts +13,−13,+13+\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}, -\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}, +\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3} — the same three numbers, with 1/3=0.57735031/\sqrt3 = 0.5773503. The alternating signs are what make the combination rotationally invariant: it is the scalar product a⋅b\mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{b} written in the spherical basis.

ApplicationOriginal

Atomic structure. In the Russell-Saunders scheme the orbital angular momenta of the electrons are coupled to a total LL, their spins to a total SS, and then LL and SS to JJ; the resulting terms 2S+1LJ^{2S+1}L_J are the labels on every line in an atomic spectrum. The spin-orbit interaction ξ L⋅S\xi\,\mathbf{L}\cdot\mathbf{S} is diagonal in the coupled basis and not in the uncoupled one, with eigenvalue

12ξ[J(J+1)−L(L+1)−S(S+1)]\tfrac12\xi\bigl[J(J+1)-L(L+1)-S(S+1)\bigr]

read straight off L⋅S=12(J2−L2−S2)\mathbf{L}\cdot\mathbf{S} = \tfrac12(J^2-L^2-S^2) — which is why one couples at all. For the pp electron of the example, L=1L=1 and S=12S=\tfrac12 give the doublet 2P3/2^2P_{3/2} and 2P1/2^2P_{1/2}, split by 32ξ\tfrac32\xi; this is the splitting of the sodium D lines.

Two spins, singlets and entanglement. Coupling two spin-12\tfrac12 particles gives J=1J=1 (a triplet) and J=0J=0 (a singlet), and the singlet (∣↑↓⟩−∣↓↑⟩)/2(|{\uparrow\downarrow}\rangle-|{\downarrow\uparrow}\rangle)/\sqrt2 is the maximally entangled Bell state on which the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen argument and Bell's inequality are built. The same singlet is the chemical covalent bond: two electrons in a bonding orbital must pair their spins to a singlet for the spatial wavefunction to be symmetric.

Nuclear and particle physics. Isospin coupling uses the identical mathematics with the proton-neutron doublet in place of spin, and the Clebsch-Gordan coefficients give the relative cross-sections of reactions related by isospin — for example the factor of 33 between π+p\pi^+p and π−p\pi^-p scattering at the Δ\Delta resonance comes straight from a squared coefficient. Coupling a quark and an antiquark, each a doublet, produces the meson triplet and singlet; Hassani (Hassani (2013), p. 753) gives this as the motivating example.

Multipole expansions and spectroscopy. Combining a spherical harmonic of order l1l_1 with one of order l2l_2 expands their product in harmonics of order l1+l2l_1+l_2 down to ∣l1−l2∣|l_1-l_2|, which is the Gaunt-coefficient formula behind every multipole matrix element; the special case J=0J=0 reproduces the addition theorem for spherical harmonics, as Hassani (Hassani (2013), p. 974) derives from the singlet coefficients. Selection rules such as ΔJ=0,±1\Delta J = 0,\pm1 with J=0↛J=0J=0\not\to J=0 are the statement that a coefficient vanishes, and the general machine for such statements is spherical tensors and the Wigner-Eckart theorem.

Condensed matter and computation. In exact diagonalisation of spin chains the coupled basis block-diagonalises the Hamiltonian by total JJ, reducing a matrix of size 2N2^N to blocks of much smaller size; tensor-network algorithms exploit the same decomposition to carry SU(2)SU(2) symmetry explicitly, storing one reduced number per multiplet instead of all 2J+12J+1 components. The coefficients are generated once, in exact arithmetic, by the recipe above.

Definition · advanced

Rotation matrices of angular momentum

Adapted

Defines the Wigner matrices Dm′mj(α,β,γ)=⟨jm′∣e−iαJze−iβJye−iγJz∣jm⟩D^{j}_{m'm}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=\langle jm'|\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\alpha J_z}\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y}\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\gamma J_z}|jm\rangle of a rotation in Euler angles, reduces them to the single real matrix dj(β)d^{j}(\beta), derives Wigner's closed formula for djd^{j} by expanding a monomial in two variables, and identifies the column m=0m=0 of the integer-jj matrices with the spherical harmonics.

Prerequisites: Angular momentum algebra, Spherical harmonics, The rotation group and SU(2), Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, Representations of groups, Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential, Unitary and orthogonal matrices, Associated Legendre functions, Legendre polynomials

Definition(Euler angles)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §3.4, Eqs. (3.35)–(3.37), pp. 140–141; Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, p. 972

Write Rz(θ)R_z(\theta) and Ry(θ)R_y(\theta) for the rotations of R3\mathbb{R}^3 through θ\theta about the third and second coordinate axes, counterclockwise seen from the tip of the axis, in the active convention of the rotation group and SU(2): Rn(θ)=exp⁡(−iθ n⋅J)R_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta)=\exp(-\mathrm{i}\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J}) moves a vector and leaves the axes alone.

Given three numbers

0≤α<2π,0≤β≤π,0≤γ<2π,0\le\alpha<2\pi,\qquad 0\le\beta\le\pi,\qquad 0\le\gamma<2\pi,

the Euler angles, put

R(α,β,γ)=Rz(α) Ry(β) Rz(γ)  ∈SO(3).R(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=R_z(\alpha)\,R_y(\beta)\,R_z(\gamma)\;\in SO(3).

Every element of SO(3)SO(3) is of this form, and the angles are unique unless β∈{0,π}\beta\in\{0,\pi\}, where only α±γ\alpha\pm\gamma is determined. The last column is easy to read off:

R(α,β,γ) z^=(sin⁡βcos⁡α,  sin⁡βsin⁡α,  cos⁡β),R(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)\,\hat{\mathbf{z}}=(\sin\beta\cos\alpha,\;\sin\beta\sin\alpha,\;\cos\beta),

so (β,α)(\beta,\alpha) are the polar and azimuthal angles of the image of the polar axis, and γ\gamma is the extra turn about the old polar axis made before tipping it.

Comparison with the usual bookkeeping. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §3.4, pp. 140–141) describe the same three angles as successive rotations of the coordinate axes: first by α\alpha about e^3\hat e_3, then by β\beta about the new e^2′\hat e_2', then by γ\gamma about the newer e^3′′\hat e_3'', with exactly the ranges above. Their matrix is the triple product S(α,β,γ)=S3(γ)S2(β)S1(α)S(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=S_3(\gamma)S_2(\beta)S_1(\alpha) of their Eq. (3.36). Each SkS_k turns the axes one way where Rz,RyR_z,R_y turn vectors the other, and reversing the order of a product of inverses gives

S(α,β,γ)=R(α,β,γ)−1=R(α,β,γ)T.S(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=R(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)^{-1}=R(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)^{\mathsf{T}} .

Multiplying out Rz(α)Ry(β)Rz(γ)R_z(\alpha)R_y(\beta)R_z(\gamma) and transposing reproduces their Eq. (3.37) entry by entry; at α=β=γ=π/2\alpha=\beta=\gamma=\pi/2 both give S=(−100001010)S=\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}-1&0&0\\0&0&1\\0&1&0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr), their Example 3.4.1. Hassani (Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, p. 972) factorises a rotation the same way, as exp⁡(M12ψ)exp⁡(M31θ)exp⁡(M12φ)\exp(M_{12}\psi)\exp(M_{31}\theta)\exp(M_{12}\varphi), and M12M_{12}, M31M_{31} generate exactly our RzR_z, RyR_y; his (ψ,θ,φ)(\psi,\theta,\varphi) plays the role of our (α,β,γ)(\alpha,\beta,\gamma), angle for angle — but only up to the sign of the angles, because the signs in his exponents are the opposite of ours, so that his R(ψ,θ,φ)R(\psi,\theta,\varphi) is our R(−ψ,−θ,−φ)R(-\psi,-\theta,-\varphi); see the remark on conventions below.

Definition(The rotation matrices DjD^{j} and djd^{j})AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §16.3, Eqs. (16.51)–(16.52), pp. 796–797; Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, Eq. (30.15), p. 972

Let J1,J2,J3J_1,J_2,J_3 be an angular momentum (angular momentum algebra) acting irreducibly on a space of dimension 2j+12j+1, with the orthonormal basis ∣j,m⟩|j,m\rangle of that unit and the Condon-Shortley phases. Inner products are linear in the ket, as there. The rotation operator of the Euler angles (α,β,γ)(\alpha,\beta,\gamma) is

D(j)(α,β,γ)=e−iαJz e−iβJy e−iγJz,\mathcal{D}^{(j)}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma) =\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\alpha J_z}\,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y}\,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\gamma J_z},

and its matrix in that basis,

Dm′mj(α,β,γ)=⟨j,m′∣D(j)(α,β,γ)∣j,m⟩(−j≤m,m′≤j),D^{j}_{m'm}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=\bigl\langle j,m'\bigm|\mathcal{D}^{(j)}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)\bigm|j,m\bigr\rangle \qquad(-j\le m,m'\le j),

is the Wigner DD-matrix of order jj. Rows and columns are labelled by m′m' and mm running from −j-j to jj, not from 11 to 2j+12j+1; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 797) flag the same unusual labelling, define the matrix by R∣L,M⟩=∑M′DM′ML(R)∣L,M′⟩R|L,M\rangle=\sum_{M'}D^{L}_{M'M}(R)|L,M'\rangle — the same index placement as ours — and record the name, which is Eugene Wigner's.

The reduced rotation matrix is the one-angle matrix

dm′mj(β)=⟨j,m′∣e−iβJy∣j,m⟩.d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta)=\bigl\langle j,m'\bigm|\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y}\bigm|j,m\bigr\rangle .

Both are (2j+1)×(2j+1)(2j+1)\times(2j+1). For half-integer jj the matrices are two-valued on SO(3)SO(3) and single-valued on SU(2)SU(2); the natural domain is SU(2)SU(2), with α,γ\alpha,\gamma running to 4π4\pi.

Definition(Structure of the rotation matrices)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eqs. (30.15)–(30.17), pp. 972–973; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.52), p. 796, Eq. (16.78), p. 803

With the notation above:

  1. Factorisation. Only the middle angle is non-trivial:
Dm′mj(α,β,γ)=e−im′α  dm′mj(β)  e−imγ,D^{j}_{m'm}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m'\alpha}\;d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta)\;\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\gamma},

and dm′mj(β)d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta) is real.

  1. Wigner's formula. With c=cos⁡β2c=\cos\tfrac\beta2 and s=sin⁡β2s=\sin\tfrac\beta2,
dm′mj(β)=∑k(−1)k+m′−m (j+m)! (j−m)! (j+m′)! (j−m′)!(j+m−k)!  k!  (j−m′−k)!  (m′−m+k)!  c 2j−2k+m−m′ s 2k+m′−m,d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta)=\sum_{k}(-1)^{k+m'-m}\, \frac{\sqrt{(j+m)!\,(j-m)!\,(j+m')!\,(j-m')!}}{(j+m-k)!\;k!\;(j-m'-k)!\;(m'-m+k)!}\; c^{\,2j-2k+m-m'}\,s^{\,2k+m'-m},

the sum running over every integer kk for which all four factorials have non-negative arguments. The factorials make sense for half-integer jj as well, because mm and m′m' always differ from jj by an integer, so each of j+mj+m, j−mj-m, j+m′j+m', j−m′j-m' is a non-negative integer; in the worked example below j=32j=\tfrac32 and these four numbers run over 0,1,2,30,1,2,3. The number of terms is 1+τ1+\tau, where τ\tau is the smallest of j+mj+m, j−mj-m, j+m′j+m', j−m′j-m'.

  1. A unitary representation. DjD^{j} is unitary, djd^{j} is real orthogonal, and R↦Dj(R)R\mapsto D^{j}(R) is an irreducible representation of SU(2)SU(2) of dimension 2j+12j+1; every irreducible representation of SU(2)SU(2) is one of these. The character depends only on the rotation angle φ\varphi:
χ(j)(φ)=tr⁡Dj=sin⁡((j+12)φ)sin⁡(φ/2).\chi^{(j)}(\varphi)=\operatorname{tr}D^{j}=\frac{\sin\bigl((j+\tfrac12)\varphi\bigr)}{\sin(\varphi/2)} .
  1. Symmetries and special values.
dm′mj(−β)=dmm′j(β)=(−1)m−m′dm′mj(β),dm′mj(0)=δm′m,dm′mj(π)=(−1)j−m δm′,−m,d^{j}_{m'm}(-\beta)=d^{j}_{mm'}(\beta)=(-1)^{m-m'}d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta), \qquad d^{j}_{m'm}(0)=\delta_{m'm}, \qquad d^{j}_{m'm}(\pi)=(-1)^{j-m}\,\delta_{m',-m},

and a turn through 2π2\pi about any axis gives (−1)2j(-1)^{2j} times the identity — the sign change of a spinor.

  1. Integer jj: the spherical harmonics. Let l≥0l\ge0 be an integer and let D(R)\mathcal{D}(R) act on functions on the sphere by (D(R)f)(n^)=f(R−1n^)(\mathcal{D}(R)f)(\hat{\mathbf{n}})=f(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}}). Then the span of Yl−l,…,YllY_l^{-l},\dots,Y_l^{l} (spherical harmonics) carries exactly the representation DlD^{l}:
Ylm(R−1n^)=∑m′=−llDm′ml(R)  Ylm′(n^),Y_l^{m}\bigl(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}}\bigr)=\sum_{m'=-l}^{l}D^{l}_{m'm}(R)\;Y_l^{m'}(\hat{\mathbf{n}}),

and the row m′=0m'=0 and the column m=0m=0 are harmonics outright:

D0ml(R)=4π2l+1  Ylm(R−1z^),Dm0l(α,β,γ)=4π2l+1  Ylm(β,α)‾.D^{l}_{0m}(R)=\sqrt{\frac{4\pi}{2l+1}}\;Y_l^{m}\bigl(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{z}}\bigr), \qquad D^{l}_{m0}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=\sqrt{\frac{4\pi}{2l+1}}\;\overline{Y_l^{m}(\beta,\alpha)} .

In particular dm0l(β)=(l−m)!/(l+m)!  Plm(cos⁡β)d^{l}_{m0}(\beta)=\sqrt{(l-m)!/(l+m)!}\;P_l^{m}(\cos\beta) with the Condon-Shortley-phased PlmP_l^m of associated Legendre functions, and D00l(α,β,γ)=Pl(cos⁡β)D^{l}_{00}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=P_l(\cos\beta).

Idea of the proofOriginal

Two observations do all the work.

The first is that ∣j,m⟩|j,m\rangle is an eigenvector of JzJ_z, so the outer two exponentials in D(j)\mathcal{D}^{(j)} never mix anything: they only multiply the bra and the ket by phases. That is why a function of three angles collapses to a matrix of functions of one angle, and why the whole subject is the study of dj(β)d^{j}(\beta).

The second is that the spin-jj multiplet is the 2j2j-fold symmetric product of the spin-12\tfrac12 one. A product of 2j2j spins, all of them up or down, is recorded by a monomial xaybx^{a}y^{b} with a+b=2ja+b=2j, and a rotation acts on the two spin-12\tfrac12 states by a 2×22\times2 matrix, hence on the monomial by substituting two linear forms for xx and yy. Expanding (cx+sy)j+m(−sx+cy)j−m(cx+sy)^{j+m}(-sx+cy)^{j-m} by the binomial theorem and collecting the coefficient of xj+m′yj−m′x^{j+m'}y^{j-m'} is Wigner's formula; the alternating sign comes from the minus in the second linear form, and the four factorials in the denominator are the two binomial coefficients, with the square root supplied by the normalisation of the monomials.

Everything else follows: unitarity because JyJ_y is Hermitian, reality because JyJ_y is purely imaginary in this basis, and the spherical-harmonic formulas because the 2l+12l+1 harmonics of order ll are a spin-ll multiplet for the orbital angular momentum, so their rotation matrix has to be DlD^{l}.

Proof(Part 1: the factorisation)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.15), p. 972

Step 1: the phases. Jz∣j,m⟩=m∣j,m⟩J_z|j,m\rangle=m|j,m\rangle, so e−iγJz∣j,m⟩=e−imγ∣j,m⟩\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\gamma J_z}|j,m\rangle=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\gamma}|j,m\rangle. Taking the adjoint of the same statement for m′m', and using that JzJ_z is Hermitian with real eigenvalue m′m', gives ⟨j,m′∣e−iαJz=e−im′α⟨j,m′∣\langle j,m'|\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\alpha J_z}=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m'\alpha}\langle j,m'|. Hence

Dm′mj(α,β,γ)=e−im′α e−imγ ⟨j,m′∣e−iβJy∣j,m⟩,D^{j}_{m'm}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m'\alpha}\,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\gamma}\,\bigl\langle j,m'\bigm|\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y}\bigm|j,m\bigr\rangle,

which is the claim. Hassani (Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.15), p. 972) performs the same collapse.

Step 2: djd^{j} is real. In the basis ∣j,m⟩|j,m\rangle the matrices of J±J_{\pm} have real non-negative entries (Condon-Shortley), so Jy=12i(J+−J−)J_y=\tfrac{1}{2\mathrm{i}}(J_+-J_-) has purely imaginary entries, and −iβJy-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y has real ones. The exponential of a real matrix is real. □\square

Proof(Part 2: Wigner's formula)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.16), p. 972

The result proved is Hassani's Eq. (30.16), which he states without proof, referring to Hamermesh for one; the route below — realising the multiplet as a symmetric power and expanding a monomial — is our own.

Step 1: a model for the multiplet. Let W2jW_{2j} be the space of homogeneous polynomials of degree 2j2j in two variables x,yx,y, of dimension 2j+12j+1, and define operators on it by

J+=x ∂y,J−=y ∂x,Jz=12(x ∂x−y ∂y).J_+=x\,\partial_y,\qquad J_-=y\,\partial_x,\qquad J_z=\tfrac12\bigl(x\,\partial_x-y\,\partial_y\bigr).

These satisfy the angular-momentum relations: [Jz,J±]=±J±[J_z,J_\pm]=\pm J_\pm because JzJ_z measures half the difference of the degrees and J±J_\pm shifts it by ±1\pm1, and [J+,J−]=x∂x−y∂y=2Jz[J_+,J_-]=x\partial_x-y\partial_y=2J_z by differentiating the products. Set

ϕm(x,y)=xj+m yj−m(j+m)! (j−m)!,m=−j,…,j.\phi_{m}(x,y)=\frac{x^{j+m}\,y^{j-m}}{\sqrt{(j+m)!\,(j-m)!}},\qquad m=-j,\dots,j .

Then Jzϕm=mϕmJ_z\phi_m=m\phi_m, and

J+ϕm=(j−m) xj+m+1yj−m−1(j+m)!(j−m)!=(j−m)(j+m+1)! (j−m−1)!(j+m)! (j−m)!  ϕm+1=(j−m)(j+m+1)  ϕm+1,J_+\phi_m=\frac{(j-m)\,x^{j+m+1}y^{j-m-1}}{\sqrt{(j+m)!(j-m)!}} =(j-m)\sqrt{\frac{(j+m+1)!\,(j-m-1)!}{(j+m)!\,(j-m)!}}\;\phi_{m+1} =\sqrt{(j-m)(j+m+1)}\;\phi_{m+1},

which is exactly the coefficient of part 3 of angular momentum algebra, with the Condon-Shortley sign. The same computation for J−=y∂xJ_-=y\partial_x gives the lowering coefficient. So ϕm↔∣j,m⟩\phi_m\leftrightarrow|j,m\rangle is an isomorphism of multiplets, and any matrix element computed in W2jW_{2j} is the one we want.

Step 2: how a rotation acts on a monomial. Let UU be the spin-12\tfrac12 matrix of the rotation, acting on the two basis states by Ue±1/2=∑μUμ,±1/2eμU e_{\pm1/2}=\sum_{\mu}U_{\mu,\pm1/2}e_{\mu}. Writing xx for e1/2e_{1/2} and yy for e−1/2e_{-1/2}, the degree-2j2j monomials stand for the symmetrised products of 2j2j spins, and UU acts on all 2j2j factors at once; in the polynomial language this is the algebra homomorphism ρ(U)\rho(U) determined by

ρ(U) x=U++ x+U−+ y,ρ(U) y=U+− x+U−− y.\rho(U)\,x=U_{+ +}\,x+U_{-+}\,y, \qquad \rho(U)\,y=U_{+-}\,x+U_{--}\,y .

It is a homomorphism of groups: applying ρ(U1)\rho(U_1) to the images above reproduces the columns of U1U2U_1U_2, by the definition of matrix multiplication. Here it matters that the substitution carries the columns of UU, not its rows; the opposite choice gives an anti-homomorphism.

Step 3: the substitution for e−iβJy\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y}. In the spin-12\tfrac12 case Jy=12σ2J_y=\tfrac12\sigma_2, and the half-angle formula of the rotation group and SU(2) gives

U=e−iβσ2/2=Icos⁡β2−iσ2sin⁡β2=(c−ssc),c=cos⁡β2, s=sin⁡β2,U=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta\sigma_2/2}=I\cos\tfrac\beta2-\mathrm{i}\sigma_2\sin\tfrac\beta2 =\begin{pmatrix}c&-s\\ s&c\end{pmatrix}, \qquad c=\cos\tfrac\beta2,\ s=\sin\tfrac\beta2 ,

in the basis ordered (+12,−12)(+\tfrac12,-\tfrac12). Reading its columns, step 2 becomes the substitution x↦cx+syx\mapsto cx+sy, y↦−sx+cyy\mapsto -sx+cy.

Step 4: expand. Therefore

e−iβJyϕm=(cx+sy)j+m (−sx+cy)j−m(j+m)! (j−m)!.\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y}\phi_m=\frac{(cx+sy)^{j+m}\,(-sx+cy)^{j-m}}{\sqrt{(j+m)!\,(j-m)!}} .

Apply the binomial theorem to each factor,

(cx+sy)j+m=∑p(j+mp)cpsj+m−p xpyj+m−p,(−sx+cy)j−m=∑q(j−mq)(−s)qcj−m−q xqyj−m−q,(cx+sy)^{j+m}=\sum_{p}\binom{j+m}{p}c^{p}s^{j+m-p}\,x^{p}y^{j+m-p}, \qquad (-sx+cy)^{j-m}=\sum_{q}\binom{j-m}{q}(-s)^{q}c^{j-m-q}\,x^{q}y^{j-m-q},

and collect the terms with xj+m′yj−m′x^{j+m'}y^{j-m'}, that is p+q=j+m′p+q=j+m'. Substituting the single index k=j+m−pk=j+m-p, so that p=j+m−kp=j+m-k and q=k+m′−mq=k+m'-m, the powers become

c p+(j−m−q)=c 2j−2k+m−m′,s (j+m−p)+q=s 2k+m′−m,c^{\,p+(j-m-q)}=c^{\,2j-2k+m-m'},\qquad s^{\,(j+m-p)+q}=s^{\,2k+m'-m},

the sign is (−1)q=(−1)k+m′−m(-1)^{q}=(-1)^{k+m'-m}, and the two binomial coefficients combine to

(j+m)!(j+m−k)! k!⋅(j−m)!(m′−m+k)! (j−m′−k)!.\frac{(j+m)!}{(j+m-k)!\,k!}\cdot\frac{(j-m)!}{(m'-m+k)!\,(j-m'-k)!} .

Dividing by (j+m)!(j−m)!\sqrt{(j+m)!(j-m)!} from ϕm\phi_m and multiplying by (j+m′)!(j−m′)!\sqrt{(j+m')!(j-m')!} to express the result in terms of ϕm′\phi_{m'} leaves precisely the stated coefficient of ϕm′\phi_{m'}, and by step 1 that coefficient is dm′mj(β)d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta).

Step 5: the range and the number of terms. A binomial coefficient (nr)\binom{n}{r} is zero unless 0≤r≤n0\le r\le n, so the four quantities j+m−kj+m-k, kk, j−m′−kj-m'-k and m′−m+km'-m+k must all be non-negative integers; this is the stated range, and it is non-empty exactly when ∣m∣,∣m′∣≤j|m|,|m'|\le j. The constraints read max⁡(0,m−m′)≤k≤min⁡(j+m, j−m′)\max(0,m-m')\le k\le\min(j+m,\,j-m'), so the number of terms is

min⁡(j+m,j−m′)−max⁡(0,m−m′)+1=min⁡(j+m, j−m′, j−m, j+m′)+1,\min(j+m,j-m')-\max(0,m-m')+1=\min\bigl(j+m,\,j-m',\,j-m,\,j+m'\bigr)+1,

which is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), p. 972) count 1+τ1+\tau. □\square

Proof(Parts 3 and 4)Original

Unitarity and orthogonality. JyJ_y and JzJ_z are Hermitian, so each exponential e−iθJ\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\theta J} is unitary and so is the product; djd^{j} is unitary and real by part 1, hence real orthogonal. (Orthogonality also says ∑m′(dm′mj)2=1\sum_{m'}\bigl(d^{j}_{m'm}\bigr)^2=1, which is the statement that the squared amplitudes in a rotated basis sum to one.)

Representation and irreducibility. R↦D(j)(R)R\mapsto\mathcal{D}^{(j)}(R) is the restriction to the multiplet of the group representation generated by J\mathbf{J}, so it is a representation; it is irreducible because the multiplet is, by part 2 of angular momentum algebra. That every irreducible representation of SU(2)SU(2) arises this way is part 2 of the same unit applied to the generators.

Character. Conjugate so that the rotation is about zz through φ\varphi; traces are unchanged by conjugation, and Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §28.7.3, pp. 1069–1070) note (as used in the rotation group and SU(2)) that equal-angle rotations about different axes are conjugate. Then D(j)=e−iφJz\mathcal{D}^{(j)}=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\varphi J_z} is diagonal and

χ(j)(φ)=∑m=−jje−imφ=eijφ∑r=02je−irφ=eijφ1−e−i(2j+1)φ1−e−iφ=ei(j+12)φ−e−i(j+12)φeiφ/2−e−iφ/2,\chi^{(j)}(\varphi)=\sum_{m=-j}^{j}\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\varphi} =\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}j\varphi}\sum_{r=0}^{2j}\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}r\varphi} =\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}j\varphi}\frac{1-\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}(2j+1)\varphi}}{1-\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\varphi}} =\frac{\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}(j+\frac12)\varphi}-\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}(j+\frac12)\varphi}}{\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\varphi/2}-\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\varphi/2}},

after multiplying numerator and denominator by eiφ/2\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\varphi/2}; both differences are 2isin⁡2\mathrm{i}\sin of half the exponent, giving the stated ratio. This is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.17), p. 973) Eq. (30.17), and it is the sum used there to prove the Clebsch-Gordan series of addition of angular momenta.

Symmetries. Replacing β\beta by −β-\beta inverts the operator, and the inverse of a real orthogonal matrix is its transpose: dj(−β)=dj(β)−1=dj(β)Td^{j}(-\beta)=d^{j}(\beta)^{-1}=d^{j}(\beta)^{\mathsf{T}}. The relation dmm′j=(−1)m−m′dm′mjd^{j}_{mm'}=(-1)^{m-m'}d^{j}_{m'm} is read off Wigner's formula: interchanging mm and m′m' sends the summation index kk to k′=k+m′−mk'=k+m'-m, which leaves the four factorials and the two powers unchanged and multiplies the sign by (−1)m−m′(-1)^{m-m'}.

Special values. At β=0\beta=0 only kk with s2k+m′−ms^{2k+m'-m} of exponent 00 survives, forcing m′=mm'=m and k=0k=0, and the coefficient is 11. At β=π\beta=\pi we have c=0c=0, so only 2j−2k+m−m′=02j-2k+m-m'=0 contributes, i.e. k=j+m−m′2k=j+\tfrac{m-m'}{2}; substituting this into the non-negativity constraint j−m′−k≥0j-m'-k\ge0 gives m′≤−mm'\le-m and j+m−k≥0j+m-k\ge0 gives m′≥−mm'\ge-m, so m′=−mm'=-m, k=j+mk=j+m, and the surviving term is (−1)j+m−2m⋯/[0! (j+m)! (j−m)! 0!]⋅s2j(-1)^{j+m-2m}\sqrt{\cdots}/[0!\,(j+m)!\,(j-m)!\,0!]\cdot s^{2j} with s=1s=1, which is (−1)j−m(-1)^{j-m}. Finally D(j)\mathcal{D}^{(j)} of a 2π2\pi turn about zz is e−2πiJz\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}J_z}, diagonal with entries e−2πim=(−1)2m=(−1)2j\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}m}=(-1)^{2m}=(-1)^{2j}, since mm and jj differ by an integer; a general axis is conjugate to zz. □\square

Proof(Part 5: the spherical harmonics)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.52), p. 796, and Eq. (16.78), p. 803

Step 1: D\mathcal{D} is a unitary representation on functions. (D(R)f)(n^)=f(R−1n^)(\mathcal{D}(R)f)(\hat{\mathbf{n}})=f(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}}) defines a representation — the inverse is what makes D(R1)D(R2)=D(R1R2)\mathcal{D}(R_1)\mathcal{D}(R_2)=\mathcal{D}(R_1R_2) rather than the reverse — and it is unitary on L2(S2)L^2(S^2) because a rotation preserves the element of solid angle.

Step 2: the span of the YlmY_l^m is a spin-ll multiplet. By spherical harmonics the space Hl=span⁡{Ylm}\mathcal{H}_l=\operatorname{span}\{Y_l^{m}\} is (2l+1)(2l+1)-dimensional and invariant under all rotations, which is Arfken, Weber and Harris's (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (15.147), p. 763) Eq. (15.147). Its generators are the orbital angular momentum L=−i r×∇\mathbf{L}=-\mathrm{i}\,\mathbf{r}\times\nabla, for which L2Ylm=l(l+1)YlmL^2Y_l^m=l(l+1)Y_l^m and LzYlm=mYlmL_zY_l^m=mY_l^m with the 2l+12l+1 values of mm each occurring once. So Hl\mathcal{H}_l is an irreducible multiplet of spin ll, and the YlmY_l^m are its basis ∣l,m⟩|l,m\rangle — with the correct phases, because the Condon-Shortley factor (−1)m(-1)^m carried by PlmP_l^m is put there exactly so that L±L_\pm acts with positive coefficients, as the remark on conventions in spherical harmonics records. Hence the matrix of D(R)\mathcal{D}(R) on Hl\mathcal{H}_l is Dl(R)D^{l}(R):

Ylm(R−1n^)=(D(R)Ylm)(n^)=∑m′Dm′ml(R) Ylm′(n^).Y_l^{m}(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}})=\bigl(\mathcal{D}(R)Y_l^m\bigr)(\hat{\mathbf{n}})=\sum_{m'}D^{l}_{m'm}(R)\,Y_l^{m'}(\hat{\mathbf{n}}).

Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.52), p. 796) write the same identity as Ylm(RΩ)=∑m′Dm′ml(R)Ylm′(Ω)Y_l^m(R\Omega)=\sum_{m'}D^l_{m'm}(R)Y_l^{m'}(\Omega), their RΩR\Omega being the new coordinates of the old point, which is our R−1n^R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}}.

Step 3: evaluate at the pole. Put n^=z^\hat{\mathbf{n}}=\hat{\mathbf{z}}. Only m′=0m'=0 survives on the right, because Ylm′(0,φ)=(2l+1)/4π δm′0Y_l^{m'}(0,\varphi)=\sqrt{(2l+1)/4\pi}\,\delta_{m'0} (spherical harmonics, special values). Hence

D0ml(R)=4π2l+1  Ylm(R−1z^).D^{l}_{0m}(R)=\sqrt{\frac{4\pi}{2l+1}}\;Y_l^{m}\bigl(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{z}}\bigr).

Step 4: transpose it. DlD^{l} is unitary and Dl(R)−1=Dl(R−1)D^{l}(R)^{-1}=D^{l}(R^{-1}), so Dm0l(R)=D0ml(R−1)‾D^{l}_{m0}(R)=\overline{D^{l}_{0m}(R^{-1})}. Applying step 3 to R−1R^{-1},

Dm0l(R)=4π2l+1  Ylm(Rz^)‾=4π2l+1  Ylm(β,α)‾,D^{l}_{m0}(R)=\sqrt{\frac{4\pi}{2l+1}}\;\overline{Y_l^{m}\bigl(R\hat{\mathbf{z}}\bigr)} =\sqrt{\frac{4\pi}{2l+1}}\;\overline{Y_l^{m}(\beta,\alpha)},

the last step by the formula for R(α,β,γ)z^R(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)\hat{\mathbf{z}} in the first definition. This is Arfken, Weber and Harris's (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.78), p. 803) lemma, which they state as Dm0l(R)=4π/(2l+1) Ylm(Ω1)∗D^{l}_{m0}(R)=\sqrt{4\pi/(2l+1)}\,Y_l^m(\Omega_1)^* for a coordinate rotation RR carrying the direction Ω1\Omega_1 to the pole — and a coordinate rotation carrying Ω1\Omega_1 to the pole is our active RR carrying the pole to Ω1\Omega_1, so Ω1=(β,α)\Omega_1=(\beta,\alpha) and the two statements coincide.

Step 5: read off dm0ld^{l}_{m0} and D00lD^{l}_{00}. Setting γ=0\gamma=0 in part 1, Dm0l(α,β,0)=e−imαdm0l(β)D^{l}_{m0}(\alpha,\beta,0)=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\alpha}d^{l}_{m0}(\beta). Inserting the definition of YlmY_l^m, whose only complex factor is eimα\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}m\alpha},

e−imαdm0l(β)=4π2l+12l+14π(l−m)!(l+m)!  Plm(cos⁡β) e−imα,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\alpha}d^{l}_{m0}(\beta) =\sqrt{\frac{4\pi}{2l+1}}\sqrt{\frac{2l+1}{4\pi}\frac{(l-m)!}{(l+m)!}}\;P_l^{m}(\cos\beta)\,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\alpha},

and cancelling the phase gives dm0l(β)=(l−m)!/(l+m)! Plm(cos⁡β)d^{l}_{m0}(\beta)=\sqrt{(l-m)!/(l+m)!}\,P_l^m(\cos\beta). At m=0m=0 this is Pl(cos⁡β)P_l(\cos\beta), and by part 1 the two outer phases are then trivial, so D00l=Pl(cos⁡β)D^{l}_{00}=P_l(\cos\beta). □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and the conventions)Original
  • Irreducibility of the multiplet is what makes DjD^{j} a square matrix of a single size and the label jj meaningful. On a reducible space the same construction gives a block-diagonal matrix, one block per irreducible summand, by part 4 of angular momentum algebra.
  • The Condon-Shortley phases are used twice and are not cosmetic. They make djd^{j} real (step 2 of the first proof): with arbitrary phases ∣j,m⟩→eiχm∣j,m⟩|j,m\rangle\to\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\chi_m}|j,m\rangle the matrix picks up ei(χm′−χm)\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}(\chi_{m'}-\chi_m)} and is no longer real, and Wigner's formula is simply false. They are used again in step 2 of the last proof, to identify YlmY_l^m with ∣l,m⟩|l,m\rangle rather than with some rephasing of it.
  • Hermiticity of JyJ_y and JzJ_z gives unitarity; it is the hypothesis behind ∑m′∣Dm′mj∣2=1\sum_{m'}|D^{j}_{m'm}|^2=1, that is, behind the amplitudes being probabilities.
  • The ranges of the Euler angles matter only for uniqueness, not for the formulas. At β=0\beta=0 the two outer rotations are about the same axis and only α+γ\alpha+\gamma is defined; this is the familiar coordinate degeneracy of Euler angles, and it is why numerical work near β=0\beta=0 or π\pi is better done with quaternions (quaternions) than with angles.
  • Half-integer jj needs SU(2)SU(2). Part 4 gives D(j)(2π)=(−1)2j\mathcal{D}^{(j)}(2\pi)=(-1)^{2j}, so for half-integer jj the assignment R↦Dj(R)R\mapsto D^{j}(R) is not a function on SO(3)SO(3) at all: it is a genuine representation only of the double cover, as the rotation group and SU(2) explains. The 3×33\times3 rotation matrix of the first definition is D1D^{1} written in the Cartesian rather than the spherical basis.
  • Sign conventions. We put D=e−iαJze−iβJye−iγJz\mathcal{D}=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\alpha J_z}\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y}\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\gamma J_z}, to match the active convention Rn(θ)=exp⁡(−iθ n⋅J)R_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta)=\exp(-\mathrm{i}\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J}) of the rotation group and SU(2). Hassani (Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.15), p. 972) writes the operator with the opposite sign in all three exponents, eiJzψeiJyθeiJzφ\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}J_z\psi}\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}J_y\theta}\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}J_z\varphi}, so that Dm′m(j)=ei(m′ψ+mφ)dm′m(j)(θ)D^{(j)}_{m'm}=\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}(m'\psi+m\varphi)}d^{(j)}_{m'm}(\theta); correspondingly his coefficient ϕ(j,m,m′;μ)\phi(j,m,m';\mu) in Eq. (30.16) carries (−1)μ(-1)^{\mu} where ours carries (−1)k+m′−m(-1)^{k+m'-m}. The two are consistent: by part 4, dropping the factor (−1)m′−m(-1)^{m'-m} turns dm′mj(β)d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta) into dm′mj(−β)d^{j}_{m'm}(-\beta), which is exactly the effect of reversing the sign of the angle in the exponent. Reading his angles as ours, DHassani(ψ,θ,φ)=D(−ψ,−θ,−φ)\mathcal{D}^{\text{Hassani}}(\psi,\theta,\varphi)=\mathcal{D}(-\psi,-\theta,-\varphi). Nothing below depends on the choice provided one keeps it; what is not safe is to mix a DD-matrix from one book with a Clebsch-Gordan coefficient from another without checking.
  • A further convention. Many texts define the Euler angles by rotating about x′x' rather than y′y' in the middle step. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Exercise 3.4.1, p. 142) record the dictionary: that convention's (φ,θ,ψ)(\varphi,\theta,\psi) equals our (α+π/2, β, γ−π/2)(\alpha+\pi/2,\ \beta,\ \gamma-\pi/2), which leaves Dj(R)D^{j}(R) itself unchanged — it is the same physical rotation in two parametrisations — and changes only the reduced matrix, which for that convention is dm′mx,j(θ)=⟨jm′∣e−iθJx∣jm⟩=e+i(m′−m)π/2 dm′mj(θ)d^{x,j}_{m'm}(\theta) = \langle jm'\rvert\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\theta J_x}\lvert jm\rangle = \mathrm{e}^{+\mathrm{i}(m'-m)\pi/2}\,d^{j}_{m'm}(\theta), since e−iθJx=e+iπJz/2 e−iθJy e−iπJz/2\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\theta J_x} = \mathrm{e}^{+\mathrm{i}\pi J_z/2}\,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\theta J_y}\,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\pi J_z/2} in the sign convention used here. The phase is e+i(m′−m)π/2\mathrm{e}^{+\mathrm{i}(m'-m)\pi/2} and not its conjugate: at j=12j=\tfrac12, m′=−12m'=-\tfrac12, m=+12m=+\tfrac12, θ=π/2\theta=\pi/2 one has d−1/2,1/21/2=1/2d^{1/2}_{-1/2,1/2} = 1/\sqrt2 while ⟨−12∣e−i(π/2)Jx∣12⟩=−i/2\langle-\tfrac12\rvert\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}(\pi/2)J_x}\lvert\tfrac12\rangle = -\mathrm{i}/\sqrt2, a ratio of −i-\mathrm{i}. So dx,jd^{x,j} is not real, while djd^{j} is.
Method(Computing DjD^{j} for a given jj and rotation)Original
  1. Get the Euler angles. If the rotation is given as an axis n\mathbf{n} and angle θ\theta, or as a 3×33\times3 matrix RR, read β=arccos⁡R33\beta=\arccos R_{33}, and then α=atan2⁡(R23,R13)\alpha=\operatorname{atan2}(R_{23},R_{13}) and γ=atan2⁡(R32,−R31)\gamma=\operatorname{atan2}(R_{32},-R_{31}) from the last column and last row. (Check against Rz^R\hat{\mathbf{z}}, whose polar angles must be (β,α)(\beta,\alpha).) If β=0\beta=0 or π\pi, set γ=0\gamma=0 and put the whole turn into α\alpha.
  2. Build dj(β)d^{j}(\beta). Either exponentiate — form the (2j+1)×(2j+1)(2j+1)\times(2j+1) matrix JyJ_y by the recipe of angular momentum algebra and compute exp⁡(−iβJy)\exp(-\mathrm{i}\beta J_y) — or use Wigner's formula entry by entry. Exponentiating is better for large jj: the closed formula alternates in sign and loses accuracy by cancellation.
  3. Fill in the top-left quadrant only. The symmetries of part 4, together with d−m′,−mj=(−1)m′−mdm′mjd^{j}_{-m',-m}=(-1)^{m'-m}d^{j}_{m'm}, reduce the work by a factor of about four. That last identity comes straight out of Wigner's formula: reindex the sum by k↦k+m′−mk\mapsto k+m'-m, which permutes the four denominator factorials among themselves, leaves the powers of cc and ss untouched, and changes the overall sign by (−1)m′−m(-1)^{m'-m}.
  4. Attach the phases: Dm′mj=e−im′αdm′mj(β)e−imγD^{j}_{m'm}=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m'\alpha}d^{j}_{m'm}(\beta)\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}m\gamma}.
  5. Check. Verify DjDj†=ID^{j}D^{j\dagger}=I; verify one column sum ∑m′(dm′mj)2=1\sum_{m'}\bigl(d^{j}_{m'm}\bigr)^2=1 (the sum is over the row index m′m' at fixed column mm); verify tr⁡Dj\operatorname{tr}D^{j} against the character formula of part 3 evaluated at the rotation angle φ\varphi, where cos⁡φ2=cos⁡β2cos⁡α+γ2\cos\tfrac\varphi2=\cos\tfrac\beta2\cos\tfrac{\alpha+\gamma}{2}.
  6. For integer jj, check the m=0m=0 column against dm0l(β)=(l−m)!/(l+m)! Plm(cos⁡β)d^{l}_{m0}(\beta)=\sqrt{(l-m)!/(l+m)!}\,P_l^m(\cos\beta), which costs nothing and catches phase errors at once.
Example(The spin-32\tfrac32 rotation matrix, and a quarter turn)Original

Step 1: the matrix from Wigner's formula. Take j=32j=\tfrac32, basis ordered m=32,12,−12,−32m=\tfrac32,\tfrac12,-\tfrac12,-\tfrac32, and write c=cos⁡β2c=\cos\tfrac\beta2, s=sin⁡β2s=\sin\tfrac\beta2. The corner entry has m=m′=32m=m'=\tfrac32, so j+m−k=3−kj+m-k=3-k, j−m′−k=−kj-m'-k=-k and m′−m+k=km'-m+k=k force k=0k=0 and leave

d3/2,3/23/2=3! 0! 3! 0!3! 0! 0! 0! c3=c3.d^{3/2}_{3/2,3/2}=\frac{\sqrt{3!\,0!\,3!\,0!}}{3!\,0!\,0!\,0!}\,c^{3}=c^{3}.

Running through the other fifteen entries the same way gives

d3/2(β)=(c3−3 c2s3 cs2−s33 c2sc (3c2−2)s (3s2−2)3 cs23 cs2s (2−3s2)c (3c2−2)−3 c2ss33 cs23 c2sc3).d^{3/2}(\beta)= \begin{pmatrix} c^{3} & -\sqrt3\,c^{2}s & \sqrt3\,cs^{2} & -s^{3}\\[2pt] \sqrt3\,c^{2}s & c\,(3c^{2}-2) & s\,(3s^{2}-2) & \sqrt3\,cs^{2}\\[2pt] \sqrt3\,cs^{2} & s\,(2-3s^{2}) & c\,(3c^{2}-2) & -\sqrt3\,c^{2}s\\[2pt] s^{3} & \sqrt3\,cs^{2} & \sqrt3\,c^{2}s & c^{3} \end{pmatrix}.

Two checks: the top row and left column are related by dmm′=(−1)m−m′dm′md_{mm'}=(-1)^{m-m'}d_{m'm} (signs +,+,++,+,+ down the first column against −,+,−-,+,- across the first row, the two lists differing by (−1)m−m′=−1,+1,−1(-1)^{m-m'}=-1,+1,-1 as required), and the first column of squares sums to

c6+3c4s2+3c2s4+s6=(c2+s2)3=1.c^{6}+3c^{4}s^{2}+3c^{2}s^{4}+s^{6}=(c^{2}+s^{2})^{3}=1 .

Step 2: a quarter turn. At β=π/2\beta=\pi/2, c=s=1/2c=s=1/\sqrt2, so c3=s3=2−3/2=24c^3=s^3=2^{-3/2}=\tfrac{\sqrt2}{4}, 3c2s=3⋅2−3/2=64\sqrt3c^2s=\sqrt3\cdot2^{-3/2}=\tfrac{\sqrt6}{4}, and 3c2−2=32−2=−123c^2-2=\tfrac32-2=-\tfrac12, giving c(3c2−2)=−122=−24c(3c^2-2)=-\tfrac{1}{2\sqrt2}=-\tfrac{\sqrt2}{4}. Hence

d3/2(π2)=14(2−66−26−2−2662−2−62662),(dm′m3/2(π2))2=(18383818381818383818183818383818).d^{3/2}(\tfrac\pi2)=\frac14 \begin{pmatrix} \sqrt2 & -\sqrt6 & \sqrt6 & -\sqrt2\\ \sqrt6 & -\sqrt2 & -\sqrt2 & \sqrt6\\ \sqrt6 & \sqrt2 & -\sqrt2 & -\sqrt6\\ \sqrt2 & \sqrt6 & \sqrt6 & \sqrt2 \end{pmatrix}, \qquad \bigl(d^{3/2}_{m'm}(\tfrac\pi2)\bigr)^{2}= \begin{pmatrix} \tfrac18&\tfrac38&\tfrac38&\tfrac18\\ \tfrac38&\tfrac18&\tfrac18&\tfrac38\\ \tfrac38&\tfrac18&\tfrac18&\tfrac38\\ \tfrac18&\tfrac38&\tfrac38&\tfrac18 \end{pmatrix}.

Every row and every column of the table of squares sums to 18+38+38+18=1\tfrac18+\tfrac38+\tfrac38+\tfrac18=1, as orthogonality demands. The physical reading: a spin-32\tfrac32 nucleus prepared with m=+32m=+\tfrac32 along zz and then measured along an axis at 90∘90^{\circ} gives m′=+32m'=+\tfrac32 with probability 18\tfrac18, m′=+12m'=+\tfrac12 with probability 38\tfrac38, m′=−12m'=-\tfrac12 with probability 38\tfrac38 and m′=−32m'=-\tfrac32 with probability 18\tfrac18 — a binomial (1,3,3,1)/8(1,3,3,1)/8, which is no accident: the model of step 1 of the second proof realises the spin-32\tfrac32 state as three independent spin-12\tfrac12 coin flips, each giving heads with probability c2=12c^2=\tfrac12.

Step 3: a composition check. Squaring the matrix of step 2 must give d3/2(π)d^{3/2}(\pi), and by part 4 that is the antidiagonal matrix whose entry in column mm is (−1)3/2−m(-1)^{3/2-m}: reading the columns from m=32m=\tfrac32 across to m=−32m=-\tfrac32, the antidiagonal is +1,−1,+1,−1+1,-1,+1,-1. (Reading the same four numbers down the rows, from m′=32m'=\tfrac32 to m′=−32m'=-\tfrac32, reverses the list to −1,+1,−1,+1-1,+1,-1,+1, so it matters which way one reads.) Taking the (1,4)(1,4) entry of the square,

116(2⋅(−2)+(−6)⋅6+6⋅(−6)+(−2)⋅2)=116(−2−6−6−2)=−1,\tfrac{1}{16}\bigl(\sqrt2\cdot(-\sqrt2)+(-\sqrt6)\cdot\sqrt6+\sqrt6\cdot(-\sqrt6)+(-\sqrt2)\cdot\sqrt2\bigr) =\tfrac{1}{16}(-2-6-6-2)=-1 ,

and the (1,1)(1,1) entry,

116(2⋅2+(−6)⋅6+6⋅6+(−2)⋅2)=116(2−6+6−2)=0,\tfrac1{16}\bigl(\sqrt2\cdot\sqrt2+(-\sqrt6)\cdot\sqrt6+\sqrt6\cdot\sqrt6+(-\sqrt2)\cdot\sqrt2\bigr)=\tfrac1{16}(2-6+6-2)=0 ,

both as required.

Step 4: the spherical-harmonic check at j=l=2j=l=2. Part 5 predicts d102(β)=1!/3! P21(cos⁡β)d^{2}_{10}(\beta)=\sqrt{1!/3!}\,P_2^{1}(\cos\beta). With the Condon-Shortley convention P21(x)=−3x1−x2P_2^{1}(x)=-3x\sqrt{1-x^{2}}, so P21(cos⁡β)=−3cos⁡βsin⁡β=−32sin⁡2βP_2^1(\cos\beta)=-3\cos\beta\sin\beta=-\tfrac32\sin2\beta and

d102(β)=16(−32sin⁡2β)=−38  sin⁡2β.d^{2}_{10}(\beta)=\frac{1}{\sqrt6}\Bigl(-\frac32\sin2\beta\Bigr)=-\sqrt{\frac{3}{8}}\;\sin2\beta .

Wigner's formula gives the same thing: with j=2j=2, m=0m=0, m′=1m'=1 the constraints 2−k≥02-k\ge0, k≥0k\ge0, 1−k≥01-k\ge0, 1+k≥01+k\ge0 allow k=0,1k=0,1, and

d102=(−1)12! 2! 3! 1!2! 0! 1! 1!c3s+(−1)22! 2! 3! 1!1! 1! 0! 2!c s3=−6 c3s+6 cs3=−6 cs (c2−s2),d^{2}_{10}=(-1)^{1}\frac{\sqrt{2!\,2!\,3!\,1!}}{2!\,0!\,1!\,1!}c^{3}s+(-1)^{2}\frac{\sqrt{2!\,2!\,3!\,1!}}{1!\,1!\,0!\,2!}c\,s^{3} =-\sqrt6\,c^{3}s+\sqrt6\,cs^{3} =-\sqrt6\,cs\,(c^{2}-s^{2}),

and cs=12sin⁡βcs=\tfrac12\sin\beta, c2−s2=cos⁡βc^{2}-s^{2}=\cos\beta, so this is −62sin⁡βcos⁡β=−64sin⁡2β=−3/8 sin⁡2β-\tfrac{\sqrt6}{2}\sin\beta\cos\beta=-\tfrac{\sqrt6}{4}\sin2\beta=-\sqrt{3/8}\,\sin2\beta, since 6/4=6/16=3/8\sqrt6/4=\sqrt{6/16}=\sqrt{3/8}. The two routes agree, which tests the phase conventions of both this unit and spherical harmonics at once.

ApplicationOriginal

Magnetic resonance. Every pulse in an NMR or ESR sequence is a rotation of the spin multiplet, so a sequence is a product of DjD^{j} matrices and the observed signal is a matrix element of that product. For j=12j=\tfrac12 the 90∘90^{\circ} pulse is d1/2(π/2)=12(1−111)d^{1/2}(\pi/2)=\tfrac{1}{\sqrt2}\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}1&-1\\1&1\end{smallmatrix}\bigr); for the quadrupolar nuclei of solid-state NMR (23^{23}Na with j=32j=\tfrac32, the case worked in the example above, and 27^{27}Al with j=52j=\tfrac52) the line intensities are the squares computed as in the example.

Rotational spectroscopy. The wavefunctions of a symmetric-top molecule are literally rotation matrices: ψJKM(α,β,γ)∝DMKJ(α,β,γ)‾\psi_{JKM}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)\propto\overline{D^{J}_{MK}(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)}, with KK the angular momentum along the molecular symmetry axis and MM that along the laboratory axis. Microwave selection rules, line strengths and Stark patterns are then integrals of products of three DD matrices.

Angular distributions. In a scattering or decay experiment the laboratory frame and the frame picked out by the beam differ by a rotation, so every measured angular distribution is a sum ∑m∣∑m′Dm′mjam′∣2\sum_{m}|{\textstyle\sum_{m'}}D^{j}_{m'm}a_{m'}|^2. The (1,3,3,1)/8(1,3,3,1)/8 pattern of the example is the simplest instance: it is what a spin-32\tfrac32 resonance produces when observed at right angles to its polarisation axis.

Orientational averaging. Averaging a tensor property over all orientations of a molecule — in a liquid, a powder or a glass — means integrating products of DD matrices over the group, and the orthogonality of the DjD^{j} turns those integrals into Clebsch-Gordan coefficients. This is the machinery behind powder line shapes, Raman depolarisation ratios and the theory of liquid crystals, where the order parameter is the average of D002=P2(cos⁡β)D^{2}_{00}=P_2(\cos\beta).

Products of harmonics. The lemma of part 5 is Arfken, Weber and Harris's (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 803–806) route to the product formula

Yl1m1(Ω) Yl2m2(Ω)=∑L(2l1+1)(2l2+1)4π(2L+1) C(l1l2L ∣ 000) C(l1l2L ∣ m1m2,m1+m2) YLm1+m2(Ω),Y_{l_1}^{m_1}(\Omega)\,Y_{l_2}^{m_2}(\Omega)=\sum_{L}\sqrt{\frac{(2l_1+1)(2l_2+1)}{4\pi(2L+1)}}\,C(l_1l_2L\,|\,000)\,C(l_1l_2L\,|\,m_1m_2,m_1{+}m_2)\,Y_{L}^{m_1+m_2}(\Omega),

and hence to the integral of three harmonics of the same argument, their Eq. (16.84); it is non-zero only when ∣l1−l2∣≤l3≤l1+l2|l_1-l_2|\le l_3\le l_1+l_2, m3=m1+m2m_3=m_1+m_2, and l1+l2+l3l_1+l_2+l_3 is even. Those integrals are the angular part of every two-electron Coulomb matrix element in atomic structure, and they are the reason a closed subshell is spherically symmetric. The coefficients CC are those of addition of angular momenta, and the general statement behind the pattern is the Wigner-Eckart theorem.

Geodesy and climate. The same matrices re-express a spherical-harmonic expansion of a field on the Earth in a rotated frame. Gravity-field models, geomagnetic models and the spectral dynamical cores of atmosphere models all need this when a pole is moved or a grid is rotated, and they use DlD^{l} (there usually written as "Wigner rotation of spherical-harmonic coefficients") for degrees ll into the thousands — which is why the stable route of step 2 of the method, exponentiating rather than summing the closed formula, matters in practice.

Theorem · advanced

Spherical tensors and the Wigner-Eckart theorem

Adapted

Defines a spherical tensor operator of rank kk by the transformation law D(R)TqkD(R)−1=∑q′Dq′qk(R)Tq′k\mathcal{D}(R)T^{k}_{q}\mathcal{D}(R)^{-1}=\sum_{q'}D^{k}_{q'q}(R)T^{k}_{q'}, and proves that all (2k+1)(2j+1)(2j′+1)(2k+1)(2j+1)(2j'+1) of its matrix elements between two angular-momentum multiplets are one number — the reduced matrix element — times a Clebsch-Gordan coefficient, so that every dependence on the three magnetic quantum numbers is pure geometry.

Prerequisites: Addition of angular momenta, Angular momentum algebra, Rotation matrices of angular momentum, The rotation group and SU(2), Representations of groups, Schur's lemma, Product representations and selection rules, Spherical harmonics, Inner products and norms

Definition(Spherical tensor operator)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Definition 24.8.4 and Eq. (24.48), p. 756; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §16.3, Eqs. (16.51)–(16.52), pp. 796–797

Let J1,J2,J3J_1,J_2,J_3 be an angular momentum on a complex inner-product space VV (angular momentum algebra), with ℏ=1\hbar=1 and the inner product linear in the ket, as there. Write

D(R)=exp⁡(−iθ n⋅J)\mathcal{D}(R)=\exp\bigl(-\mathrm{i}\theta\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J}\bigr)

for the unitary operator implementing the rotation R=Rn(θ)R=R_{\mathbf{n}}(\theta), and Dq′qk(R)D^{k}_{q'q}(R) for the Wigner rotation matrices.

A family of 2k+12k+1 operators T−kk,…,TkkT^{k}_{-k},\dots,T^{k}_{k} on VV, indexed by q=−k,…,kq=-k,\dots,k with 2k2k a non-negative integer, is an irreducible spherical tensor operator of rank kk if

D(R) Tqk D(R)−1  =  ∑q′=−kkDq′qk(R)  Tq′kfor every rotation R.\mathcal{D}(R)\,T^{k}_{q}\,\mathcal{D}(R)^{-1}\;=\;\sum_{q'=-k}^{k} D^{k}_{q'q}(R)\;T^{k}_{q'} \qquad\text{for every rotation }R .

The 2k+12k+1 components rotate among themselves by the same matrix, and with the same placement of indices, by which the kets ∣k,q⟩|k,q\rangle of a spin-kk multiplet rotate. Hassani (Hassani (2013), Definition 24.8.4, p. 756) takes exactly this as the definition of an irreducible set of operators for a general group GG, with Tji(α)(g)T^{(\alpha)}_{ji}(g) in place of Dq′qk(R)D^{k}_{q'q}(R); Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), pp. 796–797) supply the name — the objects are spherical because the rotation matrices act on them, and irreducible because a multiplet of fixed kk has no smaller family that rotates within itself.

A rank-zero tensor is a single operator with DSD−1=S\mathcal{D}S\mathcal{D}^{-1}=S, that is, one commuting with all rotations; Hassani calls it a scalar operator, the word recording that it has only the one component.

Infinitesimal form. Differentiate the defining law along R=Rn(t)R=R_{\mathbf{n}}(t) at t=0t=0. The left side gives −i[n⋅J,Tqk]-\mathrm{i}[\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J},T^{k}_{q}] and the right side gives the matrix of −i n⋅J-\mathrm{i}\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{J} in the spin-kk multiplet acting on the index qq, so the map T↦[Ja,T]T\mapsto[J_a,T] acts on the label qq exactly as JaJ_a acts on ∣k,q⟩|k,q\rangle. The equivalent conditions are therefore

[Jz, Tqk]=q Tqk,[J±, Tqk]=k(k+1)−q(q±1)  Tq±1k,[J_z,\,T^{k}_{q}]=q\,T^{k}_{q}, \qquad [J_{\pm},\,T^{k}_{q}]=\sqrt{k(k+1)-q(q\pm1)}\;T^{k}_{q\pm1},

with the same coefficients as the ladder operators acting on ∣k,q⟩|k,q\rangle. We use the two forms interchangeably.

Two families to keep in mind.

  1. Spherical harmonics as multiplication operators. On functions on the sphere, with (D(R)f)(n^)=f(R−1n^)(\mathcal{D}(R)f)(\hat{\mathbf{n}})=f(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}}), let TqkT^{k}_{q} be multiplication by YkqY_k^{q} (spherical harmonics). Then D(R)TqkD(R)−1\mathcal{D}(R)T^{k}_{q}\mathcal{D}(R)^{-1} is multiplication by Ykq(R−1n^)Y_k^{q}(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}}), and the transformation rule of that unit, Ykq(R−1n^)=∑q′Dq′qk(R)Ykq′(n^)Y_k^{q}(R^{-1}\hat{\mathbf{n}})=\sum_{q'}D^{k}_{q'q}(R)Y_k^{q'}(\hat{\mathbf{n}}), is the defining law. So {Ykq}\{Y_k^{q}\} is a rank-kk tensor; this is the case Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.52), p. 796) write down first.

  2. Vector operators. A triple Vx,Vy,VzV_x,V_y,V_z with [Ja,Vb]=iϵabcVc[J_a,V_b]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{abc}V_c becomes a rank-one tensor in the spherical basis

V+1=−Vx+iVy2,V0=Vz,V−1=Vx−iVy2.V_{+1}=-\frac{V_x+\mathrm{i}V_y}{\sqrt2},\qquad V_{0}=V_z,\qquad V_{-1}=\frac{V_x-\mathrm{i}V_y}{\sqrt2} .

The three signs are the ones that make the commutators above come out, and they are the Condon-Shortley signs: the same recombination of e^x,e^y,e^z\hat{\mathbf{e}}_x,\hat{\mathbf{e}}_y,\hat{\mathbf{e}}_z is Arfken, Weber and Harris's (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.87), p. 810) basis k±1,k0\mathbf{k}_{\pm1},\mathbf{k}_0, which they obtain by diagonalising the matrix K3K_3 of their Eq. (16.86) and then fixing the phases by Condon-Shortley. In this basis the scalar product of two vector operators is

A⋅B=∑q=−11(−1)qAqB−q,\mathbf{A}\cdot\mathbf{B}=\sum_{q=-1}^{1}(-1)^{q}A_{q}B_{-q},

as multiplying out the three terms confirms. Family 1 at k=1k=1 is the special case Vq∝Y1qV_q\propto Y_1^{q}: the unit vector r^\hat{\mathbf{r}} has spherical components r^q=4π/3  Y1q\hat r_q=\sqrt{4\pi/3}\;Y_1^{q}, as substituting Y10=3/4π z/rY_1^{0}=\sqrt{3/4\pi}\,z/r and Y1±1=∓3/8π (x±iy)/rY_1^{\pm1}=\mp\sqrt{3/8\pi}\,(x\pm\mathrm{i}y)/r confirms.

Theorem(The Wigner-Eckart theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eqs. (24.50)–(24.51) and the scalar-operator corollary, pp. 757–758

Let VV be a complex inner-product space carrying a unitary representation of the rotations, decomposed into mutually orthogonal irreducible multiplets with orthonormal Condon-Shortley bases ∣α,j,m⟩|\alpha,j,m\rangle, where α\alpha collects whatever labels besides jj are needed to tell two multiplets of the same jj apart. Let {Tqk}\{T^{k}_{q}\} be a spherical tensor operator of rank kk on VV. Then there is a single number ⟨α′,j′ ∥ Tk ∥ α,j⟩\langle\alpha',j'\,\|\,T^{k}\,\|\,\alpha,j\rangle, depending on α,α′,j,j′,k\alpha,\alpha',j,j',k and not on m,m′,qm,m',q, such that

⟨α′,j′,m′∣Tqk∣α,j,m⟩=C(k j j′ ∣ q m m′)  ⟨α′,j′ ∥ Tk ∥ α,j⟩,\bigl\langle \alpha',j',m'\bigm| T^{k}_{q}\bigm|\alpha,j,m\bigr\rangle = C\bigl(k\,j\,j'\,\big|\,q\,m\,m'\bigr)\;\bigl\langle\alpha',j'\,\|\,T^{k}\,\|\,\alpha,j\bigr\rangle ,

with C(j1j2J∣m1m2M)=⟨j1m1;j2m2∣J,M⟩C(j_1j_2J|m_1m_2M)=\langle j_1m_1;j_2m_2|J,M\rangle the Clebsch-Gordan coefficients of addition of angular momenta. The number is the reduced matrix element.

Three consequences are read off from the selection rules obeyed by the coefficient:

  1. Selection rules. The matrix element vanishes unless
m′=m+qand∣j−k∣≤j′≤j+k.m'=m+q \qquad\text{and}\qquad |j-k|\le j'\le j+k .

The second is the triangle condition; in particular a rank-kk tensor connects jj to at most 2k+12k+1 values of j′j', and j=j′=0j=j'=0 is connected only by k=0k=0.

  1. Counting. The left-hand side is a table of (2k+1)(2j+1)(2j′+1)(2k+1)(2j+1)(2j'+1) complex numbers; the right-hand side is one number times a table of Clebsch-Gordan coefficients fixed once and for all by the group. All the physics of the operator sits in the reduced matrix element, all the dependence on orientation in the coefficient. Ratios of matrix elements within one pair of multiplets are therefore pure numbers depending on nothing about the operator but its rank.

  2. Scalar operators. For k=0k=0 the coefficient is C(0jj′∣0mm′)=δjj′δmm′C(0jj'|0mm')=\delta_{jj'}\delta_{mm'}, so a scalar operator has no matrix elements between multiplets of different jj, and inside one multiplet it is a multiple of the identity, the multiple depending on α,α′,j\alpha,\alpha',j but not on mm. Hassani (Hassani (2013), p. 758) records this corollary and notes it is also a direct consequence of Schur's lemma.

The general-group statement. Hassani's (Hassani (2013), Eq. (24.51), p. 758) Eq. (24.51) is the same identity for an arbitrary group GG: for an operator Ai(α)A^{(\alpha)}_i transforming by the iith row of the irreducible representation T(α)T^{(\alpha)}, and vectors transforming by T(β)T^{(\beta)} and T(γ)T^{(\gamma)},

⟨ϕm(γ)∣Ai(α)∣ϕj(β)⟩=∑qC∗(αβ;γ,q ∣ ij;m)  ⟨ϕ(γ) ∥ A(α) ∥ ϕ(β)⟩q,\bigl\langle\phi^{(\gamma)}_m\bigm|A^{(\alpha)}_i\bigm|\phi^{(\beta)}_j\bigr\rangle =\sum_{q} C^{*}\bigl(\alpha\beta;\gamma,q\,\big|\,ij;m\bigr)\;\bigl\langle\phi^{(\gamma)}\,\|\,A^{(\alpha)}\,\|\,\phi^{(\beta)}\bigr\rangle_{q},

with one reduced matrix element for each copy qq of T(γ)T^{(\gamma)} inside T(α)⊗T(β)T^{(\alpha)}\otimes T^{(\beta)}. For SU(2)SU(2) no copy is ever repeated — the group is simply reducible in Hassani's sense — the sum has one term, and the coefficients are real, which is the displayed form above.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The theorem is the statement that an operator and a ket are the same kind of object as far as rotations can tell.

Read the defining law of a tensor operator and the transformation law of a ket side by side: TqkT^{k}_{q} carries the index qq exactly as ∣k,q⟩|k,q\rangle carries its magnetic label, and ∣α,j,m⟩|\alpha,j,m\rangle carries mm. So the family of vectors Tqk∣α,j,m⟩T^{k}_{q}|\alpha,j,m\rangle, as qq and mm run, rotates precisely like the product basis ∣k,q⟩⊗∣j,m⟩|k,q\rangle\otimes|j,m\rangle. Everything known about that product — above all, how it splits into multiplets of total angular momentum JJ — therefore applies to it unchanged, and the splitting is performed by the Clebsch-Gordan coefficients.

Once the family is sorted into multiplets, ask for its overlap with one fixed multiplet ∣α′,j′,m′⟩|\alpha',j',m'\rangle. Overlaps between two multiplets are governed by Schur's lemma: an overlap table commuting with the rotation matrices on both sides is zero unless the two multiplets have the same jj, and is a multiple of the identity table when they do. That multiple is the reduced matrix element, and the rest — all of the m,m′,qm,m',q dependence — is the Clebsch-Gordan coefficient used in the sorting.

So there is nothing to compute. The content is that rotations cannot distinguish "which component of the operator" from "which state of the multiplet", and the only invariant left over is a single number.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eqs. (24.49)–(24.51), pp. 757–758

Fix α,j,α′,j′,k\alpha,j,\alpha',j',k throughout. We follow Hassani's route — transport the vectors Tqk∣α,j,m⟩T^{k}_{q}|\alpha,j,m\rangle into the coupled basis and then show that the overlap with a fixed multiplet cannot depend on the magnetic label — but replace his appeal to the orthogonality relations between basis vectors of irreducible representations with a direct use of Schur's lemma.

Step 1: the image vectors rotate like a tensor product. Put wqm=Tqk∣α,j,m⟩w_{qm}=T^{k}_{q}|\alpha,j,m\rangle. Insert D−1D\mathcal{D}^{-1}\mathcal{D} and use the two transformation laws in turn:

D(R) wqm=(D(R)TqkD(R)−1) D(R) ∣α,j,m⟩=∑q′∑m′Dq′qk(R) Dm′mj(R)  wq′m′.\mathcal{D}(R)\,w_{qm} =\bigl(\mathcal{D}(R)T^{k}_{q}\mathcal{D}(R)^{-1}\bigr)\,\mathcal{D}(R)\,|\alpha,j,m\rangle =\sum_{q'}\sum_{m'} D^{k}_{q'q}(R)\,D^{j}_{m'm}(R)\;w_{q'm'} .

The first factor is the definition of a rank-kk tensor, the second the definition of DjD^{j}. The coefficient Dq′qkDm′mjD^{k}_{q'q}D^{j}_{m'm} is exactly the matrix of RR in the product representation on ∣k,q⟩⊗∣j,m⟩|k,q\rangle\otimes|j,m\rangle, which is the product representation studied there. This is Hassani's Eq. (24.49).

Step 2: sort the image vectors into multiplets. The Clebsch-Gordan coefficients C(kjJ∣qmM)C(kjJ|qmM) are the entries of a real orthogonal matrix taking the product basis to the coupled basis. Apply the same orthogonal matrix to the wqmw_{qm} and set

ΨMJ=∑q,mC(k j J ∣ q m M)  wqm,so thatwqm=∑J,MC(k j J ∣ q m M)  ΨMJ,\Psi^{J}_{M}=\sum_{q,m} C\bigl(k\,j\,J\,\big|\,q\,m\,M\bigr)\;w_{qm}, \qquad\text{so that}\qquad w_{qm}=\sum_{J,M} C\bigl(k\,j\,J\,\big|\,q\,m\,M\bigr)\;\Psi^{J}_{M} ,

the inversion being the orthogonality of the coefficients. Because the coefficients depend only on the group and step 1 says the wqmw_{qm} transform exactly like the product basis, the sorted vectors transform like the coupled basis:

D(R) ΨMJ=∑M′DM′MJ(R)  ΨM′J.\mathcal{D}(R)\,\Psi^{J}_{M}=\sum_{M'} D^{J}_{M'M}(R)\;\Psi^{J}_{M'} .

Here JJ runs over ∣j−k∣,…,j+k|j-k|,\dots,j+k only, and MM over −J,…,J-J,\dots,J; outside that range no coefficient exists. Nothing says the ΨMJ\Psi^{J}_{M} are non-zero or independent — they may all vanish — and nothing in what follows needs them to be.

Step 3: project onto the target multiplet. Let PP be the orthogonal projection of VV onto the span of ∣α′,j′,m′⟩|\alpha',j',m'\rangle, m′=−j′,…,j′m'=-j',\dots,j'. Since VV is an orthogonal sum of multiplets and the representation is unitary, both that span and its orthogonal complement are rotation-invariant, so PD(R)=D(R)PP\mathcal{D}(R)=\mathcal{D}(R)P. Define a linear map Φ\Phi from the abstract spin-JJ space with basis ∣J,M⟩|J,M\rangle into the target multiplet by

Φ(∣J,M⟩)=P ΨMJ.\Phi\bigl(|J,M\rangle\bigr)=P\,\Psi^{J}_{M} .

By step 2 and the commuting of PP with rotations, Φ\Phi intertwines: Φ∘D(J)(R)=D(R)∘Φ\Phi\circ\mathcal{D}^{(J)}(R)=\mathcal{D}(R)\circ\Phi for every RR, since both sides send ∣J,M⟩|J,M\rangle to ∑M′DM′MJ(R)PΨM′J\sum_{M'}D^{J}_{M'M}(R)P\Psi^{J}_{M'}.

Step 4: Schur's lemma. Both the spin-JJ space and the target multiplet are irreducible under the rotations, by the definition of a multiplet. Schur's lemma therefore gives: Φ=0\Phi=0 unless the two representations are equivalent, which for SU(2)SU(2) means J=j′J=j'; and when J=j′J=j', Φ\Phi is a multiple of the identification ∣j′,M⟩↦∣α′,j′,M⟩|j',M\rangle\mapsto|\alpha',j',M\rangle of the two copies of the spin-j′j' representation. Writing that multiple cc,

⟨α′,j′,m′∣ΨMJ⟩=⟨α′,j′,m′∣P ΨMJ⟩=c  δJj′ δMm′,\bigl\langle\alpha',j',m'\bigm|\Psi^{J}_{M}\bigr\rangle=\bigl\langle\alpha',j',m'\bigm|P\,\Psi^{J}_{M}\bigr\rangle=c\;\delta_{Jj'}\,\delta_{Mm'} ,

the first equality because ∣α′,j′,m′⟩|\alpha',j',m'\rangle lies in the range of the self-adjoint projection PP. The number cc depends on α,j,k,α′,j′\alpha,j,k,\alpha',j' alone — it was produced before any magnetic label was chosen.

Step 5: assemble. Take the inner product of the second display of step 2 with ∣α′,j′,m′⟩|\alpha',j',m'\rangle and use step 4:

⟨α′,j′,m′∣Tqk∣α,j,m⟩=∑J,MC(k j J ∣ q m M) c δJj′δMm′=c  C(k j j′ ∣ q m m′).\bigl\langle\alpha',j',m'\bigm|T^{k}_{q}\bigm|\alpha,j,m\bigr\rangle =\sum_{J,M} C\bigl(k\,j\,J\,\big|\,q\,m\,M\bigr)\,c\,\delta_{Jj'}\delta_{Mm'} = c\;C\bigl(k\,j\,j'\,\big|\,q\,m\,m'\bigr) .

Naming c=⟨α′,j′∥Tk∥α,j⟩c=\langle\alpha',j'\|T^{k}\|\alpha,j\rangle gives the theorem. If j′j' lies outside ∣j−k∣≤j′≤j+k|j-k|\le j'\le j+k the sum is empty and the matrix element is zero, which is the triangle rule; and C(kjj′∣qmm′)=0C(kjj'|qmm')=0 unless m′=q+mm'=q+m, which is the other selection rule. Part 3 follows by putting k=0k=0, where the only coefficient is C(0jj′∣0mm′)=δjj′δmm′C(0jj'|0mm')=\delta_{jj'}\delta_{mm'}. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original

The full tensor law, not one commutator. Step 1 needs all 2k+12k+1 components and the exact transformation matrix. An operator obeying only [Jz,A]=0[J_z,A]=0 need not be a scalar operator: inside a fixed multiplet take A=∣j,m0⟩⟨j,m0∣A=|j,m_0\rangle\langle j,m_0| for one chosen m0m_0. It commutes with JzJ_z, and all its matrix elements are diagonal — but they are δmm0\delta_{m m_0}, not a constant, so the conclusion of part 3 fails. What fails in the hypothesis is the commutator with J±J_{\pm}: [J+,A]≠0[J_+,A]\neq0, because AA is not rotation-invariant. The moral is that the vanishing of one commutator fixes only the m′=m+qm'=m+q rule; the triangle rule and the single reduced matrix element need the rest.

Irreducibility, on both sides. Step 4 uses Schur's lemma twice over, and it applies only to irreducible representations. If the target space were a reducible block — say two multiplets of the same j′j' handled together, without the label α′\alpha' — an intertwiner need not be a multiple of the identity, and the mm-independence would be lost. That is precisely why the statement carries α′\alpha': one reduced matrix element per pair of multiplets, not per pair of jj values.

Unitarity and orthogonality of the decomposition. Step 3 needs PP to commute with the rotations, which came from the complement of a multiplet being invariant too. For a non-unitary representation an invariant subspace need not have an invariant complement, and the projection argument collapses.

Simple reducibility. The single reduced matrix element is special to SU(2)SU(2). In k⊗jk\otimes j each JJ between ∣j−k∣|j-k| and j+kj+k occurs exactly once, so Schur's lemma in step 4 produces one constant. For a group where an irreducible representation occurs n≥2n\ge2 times in a product, step 2 produces nn independent families Ψmγ,q\Psi^{\gamma,q}_{m} and step 4 gives one constant for each: that is the label qq and the sum in Hassani's (Hassani (2013), Eq. (24.51), p. 758) general form. Writing the SU(2)SU(2) form for such a group would be a false statement, not merely an imprecise one.

Conventions, and how to detect the wrong one. Three choices enter.

  • Normalisation. We follow Hassani and put no extra factor on the reduced matrix element. Many texts in atomic physics define it with a 1/2j′+11/\sqrt{2j'+1}, so that their reduced matrix element is 2j′+1\sqrt{2j'+1} times ours. Only ratios of matrix elements within a fixed pair of multiplets, such as those in the example below, are convention-free.
  • Coupling order. We couple the operator rank first, C(kjj′∣qmm′)C(kjj'|qmm'), matching Hassani's C(αβ;γ∣ij;m)C(\alpha\beta;\gamma|ij;m) with α\alpha the operator's representation. Coupling jj first costs the symmetry factor (−1)k+j−j′(-1)^{k+j-j'} of addition of angular momenta, which changes the sign of the reduced matrix element for odd k+j−j′k+j-j' but not of any matrix element.
  • Phases. The displayed form assumes Condon-Shortley phases on the multiplets and on the tensor components, which is what makes the coefficients real so that no complex conjugate is needed.

A sharp test of which normalisation a table uses: for a scalar operator our form forces the reduced matrix element to equal the matrix element, since C(0jj∣0mm)=1C(0jj|0mm)=1, whereas the 1/2j′+11/\sqrt{2j'+1} convention makes it 2j+1\sqrt{2j+1} times larger.

Method(Computing with the theorem)Original

To obtain all matrix elements of a rank-kk tensor between the multiplets (α,j)(\alpha,j) and (α′,j′)(\alpha',j'):

  1. Check the rank. Verify [Jz,Tqk]=qTqk[J_z,T^{k}_{q}]=qT^{k}_{q} and [J±,Tqk]=k(k+1)−q(q±1) Tq±1k[J_{\pm},T^{k}_{q}]=\sqrt{k(k+1)-q(q\pm1)}\,T^{k}_{q\pm1} for the family at hand. For a vector operator, pass to the spherical basis first.
  2. Apply the selection rules. If j′j' fails ∣j−k∣≤j′≤j+k|j-k|\le j'\le j+k, every matrix element is zero and there is nothing to do. Otherwise only the pairs with m′=m+qm'=m+q survive, leaving at most min⁡(2j+1,2j′+1)\min(2j+1,2j'+1) entries for each value of qq.
  3. Compute one matrix element directly, choosing the easiest: usually a stretched one, m=jm=j and q=kq=k, or a diagonal one at m=m′=0m=m'=0. Any honest method will do — an integral, an explicit matrix, a known commutator.
  4. Divide out the coefficient. The reduced matrix element is ⟨α′,j′∥Tk∥α,j⟩=⟨α′,j′,m′∣Tqk∣α,j,m⟩/C(kjj′∣qmm′)\langle\alpha',j'\|T^{k}\|\alpha,j\rangle=\langle\alpha',j',m'|T^{k}_{q}|\alpha,j,m\rangle / C(kjj'|qmm'), computed at the pair used in step 3. Pick a pair whose coefficient is not zero.
  5. Multiply back. Every other matrix element is that number times its own Clebsch-Gordan coefficient.
  6. Check. Recompute one further matrix element directly and compare, or verify the sum rule
∑q=−kk ∑m=−jj∣⟨α′,j′,m+q∣Tqk∣α,j,m⟩∣2=(2j′+1) ∣⟨α′,j′∥Tk∥α,j⟩∣2,\sum_{q=-k}^{k}\ \sum_{m=-j}^{j}\bigl|\langle\alpha',j',m+q|T^{k}_{q}|\alpha,j,m\rangle\bigr|^{2}=(2j'+1)\,\bigl|\langle\alpha',j'\|T^{k}\|\alpha,j\rangle\bigr|^{2},

which follows from the theorem and the orthogonality of the Clebsch-Gordan coefficients, every m′m' being hit exactly once. Its content is what Hassani (Hassani (2013), Problem 24.24, p. 760) asks for in Problem 24.24: averaging ∣⟨⋅∣Tqk∣⋅⟩∣2|\langle\cdot|T^{k}_{q}|\cdot\rangle|^{2} over the component and state labels returns ∣⟨α′,j′∥Tk∥α,j⟩∣2|\langle\alpha',j'\|T^{k}\|\alpha,j\rangle|^{2} up to a fixed factor.

Example(A rank-two tensor on a pp multiplet)Original

Take V=L2(S2)V=L^2(S^2) with the orbital angular momentum, the multiplet l=1l=1 spanned by Y1mY_1^{m}, and the rank-two tensor Tq2=Y2qT^{2}_{q}=Y_2^{q} acting as multiplication. The matrix elements are integrals of three spherical harmonics,

⟨1,m′∣Y2q∣1,m⟩=∫S2Y1m′‾  Y2q  Y1m  dΩ.\bigl\langle 1,m'\bigm|Y_2^{q}\bigm|1,m\bigr\rangle=\int_{S^2}\overline{Y_1^{m'}}\;Y_2^{q}\;Y_1^{m}\;\mathrm{d}\Omega .

Step 1: the selection rules. With k=2k=2, j=j′=1j=j'=1, the triangle condition ∣1−2∣≤1≤1+2|1-2|\le1\le1+2 holds, so the block does not vanish, and m′=m+qm'=m+q leaves nine non-zero entries out of the 5×3×3=455\times3\times3=45 in the table.

Step 2: one matrix element. Take q=m=m′=0q=m=m'=0. With Y10=3/4πcos⁡θY_1^{0}=\sqrt{3/4\pi}\cos\theta and Y20=5/16π (3cos⁡2θ−1)Y_2^{0}=\sqrt{5/16\pi}\,(3\cos^2\theta-1), substituting t=cos⁡θt=\cos\theta and integrating out the azimuth gives

⟨1,0∣Y20∣1,0⟩=2π⋅34π516π∫−11t2 (3t2−1) dt=32516π(65−23)=15π.\bigl\langle 1,0\bigm|Y_2^{0}\bigm|1,0\bigr\rangle =2\pi\cdot\frac{3}{4\pi}\sqrt{\frac{5}{16\pi}}\int_{-1}^{1}t^2\,(3t^2-1)\,\mathrm{d}t =\frac32\sqrt{\frac{5}{16\pi}}\Bigl(\frac65-\frac23\Bigr) =\frac{1}{\sqrt{5\pi}} .

Numerically 1/5π=0.25231331/\sqrt{5\pi}=0.2523133.

Step 3: the reduced matrix element. The coefficient at this entry is C(2 1 1∣0 0 0)=−2/5=−0.6324555C(2\,1\,1|0\,0\,0)=-\sqrt{2/5}=-0.6324555, so

⟨1 ∥ Y2 ∥ 1⟩=1/5π−2/5=−12π=−0.3989423.\bigl\langle 1\,\|\,Y_2\,\|\,1\bigr\rangle=\frac{1/\sqrt{5\pi}}{-\sqrt{2/5}}=-\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}=-0.3989423 .

The general formula ⟨l′∥Yk∥l⟩=(2k+1)(2l+1)/4π(2l′+1)  C(k l l′∣0 0 0)\langle l'\|Y_k\|l\rangle=\sqrt{(2k+1)(2l+1)/4\pi(2l'+1)}\;C(k\,l\,l'|0\,0\,0) agrees: 5⋅3/(4π⋅3)⋅(−2/5)=−1/2π\sqrt{5\cdot3/(4\pi\cdot3)}\cdot(-\sqrt{2/5})=-1/\sqrt{2\pi}.

Step 4: the whole block. Multiplying the reduced matrix element by the coefficients C(2 1 1∣q m m′)C(2\,1\,1|q\,m\,m'), written CC in the table, gives

qq mm m′m' CC matrix element
00 ±1\pm1 ±1\pm1 +1/10=0.3162278+\sqrt{1/10}=0.3162278 −1/20π=−0.1261566-1/\sqrt{20\pi}=-0.1261566
00 00 00 −2/5=−0.6324555-\sqrt{2/5}=-0.6324555 +1/5π=+0.2523133+1/\sqrt{5\pi}=+0.2523133
+1+1 00 +1+1 −3/10=−0.5477226-\sqrt{3/10}=-0.5477226 +3/20π=+0.2185097+\sqrt{3/20\pi}=+0.2185097
+1+1 −1-1 00 +3/10=+0.5477226+\sqrt{3/10}=+0.5477226 −3/20π=−0.2185097-\sqrt{3/20\pi}=-0.2185097
+2+2 −1-1 +1+1 +3/5=+0.7745967+\sqrt{3/5}=+0.7745967 −3/10π=−0.3090194-\sqrt{3/10\pi}=-0.3090194

together with the entries at −q,−m,−m′-q,-m,-m', which repeat the same numbers.

Step 5: the check. Integrating Y11‾ Y20 Y11\overline{Y_1^{1}}\,Y_2^{0}\,Y_1^{1} directly over the sphere returns −1/20π=−0.1261566-1/\sqrt{20\pi}=-0.1261566, and Y11‾ Y22 Y1−1\overline{Y_1^{1}}\,Y_2^{2}\,Y_1^{-1} returns −3/10π=−0.3090194-\sqrt{3/10\pi}=-0.3090194; each agrees with the table to the last digit shown. The sum rule of the method is a second check: adding the squares of all nine entries gives 0.0954930+0.1909859+0.1909859=0.47746480.0954930+0.1909859+0.1909859=0.4774648, and (2l′+1)∣⟨1∥Y2∥1⟩∣2=3/2π=0.4774648(2l'+1)|\langle1\|Y_2\|1\rangle|^{2}=3/2\pi=0.4774648. The first ratio is worth pausing on: the diagonal of Y20Y_2^{0} on the three states m=1,0,−1m=1,0,-1 is in the ratio −1:2:−1-1:2:-1, exactly C(211∣0mm)C(211|0mm), and no property of Y2Y_2 beyond its rank entered. This is why the quadrupole splitting of a pp level has the pattern it has.

Comparison with Arfken, Weber and Harris. Their Eq. (16.84), reached by an entirely different route — the addition theorem, then the product formula for two harmonics of the same argument — reads

∫Yl3m3‾ Yl1m1 Yl2m2 dΩ=(2l1+1)(2l2+1)4π(2l3+1)  C(l1l2l3∣0 0 0)  C(l1l2l3∣m1m2m3),\int \overline{Y_{l_3}^{m_3}}\,Y_{l_1}^{m_1}\,Y_{l_2}^{m_2}\,\mathrm{d}\Omega =\sqrt{\frac{(2l_1+1)(2l_2+1)}{4\pi(2l_3+1)}}\;C(l_1l_2l_3|0\,0\,0)\;C(l_1l_2l_3|m_1m_2m_3) ,

which is the Wigner-Eckart theorem for this case with the reduced matrix element written out. Their three conditions on p. 806 — the triangle condition, m3=m1+m2m_3=m_1+m_2, and l1+l2+l3l_1+l_2+l_3 even — are our two selection rules plus one more, the parity rule, which is extra information: it comes from C(l1l2l3∣000)C(l_1l_2l_3|000) vanishing for odd l1+l2+l3l_1+l_2+l_3 and is invisible to the Wigner-Eckart theorem, which knows nothing about reflections. Checking the eight cases (l3m3;l1m1;l2m2)(l_3m_3;l_1m_1;l_2m_2) used above and in the table against direct integration confirms the formula with 2l3+12l_3+1 in the denominator.

Note(A printing slip in the source)Original

Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (16.84), p. 805) print 4π(2L+1)4\pi(2L+1) in the denominator of the square root of Eq. (16.84), carrying over the summation index LL from their Eq. (16.83); by the point the integral is taken, the surviving term is L=l3L=l_3. We write 2l3+12l_3+1, which is what the derivation on that page produces and what direct integration confirms to seven digits in the eight cases checked in the example above.

ApplicationOriginal

Selection rules without a single integral. The leading coupling of an atom to light is the electric dipole operator ere\mathbf{r}, a vector, hence a rank-one tensor. The theorem gives at once Δm∈{0,±1}\Delta m\in\{0,\pm1\} and ∣Δj∣≤1|\Delta j|\le1 with j=j′=0j=j'=0 forbidden, for any atom and any state, before any wavefunction is written down; the whole atomic structure is buried in one radial number per pair of levels. The next multipole, the electric quadrupole, is rank two, and its rules are ∣Δj∣≤2|\Delta j|\le2 with 0→00\to0 and 12→12\tfrac12\to\tfrac12 forbidden. Observed line intensities inside one multiplet are then ratios of squared Clebsch-Gordan coefficients, as in the −1:2:−1-1:2:-1 pattern of the example.

The projection theorem and the Landé factor. Let V\mathbf{V} be any vector operator and work inside one multiplet, α′=α\alpha'=\alpha and j′=jj'=j. Both VqV_q and JqJ_q are rank-one tensors between the same two multiplets, so by the theorem their matrix elements share the same Clebsch-Gordan table and differ only by the ratio of reduced matrix elements:

⟨α,j,m′∣Vq∣α,j,m⟩=λ  ⟨α,j,m′∣Jq∣α,j,m⟩,λ=⟨α,j∥V∥α,j⟩⟨α,j∥J∥α,j⟩,\bigl\langle\alpha,j,m'\bigm|V_q\bigm|\alpha,j,m\bigr\rangle=\lambda\;\bigl\langle\alpha,j,m'\bigm|J_q\bigm|\alpha,j,m\bigr\rangle, \qquad \lambda=\frac{\langle\alpha,j\|V\|\alpha,j\rangle}{\langle\alpha,j\|J\|\alpha,j\rangle} ,

one constant for all m,m′,qm,m',q. To identify λ\lambda, contract with J\mathbf{J} using A⋅B=∑q(−1)qAqB−q\mathbf{A}\cdot\mathbf{B}=\sum_q(-1)^qA_qB_{-q}: since each J−qJ_{-q} keeps us inside the multiplet, inserting the resolution of the identity on that multiplet is legitimate, and

⟨J⋅V⟩=λ ⟨J⋅J⟩=λ j(j+1),soλ=⟨J⋅V⟩j(j+1).\langle\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{V}\rangle=\lambda\,\langle\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{J}\rangle=\lambda\,j(j+1), \qquad\text{so}\qquad \lambda=\frac{\langle\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{V}\rangle}{j(j+1)} .

Only the component of V\mathbf{V} along J\mathbf{J} survives inside a multiplet — the perpendicular part averages away, as the old vector model asserted without proof.

Apply this to the magnetic moment of an atom, μ=−μB(L+gsS)\boldsymbol{\mu}=-\mu_B(\mathbf{L}+g_s\mathbf{S}) with J=L+S\mathbf{J}=\mathbf{L}+\mathbf{S}; taking the electron gg-factor to be exactly gs=2g_s=2 this is −μB(J+S)-\mu_B(\mathbf{J}+\mathbf{S}). The Landé gg-factor is defined by μ→−gJμBJ\boldsymbol{\mu}\to-g_J\mu_B\mathbf{J} inside the multiplet, so

gJ=1+⟨J⋅S⟩j(j+1)=1+j(j+1)+s(s+1)−l(l+1)2j(j+1),g_J=1+\frac{\langle\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{S}\rangle}{j(j+1)} =1+\frac{j(j+1)+s(s+1)-l(l+1)}{2j(j+1)} ,

the last step from L2=(J−S)2\mathbf{L}^2=(\mathbf{J}-\mathbf{S})^2. For the level 2P3/2^2P_{3/2} (l=1l=1, s=12s=\tfrac12, j=32j=\tfrac32): J⋅S=12(3.75+0.75−2)=1.25\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{S}=\tfrac12(3.75+0.75-2)=1.25 and j(j+1)=3.75j(j+1)=3.75, giving

gJ=1+1.253.75=43=1.3333…,g_J=1+\frac{1.25}{3.75}=\frac43=1.3333\ldots ,

while its partner 2P1/2^2P_{1/2} (j=12j=\tfrac12) has J⋅S=12(0.75+0.75−2)=−0.25\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{S}=\tfrac12(0.75+0.75-2)=-0.25 and gJ=1−0.250.75=23=0.6666…g_J=1-\tfrac{0.25}{0.75}=\tfrac23=0.6666\ldots . These two numbers are what the anomalous Zeeman splittings of the sodium D lines measure, and they follow from the theorem and arithmetic alone, with no atomic wavefunction anywhere in the derivation.

Definition · advanced

The Lorentz group

Adapted

Defines O(3,1)O(3,1) as the matrices preserving η=diag(1,−1,−1,−1)\eta=\mathrm{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1), separates its four pieces by the signs of det⁡Λ\det\Lambda and Λ00\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}, computes the six generators and the brackets [Jj,Jk]=iϵjklJl[J_j,J_k]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l, [Jj,Kk]=iϵjklKl[J_j,K_k]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}K_l, [Kj,Kk]=−iϵjklJl[K_j,K_k]=-\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l, factorises every proper orthochronous transformation uniquely as a boost times a rotation, and builds the two-to-one covering SL(2,C)→SO+(3,1)SL(2,\mathbb{C})\to SO^{+}(3,1).

Prerequisites: Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, The rotation group and SU(2), Homomorphisms and quotient groups, Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential, Determinants, Quadratic forms and the Rayleigh quotient, Unitary and orthogonal matrices

Definition(Minkowski space and the Lorentz group)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Example 23.2.2 item 6, pp. 706–707, and Example 29.2.10 with Eqs. (29.38)–(29.39), pp. 940–941; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (17.74), p. 865

Write a point of space-time as a column x=(x0,x1,x2,x3)T∈R4x=(x^{0},x^{1},x^{2},x^{3})^{\mathsf{T}}\in\mathbb{R}^4 with x0=ctx^{0}=ct, and give R4\mathbb{R}^4 the symmetric bilinear form

⟨x,y⟩η=xTη y,η=diag⁡(1,−1,−1,−1),⟨x,x⟩η=(x0)2−(x1)2−(x2)2−(x3)2.\langle x,y\rangle_{\eta}=x^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\,y, \qquad \eta=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1), \qquad \langle x,x\rangle_{\eta}=(x^{0})^{2}-(x^{1})^{2}-(x^{2})^{2}-(x^{3})^{2} .

This is Minkowski space. A vector is timelike, null or spacelike as ⟨x,x⟩η\langle x,x\rangle_{\eta} is positive, zero or negative.

The Lorentz group is the set of real 4×44\times4 matrices preserving the form,

O(3,1)={ Λ∈M4(R):ΛTη Λ=η },O(3,1)=\bigl\{\,\Lambda\in M_4(\mathbb{R}) : \Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\,\Lambda=\eta \,\bigr\} ,

a subgroup of GL(4,R)GL(4,\mathbb{R}) because the defining condition is preserved by products and inverses. Its elements are Lorentz transformations. Taking η=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)\eta=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1) to diag⁡(−1,…,−1⏟p,1,…,1⏟n−p)\operatorname{diag}(\underbrace{-1,\dots,-1}_{p},\underbrace{1,\dots,1}_{n-p}) gives the general pseudo-orthogonal group O(p,n−p)O(p,n-p) of Hassani (Hassani (2013), Example 23.2.2 item 6, p. 706), of which O(3,1)O(3,1) is the case n=4n=4, p=3p=3; see also the classical matrix groups for the definite case O(n)O(n).

Two conventions, stated once. Hassani numbers the three spatial coordinates 1,2,31,2,3 with ηii=−1\eta_{ii}=-1 and the time coordinate last, then records in a footnote that he relabels it 00, which is what we do; his invariant on p. 940 is our ⟨x,x⟩η\langle x,x\rangle_{\eta} exactly. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (17.74), p. 865) write the same diag⁡(1,−1,−1,−1)\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1) and warn that the opposite overall sign is equally correct provided it is used consistently; we never use it. Indices are raised and lowered with η\eta, and we write Λμν\Lambda^{\mu}{}_{\nu} for the entry in row μ\mu, column ν\nu, so that x′μ=Λμνxνx'^{\mu}=\Lambda^{\mu}{}_{\nu}x^{\nu}.

Rotations sit inside. For R∈SO(3)R\in SO(3) the matrix R^=(100R)\widehat R=\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}1&0\\0&R\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) satisfies R^TηR^=η\widehat R^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\widehat R=\eta, so the rotation group embeds in O(3,1)O(3,1) as the transformations fixing the time axis.

Definition(Boosts and rapidity)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.69)–(17.72), pp. 863–864; Hassani (2013), pp. 942–943

For a rapidity ρ∈R\rho\in\mathbb{R} the boost along the third axis is

B3(ρ)=(cosh⁡ρ00sinh⁡ρ01000010sinh⁡ρ00cosh⁡ρ),B_3(\rho)= \begin{pmatrix} \cosh\rho&0&0&\sinh\rho\\ 0&1&0&0\\ 0&0&1&0\\ \sinh\rho&0&0&\cosh\rho \end{pmatrix},

and Bn^(ρ)=R^ B3(ρ) R^−1B_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\rho)=\widehat R\,B_3(\rho)\,\widehat R^{-1} for any R∈SO(3)R\in SO(3) carrying z^\hat{\mathbf{z}} to n^\hat{\mathbf{n}}. A pure Lorentz transformation, or boost, is a transformation of this form. Writing β=n^tanh⁡ρ\boldsymbol{\beta}=\hat{\mathbf{n}}\tanh\rho, so that

β=∣β∣=tanh⁡ρ=vc,γ=cosh⁡ρ=11−β2,sinh⁡ρ=βγ,\beta=|\boldsymbol{\beta}|=\tanh\rho=\frac{v}{c}, \qquad \gamma=\cosh\rho=\frac{1}{\sqrt{1-\beta^{2}}}, \qquad \sinh\rho=\beta\gamma,

the boost is given in block form by

B(β)=(γγ βTγ βI3+(γ−1)ββT∣β∣2),B(\boldsymbol{\beta})= \begin{pmatrix} \gamma & \gamma\,\boldsymbol{\beta}^{\mathsf{T}}\\[2pt] \gamma\,\boldsymbol{\beta} & I_3+(\gamma-1)\dfrac{\boldsymbol{\beta}\boldsymbol{\beta}^{\mathsf{T}}}{|\boldsymbol{\beta}|^{2}} \end{pmatrix},

a symmetric matrix, as Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 865) note every single boost must be. The parametrisation by ρ\rho rather than vv is their Eq. (17.71) (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 863); they call ρ\rho the rapidity and point out that tanh⁡ρ<1\tanh\rho<1 for every finite ρ\rho, which is why cc bounds vv and is never attained. Along one fixed direction the boosts form a one-parameter group, Bn^(ρ′)Bn^(ρ)=Bn^(ρ+ρ′)B_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\rho')B_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\rho)=B_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\rho+\rho') — rapidities add where velocities do not, which is their Eq. (17.72). Hassani (Hassani (2013), pp. 942–943) builds the same object as the 2×22\times2 block (cosh⁡ξ−sinh⁡ξ−sinh⁡ξcosh⁡ξ)\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}\cosh\xi&-\sinh\xi\\-\sinh\xi&\cosh\xi\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) sitting in one time and one space index, with ξ=tanh⁡−1(v/c)\xi=\tanh^{-1}(v/c).

Active or passive. Ours is the active convention: B3(ρ)B_3(\rho) moves a point, and a particle at rest at the origin acquires velocity +vz^+v\hat{\mathbf{z}}. Both sources write the matrix the other way round, as the change of coordinates to a frame moving at +v+v: Arfken's U(ρ)U(\rho) of Eq. (17.70) and Hassani's block carry the minus signs off the diagonal. The two differ by the sign of ρ\rho,

B3(ρ)=U(ρ)−1=U(−ρ),B_3(\rho)=U(\rho)^{-1}=U(-\rho),

and nothing below depends on the choice provided it is not mixed.

Definition(Structure of the Lorentz group)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Example 29.2.10 with Eq. (29.40), pp. 940–941, Eqs. (29.41)–(29.42), p. 943, and §30.3.3, pp. 974–975; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §17.8, pp. 863–865

Let Λ∈O(3,1)\Lambda\in O(3,1) and write a00=Λ00a_{00}=\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}.

  1. Two discrete invariants. (det⁡Λ)2=1(\det\Lambda)^{2}=1 and
a002−∑i=13(Λi0)2=1,a002−∑i=13(Λ0i)2=1,a_{00}^{2}-\sum_{i=1}^{3}(\Lambda^{i}{}_{0})^{2}=1, \qquad a_{00}^{2}-\sum_{i=1}^{3}(\Lambda^{0}{}_{i})^{2}=1 ,

so ∣a00∣≥1|a_{00}|\ge1 and in particular a00≠0a_{00}\neq0. Λ\Lambda is proper if det⁡Λ=+1\det\Lambda=+1 and orthochronous if a00≥1a_{00}\ge1.

  1. Four pieces. The pair (sgn⁡det⁡Λ,sgn⁡a00)(\operatorname{sgn}\det\Lambda,\operatorname{sgn}a_{00}) is multiplicative, so the proper orthochronous transformations form a subgroup
SO+(3,1)={Λ∈O(3,1):det⁡Λ=1, Λ00≥1}SO^{+}(3,1)=\{\Lambda\in O(3,1):\det\Lambda=1,\ \Lambda^{0}{}_{0}\ge1\}

of index four in O(3,1)O(3,1), the other three cosets being represented by space inversion P=diag⁡(1,−1,−1,−1)P=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1), time reversal T=diag⁡(−1,1,1,1)T=\operatorname{diag}(-1,1,1,1) and PT=−IPT=-I. Hassani (Hassani (2013), p. 941) names the orthochronous and the proper orthochronous transformations and records that the proper orthochronous ones form a subgroup each of whose elements is joined to the identity by a continuous path; PP, TT and PTPT are of course not among them. The converse is ours and follows from part 1: det⁡\det and sgn⁡Λ00\operatorname{sgn}\Lambda^{0}{}_{0} are continuous on O(3,1)O(3,1) — the second because a00a_{00} never vanishes there — and take only the values ±1\pm1, so each of the four pieces is open and closed in O(3,1)O(3,1) and nothing outside SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) can be joined to II by a path. Hence SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) is exactly the identity component.

  1. Polar decomposition. Every Λ∈SO+(3,1)\Lambda\in SO^{+}(3,1) factors
Λ=B(β) R^\Lambda=B(\boldsymbol{\beta})\,\widehat R

with a unique boost B(β)B(\boldsymbol{\beta}) and a unique rotation R∈SO(3)R\in SO(3), namely γ=Λ00\gamma=\Lambda^{0}{}_{0} and γβi=Λi0\gamma\beta_i=\Lambda^{i}{}_{0}. Consequently SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) is six-dimensional and connected, and the boosts, which do not form a subgroup, are a set of coset representatives for SO(3)SO(3) in it.

  1. The Lie algebra. so(3,1)={X∈M4(R):XTη+ηX=0}\mathfrak{so}(3,1)=\{X\in M_4(\mathbb{R}):X^{\mathsf{T}}\eta+\eta X=0\} has dimension six, with basis the antisymmetric family of Hassani's mixed-index generators (Hassani (2013), the unnumbered line above Eq. (29.41), p. 943),
(Mμν)αβ=δνα ημβ−δμα ηνβ,Mμν=−Mνμ,(M_{\mu\nu})^{\alpha}{}_{\beta}=\delta^{\alpha}_{\nu}\,\eta_{\mu\beta}-\delta^{\alpha}_{\mu}\,\eta_{\nu\beta}, \qquad M_{\mu\nu}=-M_{\nu\mu},

which is his Eq. (29.41) with the first index raised by η\eta (he prints the all-lower-index form (Mμν)αβ=ημβηνα−ηνβημα(M_{\mu\nu})_{\alpha\beta}=\eta_{\mu\beta}\eta_{\nu\alpha}-\eta_{\nu\beta}\eta_{\mu\alpha} as the numbered equation). They obey his Eq. (29.42),

[Mμν,Mκλ]=ημκMνλ−ημλMνκ+ηνλMμκ−ηνκMμλ.[M_{\mu\nu},M_{\kappa\lambda}]=\eta_{\mu\kappa}M_{\nu\lambda}-\eta_{\mu\lambda}M_{\nu\kappa}+\eta_{\nu\lambda}M_{\mu\kappa}-\eta_{\nu\kappa}M_{\mu\lambda}.

In the physicists' Hermitian-style normalisation

Ji=−i2ϵijkMjk,Ki=i M0i(i,j,k=1,2,3),J_i=-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}{2}\epsilon_{ijk}M_{jk}, \qquad K_i=\mathrm{i}\,M_{0i}\qquad(i,j,k=1,2,3),

so that R^n^(θ)=exp⁡(−iθ n^⋅J)\widehat R_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\theta)=\exp(-\mathrm{i}\theta\,\hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\mathbf{J}) and Bn^(ρ)=exp⁡(−iρ n^⋅K)B_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\rho)=\exp(-\mathrm{i}\rho\,\hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\mathbf{K}), the brackets are

[Jj,Jk]=i ϵjklJl,[Jj,Kk]=i ϵjklKl,[Kj,Kk]=− i ϵjklJl.[J_j,J_k]=\mathrm{i}\,\epsilon_{jkl}J_l, \qquad [J_j,K_k]=\mathrm{i}\,\epsilon_{jkl}K_l, \qquad [K_j,K_k]=-\,\mathrm{i}\,\epsilon_{jkl}J_l .

The three JiJ_i are Hermitian and the three KiK_i are anti-Hermitian, which is the algebraic record of the group being non-compact. Neither family lies in so(3,1)\mathfrak{so}(3,1) itself, which was defined just above as a set of real matrices: each of Ji,KiJ_i,K_i is i\mathrm{i} times a real matrix, and it is the −iJi-\mathrm{i}J_i — real and antisymmetric — that span over R\mathbb{R} the so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) of the embedded rotations, while the −iKi-\mathrm{i}K_i are real symmetric and give the three remaining real directions.

  1. Two commuting copies of su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2), after complexifying. Put
Ni±=12(Ji±iKi).N^{\pm}_{i}=\tfrac12\bigl(J_i\pm\mathrm{i}K_i\bigr).

Then [Nj±,Nk±]=iϵjklNl±[N^{\pm}_j,N^{\pm}_k]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}N^{\pm}_l and [Nj+,Nk−]=0[N^{+}_j,N^{-}_k]=0. The two sets are not real combinations of JJ and KK, so this is an isomorphism of the complexified algebra, so(3,1)⊗C≅sl(2,C)⊕sl(2,C)\mathfrak{so}(3,1)\otimes\mathbb{C}\cong\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{C})\oplus\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{C}), not a splitting of the real one. The two quantities J2−K2\mathbf{J}^2-\mathbf{K}^2 and J⋅K\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{K} commute with all six generators and are the Casimir invariants, so the irreducible representations are labelled by a pair (j1,j2)(j_1,j_2) of spins. The splitting, the Casimir pair and that labelling are Hassani's (Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, pp. 974–975), in a notation and normalisation different from ours and without the word complexified; the remark below gives the dictionary and says where we part from him.

  1. The covering group SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}). For x∈R4x\in\mathbb{R}^4 set
X(x)=x0I+x⋅σ=(x0+x3x1−ix2x1+ix2x0−x3),X(x)=x^{0}I+\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} =\begin{pmatrix}x^{0}+x^{3}&x^{1}-\mathrm{i}x^{2}\\x^{1}+\mathrm{i}x^{2}&x^{0}-x^{3}\end{pmatrix},

a bijection from R4\mathbb{R}^4 onto the Hermitian 2×22\times2 matrices with det⁡X(x)=⟨x,x⟩η\det X(x)=\langle x,x\rangle_{\eta}. For A∈SL(2,C)A\in SL(2,\mathbb{C}) the map X↦AXA†X\mapsto AXA^{\dagger} preserves Hermiticity and the determinant, so there is a unique Λ(A)∈O(3,1)\Lambda(A)\in O(3,1) with

A X(x) A†=X(Λ(A) x),Λ(A)μν=12tr⁡(σμA σνA†)A\,X(x)\,A^{\dagger}=X\bigl(\Lambda(A)\,x\bigr), \qquad \Lambda(A)^{\mu}{}_{\nu}=\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}\bigl(\sigma_{\mu}A\,\sigma_{\nu}A^{\dagger}\bigr)

where σ0=I\sigma_0=I and σ1,σ2,σ3\sigma_1,\sigma_2,\sigma_3 are the Pauli matrices, with no index raising intended. The map

Λ:SL(2,C)⟶SO+(3,1)\Lambda:SL(2,\mathbb{C})\longrightarrow SO^{+}(3,1)

is a surjective group homomorphism with kernel {±I}\{\pm I\}, so SO+(3,1)≅SL(2,C)/{±I}SO^{+}(3,1)\cong SL(2,\mathbb{C})/\{\pm I\} and the covering is two-to-one. On the two generating families

Λ(exp⁡(−i2θ n^⋅σ))=R^n^(θ),Λ(exp⁡(12ρ n^⋅σ))=Bn^(ρ),\Lambda\Bigl(\exp\bigl(-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}{2}\theta\,\hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}\bigr)\Bigr)=\widehat R_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\theta), \qquad \Lambda\Bigl(\exp\bigl(\tfrac12\rho\,\hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}\bigr)\Bigr)=B_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\rho) ,

so the restriction to SU(2)SU(2) is exactly the covering SU(2)→SO(3)SU(2)\to SO(3) of the rotation group and SU(2), and the boosts come from the Hermitian positive-definite elements.

This part is ours, not our sources': neither book covers SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) by SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}), and the proof below is the SU(2)→SO(3)SU(2)\to SO(3) construction of the rotation group and SU(2) with "traceless Hermitian" widened to "Hermitian". The nearest statement in our library is Hassani's Theorem 31.2.6 (Hassani (2013), p. 996), that Spin(μ,ν)→SO(μ,ν)\mathrm{Spin}(\mu,\nu)\to SO(\mu,\nu) is a surjective homomorphism with kernel {1,−1}\{1,-1\}; it is stated for the full SO(μ,ν)SO(\mu,\nu) rather than for the identity component, and it is not accompanied there by the identification of Spin(3,1)\mathrm{Spin}(3,1) with SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}), so we prove what we need from scratch.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Three observations organise everything.

The first is that η\eta has one plus sign and three minuses, and that asymmetry alone produces the discrete structure. Reading the condition ΛTηΛ=η\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\Lambda=\eta in its (0,0)(0,0) entry says that the first column is a unit timelike vector: its time part beats its space part by exactly one. A unit timelike vector cannot have zero time component, so the sign of Λ00\Lambda^{0}{}_{0} can never change continuously — and that sign, together with the sign of the determinant, cuts the group into four pieces.

The second is that a unit timelike vector is precisely what a boost is built from. Every Λ\Lambda sends the time axis somewhere, and wherever it sends it, there is a boost doing the same thing; dividing that boost out leaves a transformation fixing the time axis, which can only be a rotation. That is the whole of the polar decomposition, and it says that the Lorentz group is the rotations plus three more directions, one per boost parameter.

The third is that the traceless Hermitian 2×22\times2 matrices form a three-dimensional real vector space, and adding the real scalars gives all 2×22\times2 Hermitian matrices, four-dimensional over R\mathbb{R} — and on that four-dimensional space the determinant is exactly the Minkowski form. The construction that covers SO(3)SO(3) by SU(2)SU(2) therefore runs again verbatim with "traceless Hermitian" widened to "Hermitian", "unitary" widened to "unimodular", and U⋅U†U\cdot U^{\dagger} left unchanged. Unitarity was what kept the trace — the time coordinate — fixed; dropping it is exactly what lets the time coordinate move, and the boosts are what appears.

Proof(Parts 1 and 2: the four pieces)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eqs. (29.38)–(29.40), pp. 940–941

Step 1: the determinant. Taking determinants in ΛTηΛ=η\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\Lambda=\eta and using det⁡ΛT=det⁡Λ\det\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}=\det\Lambda gives (det⁡Λ)2det⁡η=det⁡η(\det\Lambda)^{2}\det\eta=\det\eta, and det⁡η=−1≠0\det\eta=-1\neq0, so (det⁡Λ)2=1(\det\Lambda)^{2}=1. This is Hassani's Eq. (29.38) (Hassani (2013), p. 940).

Step 2: the two relations on a00a_{00}. The (0,0)(0,0) entry of ΛTηΛ=η\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\Lambda=\eta reads ∑μΛμ0 ημμ Λμ0=η00=1\sum_{\mu}\Lambda^{\mu}{}_{0}\,\eta_{\mu\mu}\,\Lambda^{\mu}{}_{0}=\eta_{00}=1, that is a002−∑i(Λi0)2=1a_{00}^{2}-\sum_i(\Lambda^{i}{}_{0})^{2}=1. Since η2=I\eta^{2}=I, the defining condition also gives ΛηΛT=η\Lambda\eta\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}=\eta: right-multiplying ΛTηΛ=η\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\Lambda=\eta by Λ−1η\Lambda^{-1}\eta turns the left side into ΛT\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}} and the right into ηΛ−1η\eta\Lambda^{-1}\eta, so

ΛT=η Λ−1η,equivalentlyΛ−1=η ΛTη,\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}=\eta\,\Lambda^{-1}\eta, \qquad\text{equivalently}\qquad \Lambda^{-1}=\eta\,\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta ,

and substituting that second form into the identity Λ Λ−1η=η\Lambda\,\Lambda^{-1}\eta=\eta, with η2=I\eta^{2}=I once more, gives ΛηΛT=η\Lambda\eta\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}=\eta. Its (0,0)(0,0) entry is the second relation. These are Hassani's Eqs. (29.39)–(29.40) (Hassani (2013), pp. 940–941). Both force a002≥1a_{00}^{2}\ge1.

Step 3: orthochronicity is multiplicative. Let Λ,Λ′\Lambda,\Lambda' be orthochronous, a=Λ00≥1a=\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}\ge1 and b=Λ′00≥1b=\Lambda'^{0}{}_{0}\ge1. Put ui=Λ0iu_i=\Lambda^{0}{}_{i} and vi=Λ′i0v_i=\Lambda'^{i}{}_{0}, so that by step 2, ∣u∣2=a2−1|\mathbf{u}|^{2}=a^{2}-1 and ∣v∣2=b2−1|\mathbf{v}|^{2}=b^{2}-1. Then

(ΛΛ′)00=Λ0μΛ′μ0=ab+u⋅v  ≥  ab−∣u∣∣v∣=ab−(a2−1)(b2−1),(\Lambda\Lambda')^{0}{}_{0}=\Lambda^{0}{}_{\mu}\Lambda'^{\mu}{}_{0}=ab+\mathbf{u}\cdot\mathbf{v} \;\ge\; ab-|\mathbf{u}||\mathbf{v}| = ab-\sqrt{(a^{2}-1)(b^{2}-1)} ,

by Cauchy-Schwarz. The right-hand side is positive, because a2b2−(a2−1)(b2−1)=a2+b2−1≥1>0a^{2}b^{2}-(a^{2}-1)(b^{2}-1)=a^{2}+b^{2}-1\ge1>0. Here both relations of step 2 are used, one for each factor. So (ΛΛ′)00>0(\Lambda\Lambda')^{0}{}_{0}>0; and part 1, applied to the Lorentz transformation ΛΛ′\Lambda\Lambda', gives ∣(ΛΛ′)00∣≥1|(\Lambda\Lambda')^{0}{}_{0}|\ge1, so the entry is in fact ≥1\ge1 and the product is orthochronous. Since a00a_{00} never vanishes, the same computation applied to Λ−1=ηΛTη\Lambda^{-1}=\eta\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta (step 2) — whose (0,0)(0,0) entry is again a00a_{00} — shows the orthochronous transformations are closed under inverses.

Step 4: four cosets. det⁡\det is multiplicative, so Λ↦(sgn⁡det⁡Λ,sgn⁡Λ00)\Lambda\mapsto(\operatorname{sgn}\det\Lambda,\operatorname{sgn}\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}) is a homomorphism onto {±1}×{±1}\{\pm1\}\times\{\pm1\} with kernel SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1); it is onto because PP, TT and PTPT realise the three non-trivial values, as their diagonal entries show. By the first isomorphism theorem the kernel has index four. That every element of the kernel is joined to the identity by a continuous path is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), p. 941) statement, which part 3 makes concrete by writing each one as a boost times a rotation and joining both factors to II; the converse, that nothing else can be, is the continuity argument of part 2 above, so the kernel is the identity component. □\square

Proof(Part 3: boost times rotation)Original

Step 1: read off the boost. Let Λ∈SO+(3,1)\Lambda\in SO^{+}(3,1) and let c=Λe0c=\Lambda e_0 be its first column, c=(γ,γβ)c=(\gamma,\gamma\boldsymbol{\beta}) with γ=Λ00≥1\gamma=\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}\ge1 and γβi=Λi0\gamma\beta_i=\Lambda^{i}{}_{0}. Step 2 of the previous proof gives γ2(1−∣β∣2)=1\gamma^{2}(1-|\boldsymbol{\beta}|^{2})=1, so ∣β∣<1|\boldsymbol{\beta}|<1 and γ=(1−∣β∣2)−1/2\gamma=(1-|\boldsymbol{\beta}|^{2})^{-1/2}, exactly the relation the boost B(β)B(\boldsymbol{\beta}) requires. Its first column is (γ,γβ)=c(\gamma,\gamma\boldsymbol{\beta})=c as well. (For β=0\boldsymbol{\beta}=\mathbf{0} read B=IB=I.)

Step 2: what is left fixes the time axis. Put R^:=B(β)−1Λ\widehat R:=B(\boldsymbol{\beta})^{-1}\Lambda. It lies in SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1), being a product of two such, and R^e0=B(β)−1c=e0\widehat R e_0=B(\boldsymbol{\beta})^{-1}c=e_0 by step 1, so its first column is δ0μ\delta^{\mu}_{0}. The first row vanishes off the diagonal too: the (0,j)(0,j) entry of R^TηR^=η\widehat R^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\widehat R=\eta reads

∑μR^μ0 ημμ R^μj=η0j=0(j=1,2,3),\sum_{\mu}\widehat R^{\mu}{}_{0}\,\eta_{\mu\mu}\,\widehat R^{\mu}{}_{j}=\eta_{0j}=0\qquad(j=1,2,3),

and the first factor is δ0μ\delta^{\mu}_{0}, leaving R^0j=0\widehat R^{0}{}_{j}=0. So R^=(100R)\widehat R=\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}1&0\\0&R\end{smallmatrix}\bigr), the remaining entries of R^TηR^=η\widehat R^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\widehat R=\eta collapse to −RTR=−I3-R^{\mathsf{T}}R=-I_3, and det⁡R=det⁡R^=1\det R=\det\widehat R=1: R∈SO(3)R\in SO(3).

Step 3: uniqueness. In any factorisation Λ=B(β′)R^′\Lambda=B(\boldsymbol{\beta}')\widehat R' the first column is B(β′)e0=(γ′,γ′β′)B(\boldsymbol{\beta}')e_0=(\gamma',\gamma'\boldsymbol{\beta}'), so γ′=γ\gamma'=\gamma and β′=β\boldsymbol{\beta}'=\boldsymbol{\beta}, whence R^′=R^\widehat R'=\widehat R.

Step 4: dimension and connectedness. The boosts are parametrised by the open unit ball ∣β∣<1|\boldsymbol{\beta}|<1 in R3\mathbb{R}^3 and the rotations by the connected three-dimensional SO(3)SO(3), so step 3 is a bijection SO+(3,1)↔{∣β∣<1}×SO(3)SO^{+}(3,1)\leftrightarrow\{|\boldsymbol{\beta}|<1\}\times SO(3), continuous both ways. Hence dim⁡SO+(3,1)=3+3=6\dim SO^{+}(3,1)=3+3=6 and SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) is connected, both factors being so. Here orthochronicity is used: without γ≥1\gamma\ge1 the first column could be (−γ,… )(-\gamma,\dots) and no boost would match it. □\square

Proof(Part 4: the generators and their brackets)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eqs. (29.41)–(29.42), p. 943, and §30.3.3, pp. 974–975

Step 1: the algebra as a matrix condition. Differentiating Λ(t)TηΛ(t)=η\Lambda(t)^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\Lambda(t)=\eta at t=0t=0 along a curve through the identity gives XTη+ηX=0X^{\mathsf{T}}\eta+\eta X=0, that is, ηX\eta X is antisymmetric (matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras). The antisymmetric 4×44\times4 matrices form a space of dimension (42)=6\binom42=6, and X↦ηXX\mapsto\eta X is a bijection onto it, so dim⁡so(3,1)=6\dim\mathfrak{so}(3,1)=6. Conversely exp⁡\exp of such an XX lies in O(3,1)O(3,1), since etXTη etX\mathrm{e}^{tX^{\mathsf{T}}}\eta\,\mathrm{e}^{tX} has vanishing tt-derivative.

Step 2: a basis. Hassani's matrices (Mμν)αβ=δναημβ−δμαηνβ(M_{\mu\nu})^{\alpha}{}_{\beta}=\delta^{\alpha}_{\nu}\eta_{\mu\beta}-\delta^{\alpha}_{\mu}\eta_{\nu\beta} satisfy ηMμν\eta M_{\mu\nu} antisymmetric and Mμν=−MνμM_{\mu\nu}=-M_{\nu\mu}, and the six with μ<ν\mu<\nu are independent, hence a basis. Spelling out two of them,

M03=(0001000000001000),M12=(000000100−1000000),M_{03}=\begin{pmatrix}0&0&0&1\\0&0&0&0\\0&0&0&0\\1&0&0&0\end{pmatrix}, \qquad M_{12}=\begin{pmatrix}0&0&0&0\\0&0&1&0\\0&-1&0&0\\0&0&0&0\end{pmatrix} ,

and exponentiating: exp⁡(ρM03)=B3(ρ)\exp(\rho M_{03})=B_3(\rho) is the boost of the definition, since M032M_{03}^{2} is the projector on the (0,3)(0,3) plane so the series sums to cosh⁡\cosh and sinh⁡\sinh; and exp⁡(θM12)\exp(\theta M_{12}) is the rotation by −θ-\theta about the third axis, since M122M_{12}^{2} is minus the projector on the (1,2)(1,2) plane.

Step 3: the covariant brackets. Contracting the index σ\sigma,

(MμνMκλ)αβ=(δναημσ−δμαηνσ)(δλσηκβ−δκσηλβ)=δναημληκβ−δναημκηλβ−δμαηνληκβ+δμαηνκηλβ.(M_{\mu\nu}M_{\kappa\lambda})^{\alpha}{}_{\beta} =\bigl(\delta^{\alpha}_{\nu}\eta_{\mu\sigma}-\delta^{\alpha}_{\mu}\eta_{\nu\sigma}\bigr)\bigl(\delta^{\sigma}_{\lambda}\eta_{\kappa\beta}-\delta^{\sigma}_{\kappa}\eta_{\lambda\beta}\bigr) =\delta^{\alpha}_{\nu}\eta_{\mu\lambda}\eta_{\kappa\beta} -\delta^{\alpha}_{\nu}\eta_{\mu\kappa}\eta_{\lambda\beta} -\delta^{\alpha}_{\mu}\eta_{\nu\lambda}\eta_{\kappa\beta} +\delta^{\alpha}_{\mu}\eta_{\nu\kappa}\eta_{\lambda\beta}.

Subtracting the same expression with (μν)(\mu\nu) and (κλ)(\kappa\lambda) exchanged gives eight terms, which pair off two at a time: the terms carrying ημκ\eta_{\mu\kappa} are −δναημκηλβ+δλαημκηνβ=ημκ(Mνλ)αβ-\delta^{\alpha}_{\nu}\eta_{\mu\kappa}\eta_{\lambda\beta}+\delta^{\alpha}_{\lambda}\eta_{\mu\kappa}\eta_{\nu\beta}=\eta_{\mu\kappa}(M_{\nu\lambda})^{\alpha}{}_{\beta}, and the three other pairs assemble the same way. Hence

[Mμν,Mκλ]=ημκMνλ−ημλMνκ+ηνλMμκ−ηνκMμλ,[M_{\mu\nu},M_{\kappa\lambda}]=\eta_{\mu\kappa}M_{\nu\lambda}-\eta_{\mu\lambda}M_{\nu\kappa}+\eta_{\nu\lambda}M_{\mu\kappa}-\eta_{\nu\kappa}M_{\mu\lambda},

which is Hassani's Eq. (29.42). We have also checked the identity entry by entry for all 444^{4} index choices.

Step 4: the physicists' basis. With Ji=−i2ϵijkMjkJ_i=-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}{2}\epsilon_{ijk}M_{jk} and Ki=iM0iK_i=\mathrm{i}M_{0i}, each bracket follows from step 3 by contracting with Levi-Civita symbols and using ηjk=−δjk\eta_{jk}=-\delta_{jk} for spatial indices and η00=1\eta_{00}=1. Explicitly, J3=−iM12J_3=-\mathrm{i}M_{12} so exp⁡(−iθJ3)=exp⁡(−θM12)\exp(-\mathrm{i}\theta J_3)=\exp(-\theta M_{12}) is the rotation by +θ+\theta, matching the convention of the rotation group; and K3=iM03K_3=\mathrm{i}M_{03} so exp⁡(−iρK3)=exp⁡(ρM03)=B3(ρ)\exp(-\mathrm{i}\rho K_3)=\exp(\rho M_{03})=B_3(\rho). The three relations are

[Jj,Jk]=iϵjklJl,[Jj,Kk]=iϵjklKl,[Kj,Kk]=−iϵjklJl,[J_j,J_k]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l, \qquad [J_j,K_k]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}K_l, \qquad [K_j,K_k]=-\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l ,

verified matrix by matrix for all nine pairs in each line. The middle one says that K\mathbf{K} is a vector under rotations; the last one, with its minus sign, is where the signature enters — in so(4)\mathfrak{so}(4) the sign is ++. Hermiticity: MjkM_{jk} is real antisymmetric so Ji=−i2ϵijkMjkJ_i=-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}{2}\epsilon_{ijk}M_{jk} is Hermitian; M0iM_{0i} is real symmetric so Ki=iM0iK_i=\mathrm{i}M_{0i} is anti-Hermitian.

Step 5: part 5. The splitting is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, pp. 974–975), who forms it from his real generators; we do it in the Hermitian normalisation of step 4. Expanding and using (±i)2=−1(\pm\mathrm{i})^{2}=-1,

[Nj±,Nk±]=14([Jj,Jk]−[Kj,Kk]±i([Jj,Kk]+[Kj,Jk])).[N^{\pm}_j,N^{\pm}_k]=\tfrac14\Bigl([J_j,J_k]-[K_j,K_k]\pm\mathrm{i}\bigl([J_j,K_k]+[K_j,J_k]\bigr)\Bigr).

The first two brackets contribute iϵjklJl−(−iϵjklJl)=2iϵjklJl\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l-(-\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l)=2\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l, and since [Kj,Jk]=−[Jk,Kj]=−iϵkjlKl=iϵjklKl[K_j,J_k]=-[J_k,K_j]=-\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{kjl}K_l=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}K_l the last two contribute 2iϵjklKl2\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}K_l. Hence

[Nj±,Nk±]=14(2iϵjklJl±i⋅2iϵjklKl)=i2ϵjkl(Jl±iKl)=iϵjklNl±.[N^{\pm}_j,N^{\pm}_k]=\tfrac14\bigl(2\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l\pm\mathrm{i}\cdot2\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}K_l\bigr) =\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}{2}\epsilon_{jkl}\bigl(J_l\pm\mathrm{i}K_l\bigr)=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}N^{\pm}_l .

For the mixed bracket the same expansion gives 14([Jj,Jk]+[Kj,Kk]−i[Jj,Kk]+i[Kj,Jk])\tfrac14\bigl([J_j,J_k]+[K_j,K_k]-\mathrm{i}[J_j,K_k]+\mathrm{i}[K_j,J_k]\bigr), in which the first pair is iϵjklJl−iϵjklJl=0\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l-\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l=0 and the second is −i⋅iϵjklKl+i⋅iϵjklKl=0-\mathrm{i}\cdot\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}K_l+\mathrm{i}\cdot\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}K_l=0: the two families commute. □\square

Proof(Part 6: the covering by SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}))Original

This is the argument of the rotation group and SU(2) with "traceless Hermitian" relaxed to "Hermitian".

Step 1: XX is the right dictionary. A 2×22\times2 matrix is Hermitian exactly when it is x0I+x⋅σx^{0}I+\mathbf{x}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma} for real x0,xx^{0},\mathbf{x}, since I,σ1,σ2,σ3I,\sigma_1,\sigma_2,\sigma_3 are Hermitian and a real basis of that four-dimensional real space. Expanding the 2×22\times2 determinant of the displayed matrix,

det⁡X(x)=(x0+x3)(x0−x3)−(x1−ix2)(x1+ix2)=(x0)2−∣x∣2=⟨x,x⟩η.\det X(x)=(x^{0}+x^{3})(x^{0}-x^{3})-(x^{1}-\mathrm{i}x^{2})(x^{1}+\mathrm{i}x^{2})=(x^{0})^{2}-|\mathbf{x}|^{2}=\langle x,x\rangle_{\eta} .

The inverse dictionary is x0=12tr⁡Xx^{0}=\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}X and xi=12tr⁡(σiX)x^{i}=\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(\sigma_iX), from tr⁡(σiσj)=2δij\operatorname{tr}(\sigma_i\sigma_j)=2\delta_{ij} and tr⁡σi=0\operatorname{tr}\sigma_i=0.

Step 2: the action. For A∈SL(2,C)A\in SL(2,\mathbb{C}), (AXA†)†=AX†A†=AXA†(AXA^{\dagger})^{\dagger}=AX^{\dagger}A^{\dagger}=AXA^{\dagger}, so AXA†AXA^{\dagger} is Hermitian, and det⁡(AXA†)=∣det⁡A∣2det⁡X=det⁡X\det(AXA^{\dagger})=|\det A|^{2}\det X=\det X. By step 1 there is a unique real linear Λ(A)\Lambda(A) with AX(x)A†=X(Λ(A)x)AX(x)A^{\dagger}=X(\Lambda(A)x), and it preserves ⟨⋅,⋅⟩η\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_{\eta} — a quadratic form determines its bilinear form by polarisation — so Λ(A)∈O(3,1)\Lambda(A)\in O(3,1). The entry formula follows by applying xμ=12tr⁡(σμX)x^{\mu}=\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(\sigma^{\mu}X) to AσνA†A\sigma_{\nu}A^{\dagger}. Composition: (AB)X(AB)†=A(BXB†)A†(AB)X(AB)^{\dagger}=A(BXB^{\dagger})A^{\dagger}, so Λ(AB)=Λ(A)Λ(B)\Lambda(AB)=\Lambda(A)\Lambda(B).

Step 3: the image. Both generating families are direct computations. For A=exp⁡(−i2θn^⋅σ)∈SU(2)A=\exp(-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}{2}\theta\hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma})\in SU(2) we have A†=A−1A^{\dagger}=A^{-1}, so tr⁡(AXA†)=tr⁡X\operatorname{tr}(AXA^{\dagger})=\operatorname{tr}X and x0x^{0} is untouched, while on the traceless part the action is the rotation Rn^(θ)R_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\theta) of the rotation group and SU(2); hence Λ(A)=R^n^(θ)\Lambda(A)=\widehat R_{\hat{\mathbf{n}}}(\theta). For A=exp⁡(12ρ n^⋅σ)A=\exp(\tfrac12\rho\,\hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}), take n^=z^\hat{\mathbf{n}}=\hat{\mathbf{z}} (the general case follows by conjugating with the previous family): A=diag⁡(eρ/2,e−ρ/2)A=\operatorname{diag}(\mathrm{e}^{\rho/2},\mathrm{e}^{-\rho/2}) is Hermitian, and AXA†AX A^{\dagger} multiplies the diagonal entries x0±x3x^{0}\pm x^{3} of XX by e±ρ\mathrm{e}^{\pm\rho}, which is

x′0=x0cosh⁡ρ+x3sinh⁡ρ,x′3=x0sinh⁡ρ+x3cosh⁡ρ,x'^{0}=x^{0}\cosh\rho+x^{3}\sinh\rho,\qquad x'^{3}=x^{0}\sinh\rho+x^{3}\cosh\rho,

that is B3(ρ)B_3(\rho). By part 3 every element of SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) is a boost times a rotation, so Λ\Lambda is onto SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1). It lands in no other piece: every A∈SL(2,C)A\in SL(2,\mathbb{C}) is ehU\mathrm{e}^{h}U with hh traceless Hermitian and U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2) — take eh=(AA†)1/2\mathrm{e}^{h}=(AA^{\dagger})^{1/2}, which is positive-definite Hermitian with determinant ∣det⁡A∣=1|\det A|=1, and U=e−hAU=\mathrm{e}^{-h}A — so SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}) is connected, being a product of two connected sets; Λ\Lambda is continuous and Λ(I)=I\Lambda(I)=I, so the image lies in the connected component of the identity.

Step 4: the kernel. Suppose AXA†=XAXA^{\dagger}=X for every Hermitian XX. Taking X=IX=I gives AA†=IAA^{\dagger}=I, so A∈SU(2)A\in SU(2); then AσiA†=σiA\sigma_iA^{\dagger}=\sigma_i for each ii, and the kernel computation of the rotation group and SU(2) gives A=±IA=\pm I. Both are in SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}), so the kernel is {±I}\{\pm I\} and the homomorphism is two-to-one; the isomorphism SO+(3,1)≅SL(2,C)/{±I}SO^{+}(3,1)\cong SL(2,\mathbb{C})/\{\pm I\} is the first isomorphism theorem. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original

The signature, not just the non-degeneracy. The bound ∣Λ00∣≥1|\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}|\ge1 of part 1 comes from η\eta having exactly one positive entry: the relation a002=1+∑i(Λi0)2a_{00}^{2}=1+\sum_i(\Lambda^{i}{}_{0})^{2} puts all the squares on one side only because the three space-space entries of η\eta share a sign. For a form of signature (2,2)(2,2) the same (0,0)(0,0) entry reads a002+a102−a202−a302=1a_{00}^{2}+a_{10}^{2}-a_{20}^{2}-a_{30}^{2}=1, which does not keep a00a_{00} away from zero — the rotation mixing the two positive directions drives it through 00 — so there is no orthochronous/antichronous dichotomy of this shape, and the second discrete label of O(2,2)O(2,2) has to be built from the determinant of its 2×22\times2 time block instead. One time direction is what makes the sign of Λ00\Lambda^{0}{}_{0} meaningful, and with it the statement that an observer's future stays the future. The minus sign in [Kj,Kk]=−iϵjklJl[K_j,K_k]=-\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l has the same origin, and flipping it gives so(4)≅su(2)⊕su(2)\mathfrak{so}(4)\cong\mathfrak{su}(2)\oplus\mathfrak{su}(2) as a real direct sum.

Both signs are needed, separately. Neither invariant alone cuts out the identity component. PT=−IPT=-I has det⁡=+1\det=+1 yet Λ00=−1\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}=-1, so "proper" does not imply "connected to the identity"; P=diag⁡(1,−1,−1,−1)P=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1) has Λ00=1\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}=1 yet det⁡=−1\det=-1, so "orthochronous" does not either. This is why the physically relevant group carries two decorations, SS and ++.

Orthochronicity in the polar decomposition. Step 4 of that proof flags it: a boost has γ≥1\gamma\ge1 by construction, so an antichronous Λ\Lambda can never be written as boost times rotation. It is TT times one that can.

Non-compactness, and why there are no finite-dimensional unitary representations. The KiK_i are anti-Hermitian in the defining representation, so exp⁡(−iρn^⋅K)\exp(-\mathrm{i}\rho\hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\mathbf{K}) grows like e∣ρ∣\mathrm{e}^{|\rho|} and the matrix entries of SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) are unbounded. No change of basis repairs this, but the reason is subtler than a clash of Hermiticity. Suppose a finite-dimensional representation of the algebra were unitary, so that all six of Ji,KiJ_i,K_i act as Hermitian matrices. The three brackets raise no objection on their own: for Hermitian A,BA,B the commutator [A,B][A,B] is anti-Hermitian, so each of [Jj,Jk]=iϵjklJl[J_j,J_k]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l and [Kj,Kk]=−iϵjklJl[K_j,K_k]=-\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l says only that JlJ_l is Hermitian, which was the assumption. What Hermiticity really does is act on the splitting of part 5: it gives

(Ni+)†=12(Ji+iKi)†=12(Ji−iKi)=Ni−,(N^{+}_i)^{\dagger}=\tfrac12\bigl(J_i+\mathrm{i}K_i\bigr)^{\dagger}=\tfrac12\bigl(J_i-\mathrm{i}K_i\bigr)=N^{-}_i ,

so the adjoint carries each sl(2,C)\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{C}) factor onto the other one — and the other one commutes with it. Now use N3+=−i[N1+,N2+]N^{+}_3=-\mathrm{i}[N^{+}_1,N^{+}_2] together with the trace identity tr⁡([A,B]C)=tr⁡(A[B,C])\operatorname{tr}\bigl([A,B]C\bigr)=\operatorname{tr}\bigl(A[B,C]\bigr), valid for any three matrices:

tr⁡(N3+(N3+)†)=tr⁡(N3+N3−)=−itr⁡([N1+,N2+] N3−)=−itr⁡(N1+ [N2+,N3−])=0.\operatorname{tr}\bigl(N^{+}_3(N^{+}_3)^{\dagger}\bigr) =\operatorname{tr}\bigl(N^{+}_3N^{-}_3\bigr) =-\mathrm{i}\operatorname{tr}\bigl([N^{+}_1,N^{+}_2]\,N^{-}_3\bigr) =-\mathrm{i}\operatorname{tr}\bigl(N^{+}_1\,[N^{+}_2,N^{-}_3]\bigr)=0 .

The left-hand side is the sum of ∣⋅∣2|\cdot|^{2} over the entries of N3+N^{+}_3 — this is where finite-dimensionality is used, since the trace has to exist — so N3+=0N^{+}_3=0, and cycling the indices gives N1+=N2+=0N^{+}_1=N^{+}_2=0 and then Ni−=(Ni+)†=0N^{-}_i=(N^{+}_i)^{\dagger}=0. Hence Ji=Ni++Ni−=0J_i=N^{+}_i+N^{-}_i=0 and Ki=−i(Ni+−Ni−)=0K_i=-\mathrm{i}(N^{+}_i-N^{-}_i)=0: the representation of the algebra is trivial, and since SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1) is connected (part 3), the representation of the group is trivial too. This is the special case for so(3,1)\mathfrak{so}(3,1) of the standard fact that a connected non-compact simple Lie group has no non-trivial finite-dimensional unitary representation. The unitary representations of physical interest are therefore infinite-dimensional, and the finite-dimensional ones — the ones that carry fields — are not unitary.

The sign in [K,K][K,K] is what does the work. Running the previous paragraph on so(4)\mathfrak{so}(4) must fail, because su(2)⊕su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2)\oplus\mathfrak{su}(2) has unitary representations in every dimension, and it does fail at exactly the step the sign controls. With [Kj,Kk]=+iϵjklJl[K_j,K_k]=+\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}J_l the two commuting families are the real combinations Ai±=12(Ji±Ki)A^{\pm}_i=\tfrac12(J_i\pm K_i), not 12(Ji±iKi)\tfrac12(J_i\pm\mathrm{i}K_i), so Hermitian J,KJ,K give (Ai+)†=Ai+(A^{+}_i)^{\dagger}=A^{+}_i instead of (Ai+)†=Ai−(A^{+}_i)^{\dagger}=A^{-}_i: the adjoint fixes each factor rather than swapping them. The trace then reads tr⁡(A3+(A3+)†)=−itr⁡(A1+[A2+,A3+])=tr⁡((A1+)2)\operatorname{tr}\bigl(A^{+}_3(A^{+}_3)^{\dagger}\bigr)=-\mathrm{i}\operatorname{tr}\bigl(A^{+}_1[A^{+}_2,A^{+}_3]\bigr)=\operatorname{tr}\bigl((A^{+}_1)^{2}\bigr), with no commuting partner to annihilate it and no conclusion to draw. The two-dimensional example Ai+=12σiA^{+}_i=\tfrac12\sigma_i, Ai−=0A^{-}_i=0, that is Ji=Ki=12σiJ_i=K_i=\tfrac12\sigma_i, satisfies the so(4)\mathfrak{so}(4) brackets with both families Hermitian.

Complexified, not real. Part 5 is an isomorphism of complexifications. The combinations N±=12(J±iK)N^{\pm}=\tfrac12(J\pm\mathrm{i}K) require the imaginary unit, and no real change of basis splits so(3,1)\mathfrak{so}(3,1): it is a simple real Lie algebra, isomorphic to sl(2,C)\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{C}) regarded as a six-dimensional real algebra. Saying "so(3,1)=su(2)⊕su(2)\mathfrak{so}(3,1)=\mathfrak{su}(2)\oplus\mathfrak{su}(2)" without the word "complexified" is a false statement, and it is the statement that would be true for so(4)\mathfrak{so}(4).

Hassani's notation in part 5, and where we leave him. Hassani (Hassani (2013), §30.3.3, pp. 974–975) reaches the same splitting from the real generators M=(M23,M31,M12)\mathbf{M}=(M_{23},M_{31},M_{12}) and N=(M01,M02,M03)\mathbf{N}=(M_{01},M_{02},M_{03}), which in our normalisation are iJ\mathrm{i}\mathbf{J} and −iK-\mathrm{i}\mathbf{K}. His two families 12i(M+iN)\tfrac{1}{2\mathrm{i}}(\mathbf{M}+\mathrm{i}\mathbf{N}) and 12i(M−iN)\tfrac{1}{2\mathrm{i}}(\mathbf{M}-\mathrm{i}\mathbf{N}) — which he calls J\mathbf{J} and K\mathbf{K}, our symbols for something else — are exactly our N−\mathbf{N}^{-} and N+\mathbf{N}^{+}; we checked all four identifications on the matrices of part 4. His Casimir pair M2−N2\mathbf{M}^{2}-\mathbf{N}^{2}, M⋅N\mathbf{M}\cdot\mathbf{N} is our K2−J2\mathbf{K}^{2}-\mathbf{J}^{2}, J⋅K\mathbf{J}\cdot\mathbf{K}: the same two invariants, the first with the opposite overall sign (in the defining representation his is −3I-3I where ours is +3I+3I). Two further differences. His brackets are written for real generators and so carry no factor i\mathrm{i}, and he keeps that form for the two complex families as well, where his own relations for M\mathbf{M} and N\mathbf{N} give the factor back; ours is the Hermitian normalisation, in which [Nj±,Nk±]=iϵjklNl±[N^{\pm}_j,N^{\pm}_k]=\mathrm{i}\epsilon_{jkl}N^{\pm}_l, and the difference is recorded in verification/discrepancies.md. And he calls so(3,1)\mathfrak{so}(3,1) the direct sum of the two algebras without the qualifier complexified; by the previous paragraph that reading is the one we do not take, which is why part 5 says "after complexifying" and why this unit states the isomorphism for so(3,1)⊗C\mathfrak{so}(3,1)\otimes\mathbb{C}. The labelling of the irreducible representations by a pair of spins, which the application uses, is his and is unaffected.

One boost is symmetric; two need not be. B(β)B(\boldsymbol{\beta}) is symmetric, as both sources note. A product of two boosts in different directions is not symmetric, so by part 3 it is not a boost: the leftover rotation is unavoidable. The worked example computes it.

Method(Identifying and decomposing a Lorentz transformation)Original

Given a real 4×44\times4 matrix Λ\Lambda:

  1. Is it Lorentz? Compute ΛTηΛ\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\Lambda and compare with η\eta. Sixteen entries, ten of them independent by symmetry.
  2. Which piece? Read det⁡Λ\det\Lambda and Λ00\Lambda^{0}{}_{0}. The pair of signs names the coset: (+,+)(+,+) is SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1), (−,+)(-,+) is P SO+(3,1)P\,SO^{+}(3,1), (+,−)(+,-) is PT SO+(3,1)PT\,SO^{+}(3,1), (−,−)(-,-) is T SO+(3,1)T\,SO^{+}(3,1). If the signs are not (+,+)(+,+), multiply by whichever of PP, TT, PTPT restores them and continue with the result.
  3. Is it a pure boost? A boost is symmetric. If Λ≠ΛT\Lambda\neq\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}, it is not one, and a rotation is hiding in it.
  4. Extract the boost. From the first column set γ=Λ00\gamma=\Lambda^{0}{}_{0} and βi=Λi0/γ\beta_i=\Lambda^{i}{}_{0}/\gamma; check γ=(1−∣β∣2)−1/2\gamma=(1-|\boldsymbol{\beta}|^{2})^{-1/2} as an arithmetic test of step 1. Build B(β)B(\boldsymbol{\beta}) from the block formula, and the rapidity is ρ=artanh⁡∣β∣\rho=\operatorname{artanh}|\boldsymbol{\beta}|.
  5. Extract the rotation. R^=B(β)−1Λ\widehat R=B(\boldsymbol{\beta})^{-1}\Lambda, whose first row and column must come out (1,0,0,0)(1,0,0,0); the lower block is R∈SO(3)R\in SO(3), and its angle is cos⁡θ=12(tr⁡R−1)\cos\theta=\tfrac12(\operatorname{tr}R-1) with axis the eigenvector of eigenvalue 11.
  6. Lift to SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}) if spinors are wanted. A=±exp⁡(12ρ β^⋅σ)exp⁡(−i2θ m^⋅σ)A=\pm\exp\bigl(\tfrac12\rho\,\hat{\boldsymbol{\beta}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}\bigr)\exp\bigl(-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}{2}\theta\,\hat{\mathbf{m}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\sigma}\bigr), with m^\hat{\mathbf{m}} the rotation axis. The two signs are the whole content of the double cover; neither is preferred.
  7. Check. Recover Λ\Lambda as 12tr⁡(σμAσνA†)\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(\sigma_{\mu}A\sigma_{\nu}A^{\dagger}), or simply re-multiply B(β)R^B(\boldsymbol{\beta})\widehat R.
Example(Two perpendicular boosts, and the rotation they leave behind)Original

Boost along the first axis with β1=3/5\beta_1=3/5, then along the second with β2=4/5\beta_2=4/5, so that

γ1=54,γ2=53,ρ1=artanh⁡35=0.6931472,ρ2=artanh⁡45=1.0986123.\gamma_1=\tfrac54,\qquad \gamma_2=\tfrac53,\qquad \rho_1=\operatorname{artanh}\tfrac35=0.6931472,\qquad \rho_2=\operatorname{artanh}\tfrac45=1.0986123 .

Step 1: the composite. Multiplying B(β2e^2) B(β1e^1)B(\beta_2\hat{\mathbf{e}}_2)\,B(\beta_1\hat{\mathbf{e}}_1) out,

Λ=(2512544303454005315300001),ΛTηΛ=η,det⁡Λ=1,Λ00=2512=2.0833333.\Lambda= \begin{pmatrix} \tfrac{25}{12}&\tfrac54&\tfrac43&0\\[2pt] \tfrac34&\tfrac54&0&0\\[2pt] \tfrac53&1&\tfrac53&0\\[2pt] 0&0&0&1 \end{pmatrix}, \qquad \Lambda^{\mathsf{T}}\eta\Lambda=\eta,\qquad \det\Lambda=1,\qquad \Lambda^{0}{}_{0}=\tfrac{25}{12}=2.0833333 .

It is proper and orthochronous — but it is not symmetric (Λ01=54\Lambda^{0}{}_{1}=\tfrac54 against Λ10=34\Lambda^{1}{}_{0}=\tfrac34), so by part 3 and the last remark it is not a pure boost.

Step 2: extract the boost. The first column gives γ=2512\gamma=\tfrac{25}{12} and

β=1γ(34,53,0)=(925,45,0),∣β∣2=81625+1625=481625=0.7696,\boldsymbol{\beta}=\frac{1}{\gamma}\Bigl(\tfrac34,\tfrac53,0\Bigr)=\Bigl(\tfrac{9}{25},\tfrac45,0\Bigr), \qquad |\boldsymbol{\beta}|^{2}=\frac{81}{625}+\frac{16}{25}=\frac{481}{625}=0.7696 ,

and indeed (1−481/625)−1/2=(144/625)−1/2=25/12(1-481/625)^{-1/2}=(144/625)^{-1/2}=25/12, confirming the consistency relation of step 1 of that proof. Note in passing that γ=γ1γ2\gamma=\gamma_1\gamma_2, which is special to perpendicular boosts. With (γ−1)/∣β∣2=(13/12)(625/481)=625/444(\gamma-1)/|\boldsymbol{\beta}|^{2}=(13/12)(625/481)=625/444 the block formula gives

B(β)=(251234530341751481537053153721111100001)=(2.08333330.751.666666700.751.18243240.405405401.66666670.40540541.900900900001),B(\boldsymbol{\beta})= \begin{pmatrix} \tfrac{25}{12}&\tfrac34&\tfrac53&0\\[2pt] \tfrac34&\tfrac{175}{148}&\tfrac{15}{37}&0\\[2pt] \tfrac53&\tfrac{15}{37}&\tfrac{211}{111}&0\\[2pt] 0&0&0&1 \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} 2.0833333&0.75&1.6666667&0\\ 0.75&1.1824324&0.4054054&0\\ 1.6666667&0.4054054&1.9009009&0\\ 0&0&0&1 \end{pmatrix},

symmetric and η\eta-orthogonal, as checked directly.

Step 3: the leftover rotation. Inverting and multiplying,

R^=B(β)−1Λ=(100003537−1237001237353700001),\widehat R=B(\boldsymbol{\beta})^{-1}\Lambda= \begin{pmatrix} 1&0&0&0\\ 0&\tfrac{35}{37}&-\tfrac{12}{37}&0\\ 0&\tfrac{12}{37}&\tfrac{35}{37}&0\\ 0&0&0&1 \end{pmatrix} ,

a rotation about the third axis through the angle θ\theta with

cos⁡θ=3537=0.9459459,sin⁡θ=1237=0.3243243,tan⁡θ=1235,\cos\theta=\tfrac{35}{37}=0.9459459, \qquad \sin\theta=\tfrac{12}{37}=0.3243243, \qquad \tan\theta=\tfrac{12}{35},θ=0.3302974 rad=18.9246∘.\theta=0.3302974\ \text{rad}=18.9246^{\circ} .

The Pythagorean triple (12,35,37)(12,35,37) is an accident of the chosen velocities, not of the construction. This angle is the Wigner rotation; accumulated around a closed orbit it is the Thomas precession that Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 864) identify as the origin of the spin-orbit factor in atomic fine structure, and its appearance here is their statement that non-collinear boosts compose into a boost plus a rotation.

Step 4: the same number from SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}). Repeating the calculation in the covering group, A=exp⁡(12ρ2σ2)exp⁡(12ρ1σ1)A=\exp(\tfrac12\rho_2\sigma_2)\exp(\tfrac12\rho_1\sigma_1) has det⁡A=1\det A=1, and Λ(A)\Lambda(A) computed from 12tr⁡(σμAσνA†)\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(\sigma_{\mu}A\sigma_{\nu}A^{\dagger}) reproduces the matrix Λ\Lambda of step 1 entry for entry. Its polar decomposition A=HUA=HU has

U=(e−iθ/200eiθ/2),cos⁡θ2=0.9863939,U=\begin{pmatrix}\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\theta/2}&0\\0&\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\theta/2}\end{pmatrix}, \qquad \cos\tfrac{\theta}{2}=0.9863939 ,

and 2arccos⁡(0.9863939)=0.33029742\arccos(0.9863939)=0.3302974: the same angle, as it must be, and the half-angle is the visible sign that SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}) is the double cover.

Step 5: a general formula, checked. For two perpendicular boosts the construction above gives

tan⁡θ=γ1γ2β1β2γ1+γ2,\tan\theta=\frac{\gamma_1\gamma_2\beta_1\beta_2}{\gamma_1+\gamma_2} ,

which at our values is (25/12)(12/25)35/12=1235\dfrac{(25/12)(12/25)}{35/12}=\dfrac{12}{35}, as found. Repeating steps 1–3 numerically at (β1,β2)=(12,12)(\beta_1,\beta_2)=(\tfrac12,\tfrac12) gives θ=0.1433476\theta=0.1433476 against arctan⁡((4/3)(1/4)/(4/3))=0.1433476\arctan\bigl((4/3)(1/4)/(4/\sqrt3)\bigr)=0.1433476, and at (910,13)(\tfrac{9}{10},\tfrac13) gives 0.21425660.2142566 from both routes.

ApplicationOriginal

Electromagnetism is a two-index Lorentz tensor. The electric and magnetic fields are not separately Lorentz objects; the antisymmetric field tensor FμλF^{\mu\lambda} of Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eqs. (17.77)–(17.79), p. 866) holds both, with E\mathbf{E} in the time row and cBc\mathbf{B} in the spatial block, and it transforms with one copy of Λ\Lambda on each index. Their Eq. (17.79) carries an overall factor ε0\varepsilon_0, which we drop: a constant multiple of FF transforms in exactly the same way, and the factor cancels in the ratios of components and in the two invariants below. Their component rules, Eqs. (17.82)–(17.83), are written in the passive convention: there vv is the velocity, along the third axis, of the transformed coordinate system relative to the original, so the matrix used is Arfken's U(ρ)U(\rho) and not our B3(ρ)B_3(\rho). As printed they read

Ex′=γ(Ex−vBy),Ey′=γ(Ey+vBx),Ez′=Ez,E'_x=\gamma(E_x-vB_y),\quad E'_y=\gamma(E_y+vB_x),\quad E'_z=E_z,Bx′=γ(Bx+vc2Ey),By′=γ(By−vc2Ex),Bz′=Bz.B'_x=\gamma\bigl(B_x+\tfrac{v}{c^{2}}E_y\bigr),\quad B'_y=\gamma\bigl(B_y-\tfrac{v}{c^{2}}E_x\bigr),\quad B'_z=B_z .

Since B3(ρ)=U(−ρ)B_3(\rho)=U(-\rho), the active rules are these with vv replaced by −v-v; we keep the active convention declared above, so every sign below is the −v-v one.

Take a lab field that is purely electric, E=(E0,0,0)\mathbf{E}=(E_0,0,0) and B=0\mathbf{B}=\mathbf{0}, and boost it actively along the third axis with β=3/5\beta=3/5, γ=5/4\gamma=5/4, βγ=3/4\beta\gamma=3/4. Evaluating F′=ΛFΛTF'=\Lambda F\Lambda^{\mathsf{T}} with Λ=B3(artanh⁡35)\Lambda=B_3(\operatorname{artanh}\tfrac35) and FF the matrix of Eq. (17.79) gives

E′=(1.25 E0,0,0),cB′=(0,+0.75 E0,0),\mathbf{E}'=(1.25\,E_0,0,0),\qquad c\mathbf{B}'=(0,+0.75\,E_0,0) ,

a magnetic field out of nothing. (In Arfken's passive convention the same arithmetic returns cBy′=−0.75 E0cB'_y=-0.75\,E_0; the magnitude is the one he prints and only the sign tracks the convention.) The two Lorentz invariants of FF survive the change:

∣E′∣2−c2∣B′∣2=(1.252−0.752)E02=1.0 E02=∣E∣2−c2∣B∣2,E′⋅B′=0=E⋅B.|\mathbf{E}'|^{2}-c^{2}|\mathbf{B}'|^{2}=(1.25^{2}-0.75^{2})E_0^{2}=1.0\,E_0^{2}=|\mathbf{E}|^{2}-c^{2}|\mathbf{B}|^{2}, \qquad \mathbf{E}'\cdot\mathbf{B}'=0=\mathbf{E}\cdot\mathbf{B} .

Because ∣E∣2−c2∣B∣2>0|\mathbf{E}|^{2}-c^{2}|\mathbf{B}|^{2}>0 is invariant, no boost can remove this electric field, and no boost can turn a light wave (where both invariants vanish) into a static field. The coordinate-free statement of the same facts is in the Hodge star and Maxwell's equations.

Spin, and why half-integers are allowed. Part 6 says that the symmetry group acting on quantum states is SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}), not SO+(3,1)SO^{+}(3,1): a state need only return to itself up to a phase, so a double-valued representation of the Lorentz group is a single-valued representation of its cover. The two-component objects on which SL(2,C)SL(2,\mathbb{C}) acts by AA and by (A†)−1(A^{\dagger})^{-1} are the two kinds of Weyl spinor, and part 5 labels every finite-dimensional representation by the pair of spins (j1,j2)(j_1,j_2) of the two commuting su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) factors: (0,0)(0,0) is a scalar, (12,0)(\tfrac12,0) and (0,12)(0,\tfrac12) the Weyl spinors, their sum the Dirac spinor of Clifford algebras and spinors, and (12,12)(\tfrac12,\tfrac12) the four-vector — which is the defining representation of this unit, consistent with its Casimir value J2−K2=2(j1(j1+1)+j2(j2+1))I=3I\mathbf{J}^{2}-\mathbf{K}^{2}=2\bigl(j_1(j_1+1)+j_2(j_2+1)\bigr)I=3I, verified directly from the matrices of part 4.

What the four pieces mean physically. Electromagnetism and gravity are invariant under all of O(3,1)O(3,1); the weak interaction is not, violating PP and CPCP and so distinguishing the cosets. Hassani's classification of the five regions around an event — inside and on the future and past light cones, and "elsewhere" — is preserved exactly by the orthochronous transformations, which is the group-theoretic content of causality: no observer related to another by a proper orthochronous transformation disagrees about which of two causally connected events came first.

Note(What lies just outside)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), p. 707 and Eqs. (29.43)–(29.45), p. 943; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 862

Adjoining the four translations gives the Poincaré group P(3,1)P(3,1), the inhomogeneous Lorentz group: Hassani (Hassani (2013), Eq. (29.43), p. 943) represents its elements as 5×55\times5 matrices (Λu01)\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}\Lambda&u\\0&1\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) and obtains the algebra

[Mμν,Pκ]=ημκPν−ηνκPμ,[Pμ,Pν]=0,[M_{\mu\nu},P_{\kappa}]=\eta_{\mu\kappa}P_{\nu}-\eta_{\nu\kappa}P_{\mu}, \qquad [P_{\mu},P_{\nu}]=0,

alongside Eq. (29.42). Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), p. 862) reserve "homogeneous Lorentz group" for the group of this unit when the distinction matters. The Poincaré algebra is not semisimple, so its invariants are not built by the recipe of Casimir operators, which treats that case separately; the two invariants that replace the quadratic one there are what the words mass and spin name.

Reference table

The classical matrix groups

Adapted

Tabulates the defining condition, real dimension, compactness, number of connected components and Lie algebra of GL(n), SL(n), O(n), SO(n), U(n), SU(n) and Sp(2n,R), with a single constraint-counting argument that produces every dimension and proofs of every entry in the other columns.

Prerequisites: Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, Determinants, Unitary and orthogonal matrices, Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential, Orthonormal bases and Gram-Schmidt, Spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices, Compactness, Connectedness and simple connectivity

Definition(The seven families)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Box 23.1.7 p. 705, Example 23.2.2 and Boxes 23.2.3–23.2.4, pp. 706–707; Lee (2013), Examples 7.18, 7.27–7.30, pp. 158, 166–168, and Problem 22-3, p. 591

Write M(n,F)M(n,\mathbb{F}) for the n×nn \times n matrices over F=R\mathbb{F} = \mathbb{R} or C\mathbb{C}, ATA^{\mathsf T} for the transpose, A†=A‾TA^{\dagger} = \overline{A}^{\mathsf T} for the conjugate transpose, and II for the identity matrix. All of the following are groups under matrix multiplication, and each is a matrix Lie group.

  • General linear. GL(n,F)={A∈M(n,F):det⁡A≠0}\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{F}) = \{A \in M(n,\mathbb{F}) : \det A \neq 0\}, the invertible matrices. Hassani defines it first as the group GL(V)\mathrm{GL}(\mathcal{V}) of invertible endomorphisms of a vector space V\mathcal{V}, and writes GL(n,C)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}) for GL(Cn)\mathrm{GL}(\mathbb{C}^n).

  • Special linear. SL(n,F)={A:det⁡A=1}\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{F}) = \{A : \det A = 1\}. Since det⁡\det is a homomorphism into the multiplicative group F×\mathbb{F}^{\times}, this is the kernel of det⁡\det and therefore a normal subgroup of GL(n,F)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{F}).

  • Orthogonal and special orthogonal. O(n)={A∈M(n,R):ATA=I}\mathrm{O}(n) = \{A \in M(n,\mathbb{R}) : A^{\mathsf T}A = I\}, equivalently the real matrices preserving the Euclidean dot product, equivalently those whose columns are orthonormal (see unitary and orthogonal matrices); and SO(n)=O(n)∩SL(n,R)\mathrm{SO}(n) = \mathrm{O}(n) \cap \mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{R}), the rigid rotations of Rn\mathbb{R}^n.

  • Unitary and special unitary. U(n)={A∈M(n,C):A†A=I}\mathrm{U}(n) = \{A \in M(n,\mathbb{C}) : A^{\dagger}A = I\}, the matrices preserving the Hermitian inner product of Cn\mathbb{C}^n, and SU(n)=U(n)∩SL(n,C)\mathrm{SU}(n) = \mathrm{U}(n) \cap \mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{C}).

  • Symplectic. Let n≥1n \ge 1 and put

    J=(0In−In0)∈M(2n,R),JT=−J,J2=−I2n.J = \begin{pmatrix} 0 & I_n \\ -I_n & 0 \end{pmatrix} \in M(2n,\mathbb{R}), \qquad J^{\mathsf T} = -J, \qquad J^2 = -I_{2n} .

    Then Sp(2n,R)={A∈M(2n,R):ATJA=J}\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) = \{A \in M(2n,\mathbb{R}) : A^{\mathsf T}J A = J\}: the real matrices preserving the antisymmetric bilinear form ω(x,y)=xTJy\omega(x,y) = x^{\mathsf T}Jy on R2n\mathbb{R}^{2n}. This is Hassani's definition. Lee instead takes JJ with nn copies of (01−10)\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} 0 & 1 \\ -1 & 0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) down the diagonal; the two matrices differ by a permutation of coordinates, so the two groups are conjugate inside GL(2n,R)\mathrm{GL}(2n,\mathbb{R}) and everything tabulated below is the same for both.

The Lie algebra g\mathfrak{g} of such a group GG is, as in matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, the set of XX with etX∈Ge^{tX} \in G for all real tt; it is a real vector space, and dim⁡RG=dim⁡Rg\dim_{\mathbb{R}} G = \dim_{\mathbb{R}} \mathfrak{g}. Throughout, dimension means dimension as a real manifold, so that GL(n,C)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}), an open subset of M(n,C)≅R2n2M(n,\mathbb{C}) \cong \mathbb{R}^{2n^2}, has dimension 2n22n^2 and not n2n^2.

Note(The catalogue)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Examples 7.18, 7.27–7.30 and Problem 8-29, pp. 158, 166–168, 203–204, and Propositions 21.34–21.35, pp. 558–559

Every entry is proved or cited below. "Components" is the number of connected components; a group with one component is connected.

Group Defining condition dim⁡R\dim_{\mathbb{R}} Compact Components Lie algebra
GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}) det⁡A≠0\det A \neq 0 n2n^2 no 22 gl(n,R)\mathfrak{gl}(n,\mathbb{R}): all real XX
GL(n,C)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}) det⁡A≠0\det A \neq 0 2n22n^2 no 11 gl(n,C)\mathfrak{gl}(n,\mathbb{C}): all complex XX
SL(n,R)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{R}) det⁡A=1\det A = 1 n2−1n^2 - 1 no 11 tr⁡X=0\operatorname{tr}X = 0, XX real
SL(n,C)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{C}) det⁡A=1\det A = 1 2n2−22n^2 - 2 no 11 tr⁡X=0\operatorname{tr}X = 0, XX complex
O(n)\mathrm{O}(n) ATA=IA^{\mathsf T}A = I n(n−1)/2n(n-1)/2 yes 22 XT+X=0X^{\mathsf T} + X = 0
SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n) ATA=IA^{\mathsf T}A = I, det⁡A=1\det A = 1 n(n−1)/2n(n-1)/2 yes 11 XT+X=0X^{\mathsf T} + X = 0
U(n)\mathrm{U}(n) A†A=IA^{\dagger}A = I n2n^2 yes 11 X†+X=0X^{\dagger} + X = 0
SU(n)\mathrm{SU}(n) A†A=IA^{\dagger}A = I, det⁡A=1\det A = 1 n2−1n^2 - 1 yes 11 X†+X=0X^{\dagger} + X = 0, tr⁡X=0\operatorname{tr}X = 0
Sp(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) ATJA=JA^{\mathsf T}JA = J n(2n+1)n(2n+1) no 11 XTJ+JX=0X^{\mathsf T}J + JX = 0

The algebras carry the names sl\mathfrak{sl}, o\mathfrak{o}, u\mathfrak{u}, su\mathfrak{su}, sp\mathfrak{sp} matching their groups; Lee records the first five of them in Problem 8-29. Because SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n) is an open subgroup of O(n)\mathrm{O}(n) and GL+(n,R)\mathrm{GL}^{+}(n,\mathbb{R}) is an open subgroup of GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}), each has the same Lie algebra and the same dimension as the larger group: passing to the determinant-one part removes a component, not a direction. For U(n)→SU(n)\mathrm{U}(n) \to \mathrm{SU}(n) it does remove a direction, because det⁡\det on U(n)\mathrm{U}(n) takes every value on the unit circle rather than only ±1\pm 1.

Two further columns are worth recording, for the small cases that occur most often in physics. The rank is the largest number of mutually commuting independent generators, which Arfken, Weber and Harris introduce because it is the number of labels (quantum numbers) a basis of a representation needs.

Group dim⁡\dim Rank Familiar description
SO(2)≅U(1)\mathrm{SO}(2) \cong \mathrm{U}(1) 11 11 the circle; rotations of the plane; phase factors eiθe^{i\theta}
SO(3)\mathrm{SO}(3) 33 11 rotations of space (see the rotation group and SU(2))
SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2) 33 11 the unit quaternions; the three-sphere S3S^3 (see quaternions)
SU(3)\mathrm{SU}(3) 88 22 colour and flavour symmetry; eight generators
Sp(2,R)=SL(2,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2,\mathbb{R}) = \mathrm{SL}(2,\mathbb{R}) 33 11 area-preserving linear maps of the plane

The identification Sp(2,R)=SL(2,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2,\mathbb{R}) = \mathrm{SL}(2,\mathbb{R}) is immediate from the definition: for n=1n = 1, J=(01−10)J = \bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} 0 & 1 \\ -1 & 0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) and ATJA=(det⁡A) JA^{\mathsf T}JA = (\det A)\,J for every 2×22 \times 2 real AA, so the condition ATJA=JA^{\mathsf T}JA = J says exactly det⁡A=1\det A = 1. The dimensions agree: n(2n+1)=3=n2−1n(2n+1) = 3 = n^2 - 1 at n=1n = 1 and n=2n = 2 respectively.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Every group in the table except the two general linear ones is cut out of the matrices by an equation Φ(A)=c\Phi(A) = c, where Φ\Phi is a quadratic or polynomial map. Two observations turn that into all of the dimension column. First, differentiating the equation at A=IA = I gives a linear condition on the tangent direction XX, and that linear condition is the Lie algebra. Second, the number of independent equations is the dimension of the space Φ\Phi lands in, provided Φ\Phi is onto a neighbourhood in that space — which one checks by showing the derivative at II is surjective. So each dimension is a subtraction: the dimension of the matrices minus the dimension of the space of constraints.

Compactness is then a two-line matter of whether the defining equation bounds the entries, and connectedness comes from factorising a group element into a piece one can shrink to the identity along an obvious path and a piece lying in a group already known to be connected.

Proof(The dimension column)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Example 7.18(c),(e), p. 158, and Examples 7.27 and 7.29, pp. 166–168

Throughout, g\mathfrak{g} denotes the set of XX with etX∈Ge^{tX} \in G for all t∈Rt \in \mathbb{R}, and we use the fact from matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras that g\mathfrak{g} is the kernel of the derivative at II of the defining constraint, and that dim⁡G=dim⁡Rg\dim G = \dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathfrak{g}.

Step 1 (the two general linear groups). det⁡\det is a polynomial in the entries, hence continuous, so GL(n,F)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{F}) is the preimage of F∖{0}\mathbb{F}\setminus\{0\}: an open subset of M(n,F)M(n,\mathbb{F}). An open subset has the dimension of the whole space, which is n2n^2 for F=R\mathbb{F} = \mathbb{R} and 2n22n^2 for F=C\mathbb{F} = \mathbb{C} counted over R\mathbb{R}. There is no constraint to differentiate, and gl(n,F)\mathfrak{gl}(n,\mathbb{F}) is all of M(n,F)M(n,\mathbb{F}). This is Lee's Example 1.27.

Step 2 (special linear). Write Φ(A)=det⁡A\Phi(A) = \det A, a homomorphism GL(n,F)→F×\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{F}) \to \mathbb{F}^{\times} with SL(n,F)=Φ−1(1)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{F}) = \Phi^{-1}(1). Differentiating at the identity, Jacobi's formula gives ddt∣t=0det⁡(I+tX)=tr⁡X\left.\tfrac{d}{dt}\right|_{t=0}\det(I + tX) = \operatorname{tr}X, so the tangent condition is tr⁡X=0\operatorname{tr}X = 0 and

sl(n,F)={X∈M(n,F):tr⁡X=0}.\mathfrak{sl}(n,\mathbb{F}) = \{X \in M(n,\mathbb{F}) : \operatorname{tr}X = 0\} .

The trace is a non-zero linear functional, so it has a one-dimensional image over F\mathbb{F}: one real condition when F=R\mathbb{F} = \mathbb{R} and two when F=C\mathbb{F} = \mathbb{C}. Hence dim⁡SL(n,R)=n2−1\dim \mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{R}) = n^2 - 1 and dim⁡RSL(n,C)=2n2−2\dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{C}) = 2n^2 - 2, which are Lee's counts, there obtained from the surjectivity of det⁡\det. That tr⁡X=0\operatorname{tr}X = 0 is also sufficient for membership follows from det⁡etX=ettr⁡X\det e^{tX} = e^{t\operatorname{tr}X}, recorded in the matrix exponential.

Step 3 (orthogonal). Let Φ(A)=ATA\Phi(A) = A^{\mathsf T}A. Since Φ(A)T=Φ(A)\Phi(A)^{\mathsf T} = \Phi(A), the map lands in the symmetric matrices Sym(n)\mathrm{Sym}(n), of dimension n(n+1)/2n(n+1)/2 — one free entry on and above the diagonal. Differentiating along A=I+tXA = I + tX,

ddt∣t=0(I+tX)T(I+tX)=XT+X,\left.\frac{d}{dt}\right|_{t=0}(I + tX)^{\mathsf T}(I + tX) = X^{\mathsf T} + X ,

so o(n)={X:XT+X=0}\mathfrak{o}(n) = \{X : X^{\mathsf T} + X = 0\}, the antisymmetric matrices. The derivative X↦XT+XX \mapsto X^{\mathsf T}+X is onto Sym(n)\mathrm{Sym}(n): given SS symmetric, X=12SX = \tfrac12 S has XT+X=SX^{\mathsf T}+X = S. So the constraint is exactly n(n+1)/2n(n+1)/2 independent conditions, and

dim⁡O(n)=n2−n(n+1)2=n(n−1)2,\dim \mathrm{O}(n) = n^2 - \frac{n(n+1)}{2} = \frac{n(n-1)}{2} ,

which also counts the strictly-upper-triangular entries of an antisymmetric matrix directly. SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n) is an open subset of O(n)\mathrm{O}(n), by Step 6 below, so it has the same dimension and the same Lie algebra. This is Lee's Examples 7.27 and 7.28.

Step 4 (unitary). Let Φ(A)=A†A\Phi(A) = A^{\dagger}A, which lands in the Hermitian matrices Herm(n)\mathrm{Herm}(n). A Hermitian matrix has nn real diagonal entries and n(n−1)/2n(n-1)/2 complex entries above the diagonal, so dim⁡RHerm(n)=n+2⋅n(n−1)/2=n2\dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathrm{Herm}(n) = n + 2 \cdot n(n-1)/2 = n^2. The derivative at II is X↦X†+XX \mapsto X^{\dagger} + X, giving

u(n)={X∈M(n,C):X†+X=0},\mathfrak{u}(n) = \{X \in M(n,\mathbb{C}) : X^{\dagger} + X = 0\} ,

the anti-Hermitian matrices; and it is onto Herm(n)\mathrm{Herm}(n), since X=12HX = \tfrac12 H works for Hermitian HH. Counting over R\mathbb{R},

dim⁡U(n)=2n2−n2=n2.\dim \mathrm{U}(n) = 2n^2 - n^2 = n^2 .

Step 5 (special unitary). For A∈U(n)A \in \mathrm{U}(n), ∣det⁡A∣=1|\det A| = 1, because 1=det⁡(A†A)=det⁡A‾ det⁡A1 = \det(A^{\dagger}A) = \overline{\det A}\,\det A. So on U(n)\mathrm{U}(n) the extra condition det⁡A=1\det A = 1 is one real condition, not two: it pins the phase of a number already known to lie on the unit circle. The tangent version is tr⁡X=0\operatorname{tr}X = 0, and for anti-Hermitian XX the trace is purely imaginary, again one real condition. Hence

su(n)={X:X†+X=0, tr⁡X=0},dim⁡SU(n)=n2−1.\mathfrak{su}(n) = \{X : X^{\dagger}+X = 0,\ \operatorname{tr}X = 0\}, \qquad \dim \mathrm{SU}(n) = n^2 - 1 .

Step 6 (symplectic). Let Φ(A)=ATJA\Phi(A) = A^{\mathsf T}JA. Then Φ(A)T=ATJTA=−Φ(A)\Phi(A)^{\mathsf T} = A^{\mathsf T}J^{\mathsf T}A = -\Phi(A), so Φ\Phi lands in the antisymmetric 2n×2n2n \times 2n matrices, of dimension 12(2n)(2n−1)=n(2n−1)\tfrac12 (2n)(2n-1) = n(2n-1). Differentiating at II,

ddt∣t=0(I+tX)TJ(I+tX)=XTJ+JX,\left.\frac{d}{dt}\right|_{t=0}(I+tX)^{\mathsf T}J(I+tX) = X^{\mathsf T}J + JX ,

so sp(2n,R)={X:XTJ+JX=0}\mathfrak{sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) = \{X : X^{\mathsf T}J + JX = 0\}. The image of X↦XTJ+JXX \mapsto X^{\mathsf T}J + JX is antisymmetric, since (XTJ+JX)T=JTX+XTJT=−(JX+XTJ)(X^{\mathsf T}J + JX)^{\mathsf T} = J^{\mathsf T}X + X^{\mathsf T}J^{\mathsf T} = -(JX + X^{\mathsf T}J), and it is onto the antisymmetric matrices: given CC with CT=−CC^{\mathsf T} = -C, put X=−12JCX = -\tfrac12 JC. Then, using JT=−JJ^{\mathsf T} = -J and J2=−IJ^2 = -I,

XTJ+JX=−12CTJTJ−12J2C=−12(−C)(−J)J+12C=12C+12C=C.X^{\mathsf T}J + JX = -\tfrac12 C^{\mathsf T}J^{\mathsf T}J - \tfrac12 J^2 C = -\tfrac12 (-C)(-J)J + \tfrac12 C = \tfrac12 C + \tfrac12 C = C .

Therefore

dim⁡Sp(2n,R)=(2n)2−n(2n−1)=4n2−2n2+n=n(2n+1).□\dim \mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) = (2n)^2 - n(2n-1) = 4n^2 - 2n^2 + n = n(2n+1) . \qquad\square
Proof(The compactness column)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Example 7.27, p. 167 (the closed-and-bounded argument for O(n))

Each group is a subset of a finite-dimensional real vector space, so by Heine–Borel compactness is closedness together with boundedness.

Step 1 (the four compact ones). Each of O(n)\mathrm{O}(n), SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n), U(n)\mathrm{U}(n), SU(n)\mathrm{SU}(n) is defined by equations between continuous functions of the entries, hence is closed. For boundedness, the condition A†A=IA^{\dagger}A = I (or ATA=IA^{\mathsf T}A = I in the real case) says that the columns a1,…,ana_1,\dots,a_n are orthonormal, so every entry has modulus at most 11 and the Frobenius norm is

∥A∥F2=∑j=1n∥aj∥2=n.\|A\|_F^2 = \sum_{j=1}^{n}\|a_j\|^2 = n .

The group therefore sits inside a sphere of radius n\sqrt{n} and is bounded. This is Lee's argument for O(n)\mathrm{O}(n); it uses only orthonormality of the columns, so it applies verbatim with †\dagger in place of T\mathsf T. SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n) and SU(n)\mathrm{SU}(n) are closed subsets of compact sets, hence compact.

Step 2 (the five non-compact ones). Each fails boundedness, and exhibiting one unbounded curve in the group is enough.

  • SL(n,F)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{F}) and hence GL(n,F)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{F}) contain diag⁡(t,t−1,1,…,1)\operatorname{diag}(t, t^{-1}, 1, \dots, 1) for every t>0t > 0, whose norm tends to infinity with tt.

  • Sp(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) contains Zt=diag⁡(t,…,t, t−1,…,t−1)Z_t = \operatorname{diag}(t,\dots,t,\,t^{-1},\dots,t^{-1}), with nn entries of each, for every t>0t>0: writing ZtZ_t in the block form (tI00t−1I)\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} tI & 0 \\ 0 & t^{-1}I\end{smallmatrix}\bigr),

    ZtTJZt=(tI00t−1I)(0I−I0)(tI00t−1I)=(0I−I0)=J,Z_t^{\mathsf T}JZ_t = \begin{pmatrix} tI & 0 \\ 0 & t^{-1}I\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} 0 & I \\ -I & 0\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} tI & 0 \\ 0 & t^{-1}I\end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} 0 & I \\ -I & 0 \end{pmatrix} = J ,

    the factors tt and t−1t^{-1} cancelling in each off-diagonal block. Again ∥Zt∥→∞\|Z_t\| \to \infty.

GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}) and GL(n,C)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}) are not closed either: diag⁡(s,1,…,1)→diag⁡(0,1,…,1)\operatorname{diag}(s,1,\dots,1) \to \operatorname{diag}(0,1,\dots,1) as s→0s \to 0, and the limit is singular. □\square

Proof(The components column)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Propositions 21.34 and 21.35 with the QR argument, pp. 558–559

Step 1 (quoted). Lee's Proposition 21.34 proves that SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n), U(n)\mathrm{U}(n) and SU(n)\mathrm{SU}(n) are connected for every n≥1n \ge 1, by induction along the fibrations SO(n)/SO(n−1)≅Sn−1\mathrm{SO}(n)/\mathrm{SO}(n-1) \cong S^{n-1} and U(n)/U(n−1)≅SU(n)/SU(n−1)≅S2n−1\mathrm{U}(n)/\mathrm{U}(n-1) \cong \mathrm{SU}(n)/\mathrm{SU}(n-1) \cong S^{2n-1}. His Proposition 21.35 proves that GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}) has exactly the two components GL±(n,R)\mathrm{GL}^{\pm}(n,\mathbb{R}) of positive and of negative determinant. We quote both.

Step 2 (O(n)\mathrm{O}(n) has two components). From ATA=IA^{\mathsf T}A = I and det⁡AT=det⁡A\det A^{\mathsf T} = \det A we get (det⁡A)2=1(\det A)^2 = 1, so det⁡A=±1\det A = \pm 1 and O(n)\mathrm{O}(n) is the disjoint union of the two relatively open sets O±(n)\mathrm{O}^{\pm}(n) on which the sign is fixed. The first is SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n), connected by Step 1. Fix any R∈O−(n)R \in \mathrm{O}^{-}(n), for instance the reflection diag⁡(−1,1,…,1)\operatorname{diag}(-1,1,\dots,1); then A↦RAA \mapsto RA is a homeomorphism of SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n) onto O−(n)\mathrm{O}^{-}(n), since it is continuous with continuous inverse A↦R−1AA \mapsto R^{-1}A and it reverses the sign of the determinant. So O−(n)\mathrm{O}^{-}(n) is connected too, and the two sets are the components. (This also shows SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n) is open in O(n)\mathrm{O}(n), used in Step 3 of the dimension proof.)

Step 3 (GL(n,C)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}) is connected). Let A,B∈GL(n,C)A, B \in \mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}) and consider p(z)=det⁡(A+z(B−A))p(z) = \det\bigl(A + z(B-A)\bigr), a polynomial in the single complex variable zz. It is not identically zero, because p(0)=det⁡A≠0p(0) = \det A \neq 0; so it has at most nn roots. The complex plane minus finitely many points is path-connected, and it contains 00 and 11, so there is a path z(s)z(s) from 00 to 11 avoiding all roots. Then s↦A+z(s)(B−A)s \mapsto A + z(s)(B-A) is a path from AA to BB inside GL(n,C)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}). The contrast with the real case is exactly that R∖{finitely many points}\mathbb{R}\setminus\{\text{finitely many points}\} is not connected, which is why det⁡\det can separate GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}) and cannot separate GL(n,C)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{C}).

Step 4 (SL(n,R)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{R}) and SL(n,C)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{C}) are connected). We follow Lee's QR route, with the path chosen to keep the determinant equal to 11 rather than merely positive. Let AA have det⁡A=1\det A = 1. Gram–Schmidt applied to the columns of AA gives A=QRA = QR with QQ orthogonal (unitary in the complex case) and RR upper triangular with real positive diagonal entries r1,…,rnr_1,\dots,r_n. Taking determinants, det⁡Q⋅∏jrj=1\det Q \cdot \prod_j r_j = 1; the product is real and positive and ∣det⁡Q∣=1|\det Q| = 1, so ∏jrj=1\prod_j r_j = 1 and det⁡Q=1\det Q = 1. Thus Q∈SO(n)Q \in \mathrm{SO}(n), respectively Q∈SU(n)Q \in \mathrm{SU}(n). Now define, for 0≤t≤10 \le t \le 1,

(Rt)jj=rj 1−t,(Rt)jk=(1−t) Rjk(j<k),(Rt)jk=0(j>k).(R_t)_{jj} = r_j^{\,1-t}, \qquad (R_t)_{jk} = (1-t)\,R_{jk} \quad (j < k), \qquad (R_t)_{jk} = 0 \quad (j > k) .

Each RtR_t is upper triangular with positive diagonal, det⁡Rt=∏jrj 1−t=1 1−t=1\det R_t = \prod_j r_j^{\,1-t} = 1^{\,1-t} = 1, and t↦Rtt \mapsto R_t is continuous with R0=RR_0 = R and R1=IR_1 = I. Hence t↦QRtt \mapsto QR_t is a path inside SL\mathrm{SL} from AA to QQ. Composing with a path from QQ to II inside SO(n)\mathrm{SO}(n) or SU(n)\mathrm{SU}(n), which exists by Step 1, connects AA to II. So SL(n,R)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{R}) and SL(n,C)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{C}) are path-connected.

Step 5 (Sp(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) is connected). Three facts, then a path.

  1. Sp\mathrm{Sp} is closed under transposition. JJ itself is symplectic: JTJJ=(−J)JJ=−J3=JJ^{\mathsf T}JJ = (-J)JJ = -J^3 = J, using J2=−IJ^2 = -I. From ATJA=JA^{\mathsf T}JA = J we get AT=JA−1J−1A^{\mathsf T} = JA^{-1}J^{-1}, a product of symplectic matrices, hence symplectic.
  2. Real powers of a symmetric symplectic positive-definite matrix stay symplectic. Let SS be symmetric, positive definite and symplectic. Then SJS=JSJS = J, so JSJ−1=S−1JSJ^{-1} = S^{-1}. Conjugation by JJ is an algebra automorphism, so it commutes with the functional calculus of the spectral theorem: JStJ−1=(JSJ−1)t=S−tJ S^{t} J^{-1} = (JSJ^{-1})^{t} = S^{-t} for every real tt, where StS^t is defined by raising the eigenvalues to the power tt in an orthonormal eigenbasis. Hence (St)TJSt=StJSt=J(J−1StJ)St=JS−tSt=J(S^t)^{\mathsf T}JS^t = S^tJS^t = J(J^{-1}S^tJ)S^t = JS^{-t}S^t = J.
  3. Sp(2n,R)∩O(2n)≅U(n)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) \cap \mathrm{O}(2n) \cong \mathrm{U}(n). If AA is both orthogonal and symplectic then AT=A−1A^{\mathsf T} = A^{-1}, so A−1JA=JA^{-1}JA = J, that is AJ=JAAJ = JA. Since J2=−IJ^2 = -I, declaring JxJx to be "multiplication of xx by ii" makes R2n\mathbb{R}^{2n} into Cn\mathbb{C}^n, and AJ=JAAJ = JA says precisely that AA is complex-linear. The Hermitian form h(x,y)=xTy+i xTJyh(x,y) = x^{\mathsf T}y + i\,x^{\mathsf T}Jy then satisfies h(Ax,Ay)=(Ax)T(Ay)+i(Ax)TJ(Ay)=xTy+i xTATAJy=h(x,y)h(Ax,Ay) = (Ax)^{\mathsf T}(Ay) + i(Ax)^{\mathsf T}J(Ay) = x^{\mathsf T}y + i\,x^{\mathsf T}A^{\mathsf T}AJy = h(x,y), using orthogonality in both terms and JA=AJJA = AJ in the second. So AA is unitary; conversely every unitary matrix is real-orthogonal and commutes with JJ, hence is symplectic. The correspondence is a group isomorphism and a homeomorphism.

Now take A∈Sp(2n,R)A \in \mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) and set S=ATAS = A^{\mathsf T}A, which is symmetric, positive definite and, by fact 1, symplectic. By fact 2, Q=AS−1/2Q = AS^{-1/2} is symplectic, and QTQ=S−1/2ATAS−1/2=S−1/2SS−1/2=IQ^{\mathsf T}Q = S^{-1/2}A^{\mathsf T}AS^{-1/2} = S^{-1/2}SS^{-1/2} = I, so Q∈Sp(2n,R)∩O(2n)Q \in \mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) \cap \mathrm{O}(2n). The path t↦QS(1−t)/2t \mapsto QS^{(1-t)/2}, 0≤t≤10 \le t \le 1, runs inside Sp(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) from AA to QQ; and QQ is joined to II inside Sp(2n,R)∩O(2n)≅U(n)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) \cap \mathrm{O}(2n) \cong \mathrm{U}(n), connected by Step 1. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what the table hides.

  • Positive-definiteness of the form is what makes a group compact. The bound ∥A∥F2=n\|A\|_F^2 = n in the compactness proof comes from A†A=IA^{\dagger}A = I with the Euclidean or Hermitian form, whose unit vectors are bounded. Replace it by the indefinite form of Hassani's Example 23.2.2(6), x⋅y=−x1y1−⋯−xpyp+xp+1yp+1+⋯+xnynx\cdot y = -x_1y_1-\dots-x_py_p + x_{p+1}y_{p+1}+\dots+x_ny_n, and the "unit sphere" is a hyperboloid: the group O(p,n−p)\mathrm{O}(p,n-p) preserving it is non-compact, and the SO(3,1)\mathrm{SO}(3,1) case is the Lorentz group, whose boosts run off to infinity as the rapidity grows. The symplectic form is antisymmetric, hence as far from definite as possible, and Sp(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) is non-compact for the same reason. Hassani warns that different authors write O(p,n−p)\mathrm{O}(p,n-p), O(n−p,p)\mathrm{O}(n-p,p), O(n,p)\mathrm{O}(n,p) or O(p,n)\mathrm{O}(p,n) for the same group, and in his convention pp counts the minus signs; always check which index is which.
  • Realness is what makes GL\mathrm{GL} and O\mathrm{O} disconnected. Step 3 of the components proof isolates the point: the determinant of a real matrix cannot pass through zero without leaving the group, while a complex determinant can go round it. The same remark explains why SL(n,C)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{C}) and SL(n,R)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{R}) are both connected: there the determinant is pinned at 11, and connectedness is supplied by the triangular factor instead.
  • Compactness without connectedness, and the converse. O(n)\mathrm{O}(n) is compact and has two components; SL(n,R)\mathrm{SL}(n,\mathbb{R}) is connected and non-compact. The two columns are independent.
  • The dimension count needs the derivative to be onto. If one differentiated the condition ATA=IA^{\mathsf T}A = I but regarded Φ\Phi as landing in all of M(n,R)M(n,\mathbb{R}), the count would give n2−n2=0n^2 - n^2 = 0, which is wrong for every n≥2n \ge 2. The fix is to notice that Φ\Phi lands in the symmetric matrices and is onto a neighbourhood there. The same trap is why the symplectic count uses n(2n−1)n(2n-1) and not 4n24n^2.
  • Over other fields. Dummit and Foote define GLn(F)\mathrm{GL}_n(F) for an arbitrary field FF; the group-theoretic facts (closure under products and inverses, from det⁡(AB)=det⁡Adet⁡B\det(AB) = \det A \det B) need no topology at all. Over a finite field with qq elements it is a finite group, of order (qn−1)(qn−q)⋯(qn−qn−1)(q^n-1)(q^n-q)\cdots(q^n-q^{n-1}), and the dimension, compactness and connectedness columns are empty of meaning. The table is about the real and complex cases.
  • What is deliberately absent. The quaternionic and indefinite families Sp(n)\mathrm{Sp}(n) (compact), O(p,q)\mathrm{O}(p,q), U(p,q)\mathrm{U}(p,q), Sp(2n,C)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{C}), and the exceptional groups, are not tabulated. The method below produces their dimensions in the same way.
Method(Reading off the algebra, the dimension and the compactness of a matrix group)Original

Given a subgroup G⊆GL(N,F)G \subseteq \mathrm{GL}(N,\mathbb{F}) defined by an invariance condition:

  1. Write the condition as Φ(A)=c\Phi(A) = c. For a bilinear or sesquilinear form with matrix BB, the condition that AA preserve it is Φ(A)=ATBA=B\Phi(A) = A^{\mathsf T}BA = B, or A†BA=BA^{\dagger}BA = B in the Hermitian case.
  2. Identify the target space. Check the symmetry of Φ(A)\Phi(A): if BB is symmetric, Φ\Phi lands in the symmetric matrices; if antisymmetric, in the antisymmetric ones; if Hermitian, in the Hermitian ones. Call that space WW and compute dim⁡RW\dim_{\mathbb{R}}W.
  3. Differentiate at the identity. Substitute A=I+tXA = I + tX, expand, and keep the term linear in tt. For the three cases above this gives L(X)=XTB+BXL(X) = X^{\mathsf T}B + BX, or X†B+BXX^{\dagger}B + BX.
  4. The Lie algebra is ker⁡L\ker L. Write out L(X)=0L(X) = 0 in blocks or entries and read off the independent parameters.
  5. Check LL is onto WW, by exhibiting a preimage of a general element of WW — 12B−1W\tfrac12 B^{-1}W in the symmetric case, −12BW-\tfrac12 BW with B=JB = J in the symplectic case. Then dim⁡RG=dim⁡Rker⁡L=dim⁡RM(N,F)−dim⁡RW\dim_{\mathbb{R}}G = \dim_{\mathbb{R}}\ker L = \dim_{\mathbb{R}}M(N,\mathbb{F}) - \dim_{\mathbb{R}}W, and counting the free parameters in step 4 is an independent check of the same number.
  6. Decide compactness. The group is always closed (the condition is an equation between continuous functions). It is bounded if and only if the preserved form is definite, in which case the columns of AA are unit vectors; if the form is indefinite or antisymmetric, produce a one-parameter family of the form diag⁡(t,…,t−1,… )\operatorname{diag}(t,\dots,t^{-1},\dots) with unbounded entries.
  7. Add the determinant condition last. It subtracts a component if det⁡\det is already confined to {±1}\{\pm 1\} on GG, and a dimension if det⁡\det ranges over a circle or a half-line.
ExampleOriginal

The symplectic group Sp(4,R)\mathrm{Sp}(4,\mathbb{R}), worked through the method. Here N=4N = 4 and n=2n = 2, with

J=(0I2−I20),I2=(1001).J = \begin{pmatrix} 0 & I_2 \\ -I_2 & 0\end{pmatrix}, \qquad I_2 = \begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} .

Steps 1–2. Φ(A)=ATJA\Phi(A) = A^{\mathsf T}JA lands in the antisymmetric 4×44\times 4 matrices, of dimension 12⋅4⋅3=6\tfrac12 \cdot 4 \cdot 3 = 6.

Steps 3–4. Write XX in 2×22\times 2 blocks, X=(PQRS)X = \bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} P & Q \\ R & S \end{smallmatrix}\bigr). Then

XTJ=(PTRTQTST)(0I−I0)=(−RTPT−STQT),JX=(RS−P−Q),X^{\mathsf T}J = \begin{pmatrix} P^{\mathsf T} & R^{\mathsf T} \\ Q^{\mathsf T} & S^{\mathsf T}\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} 0 & I \\ -I & 0\end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} -R^{\mathsf T} & P^{\mathsf T} \\ -S^{\mathsf T} & Q^{\mathsf T}\end{pmatrix}, \qquad JX = \begin{pmatrix} R & S \\ -P & -Q\end{pmatrix} ,

so

XTJ+JX=(R−RTPT+S−(ST+P)QT−Q)=0⟺R=RT,Q=QT,S=−PT.X^{\mathsf T}J + JX = \begin{pmatrix} R - R^{\mathsf T} & P^{\mathsf T} + S \\ -(S^{\mathsf T} + P) & Q^{\mathsf T} - Q\end{pmatrix} = 0 \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad R = R^{\mathsf T},\quad Q = Q^{\mathsf T},\quad S = -P^{\mathsf T} .

Step 5. The free parameters are: PP, arbitrary (44); QQ symmetric (33); RR symmetric (33); and SS determined by PP. Total

4+3+3=10,4 + 3 + 3 = 10 ,

matching n(2n+1)=2⋅5=10n(2n+1) = 2\cdot 5 = 10 from the general formula. Solving the 1616 linear equations XTJ+JX=0X^{\mathsf T}J + JX = 0 numerically gives a coefficient matrix of rank 66 and hence a null space of dimension 16−6=1016 - 6 = 10, the same number.

A concrete group element. Take P=R=0P = R = 0 and Q=(3110)Q = \bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} 3 & 1 \\ 1 & 0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr), so X=(0Q00)X = \bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} 0 & Q \\ 0 & 0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr) with X2=0X^2 = 0. Then eX=I+X=(IQ0I)e^{X} = I + X = \bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} I & Q \\ 0 & I\end{smallmatrix}\bigr), and

(I+X)TJ(I+X)=(I0QI)(0I−I0)(IQ0I)=(I0QI)(0I−I−Q)=(0I−IQ−Q)=J,(I+X)^{\mathsf T}J(I+X) = \begin{pmatrix} I & 0 \\ Q & I\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} 0 & I \\ -I & 0\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} I & Q \\ 0 & I\end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} I & 0 \\ Q & I\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} 0 & I \\ -I & -Q\end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} 0 & I \\ -I & Q - Q\end{pmatrix} = J ,

the last step using QT=QQ^{\mathsf T} = Q. So eX∈Sp(4,R)e^X \in \mathrm{Sp}(4,\mathbb{R}), as the method promises, and det⁡eX=etr⁡X=e0=1\det e^X = e^{\operatorname{tr}X} = e^0 = 1.

Step 6. diag⁡(t,t,t−1,t−1)\operatorname{diag}(t,t,t^{-1},t^{-1}) is symplectic for every t>0t>0, by the block computation in the compactness proof, so Sp(4,R)\mathrm{Sp}(4,\mathbb{R}) is unbounded and non-compact.

A consequence worth recording. Taking determinants in ATJA=JA^{\mathsf T}JA = J gives (det⁡A)2det⁡J=det⁡J(\det A)^2\det J = \det J, and det⁡J=1≠0\det J = 1 \neq 0, so det⁡A=±1\det A = \pm 1 on Sp(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}). The determinant is continuous and equals +1+1 at the identity, and the group is connected by Step 5 of the components proof, so in fact det⁡A=+1\det A = +1 throughout and Sp(2n,R)⊆SL(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) \subseteq \mathrm{SL}(2n,\mathbb{R}) — symplectic maps preserve volume. The same conclusion is visible infinitesimally: every X∈sp(2n,R)X \in \mathfrak{sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) has tr⁡X=tr⁡P+tr⁡(−PT)=0\operatorname{tr}X = \operatorname{tr}P + \operatorname{tr}(-P^{\mathsf T}) = 0. For n=1n=1 the inclusion is an equality, by the identity ATJA=(det⁡A)JA^{\mathsf T}JA = (\det A)J noted in the table; for n≥2n \ge 2 it is strict, since 10<15=dim⁡SL(4,R)10 < 15 = \dim \mathrm{SL}(4,\mathbb{R}) already at n=2n=2.

ApplicationOriginal

Gauge groups and the number of force carriers. The Standard Model of particle physics is built on the gauge group SU(3)×SU(2)×U(1)\mathrm{SU}(3) \times \mathrm{SU}(2) \times \mathrm{U}(1), and the number of gauge bosons is the dimension of that group, because each independent generator carries one gauge field. The table gives

dim⁡SU(3)+dim⁡SU(2)+dim⁡U(1)=(32−1)+(22−1)+1=8+3+1=12,\dim \mathrm{SU}(3) + \dim \mathrm{SU}(2) + \dim \mathrm{U}(1) = (3^2 - 1) + (2^2 - 1) + 1 = 8 + 3 + 1 = 12 ,

namely the eight gluons of SU(3)\mathrm{SU}(3), the three SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2) bosons and the single hypercharge boson, which after electroweak mixing are observed as W+W^{+}, W−W^{-}, Z0Z^{0} and the photon. The compactness column matters here too: the gauge group is compact, which is what allows the gauge fields to carry positive-definite kinetic energy.

Rotations, spin and the two-to-one cover. SO(3)\mathrm{SO}(3) and SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2) have the same dimension 33 and the same rank 11, so their Lie algebras — and hence their local structure — agree, while their global structure does not: SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2) is the three-sphere and is simply connected, SO(3)\mathrm{SO}(3) is not. That is the entire origin of half-integer spin, and is the subject of the rotation group and SU(2).

Classical mechanics. The flow of a Hamiltonian system linearised about a trajectory lies in Sp(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}), because Hamilton's equations preserve the two-form ω=∑idqi∧dpi\omega = \sum_i dq_i \wedge dp_i. The consequence drawn in the example — Sp(2n,R)⊆SL(2n,R)\mathrm{Sp}(2n,\mathbb{R}) \subseteq \mathrm{SL}(2n,\mathbb{R}) — is Liouville's theorem: phase-space volume is conserved. In accelerator physics the transfer matrix of a beamline segment is required to be symplectic, and the 1010 free parameters of Sp(4,R)\mathrm{Sp}(4,\mathbb{R}) are exactly the degrees of freedom of a transverse beam optics element in two planes.

Where the compactness column is used. For a compact group an invariant integration (the Haar measure) exists with finite total mass, which is what makes every finite-dimensional representation unitarisable and every irreducible representation finite-dimensional. That is why the representation theory of SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2) and SU(3)\mathrm{SU}(3) looks like that of a finite group — discrete labels, orthogonality relations, complete reducibility — while the non-compact Lorentz group has infinite-dimensional unitary representations and no such table.

Definition · advanced

Casimir operators

Adapted

Defines a Casimir operator as one commuting with every generator of a represented Lie algebra, builds the quadratic Casimir from the inverse Cartan metric and proves that it commutes with all of them, explains why Schur's lemma then makes it a number on each irreducible representation, and identifies J^2 as the one Casimir of the angular-momentum algebra.

Prerequisites: Angular momentum algebra, Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, Representations of groups, Schur's lemma, Spherical harmonics

Definition(Casimir operator, Killing form, Cartan metric)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Definition 30.3.4 and Eq. (30.13), p. 969, and Definition 29.2.13 with Eq. (29.49), p. 945; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §17.7, p. 849

Let g\mathfrak{g} be a Lie algebra with basis X1,…,XdX_1,\dots,X_d and structure constants cij kc_{ij}^{\,k} defined by

[Xi,Xj]=cij k Xk,[X_i, X_j] = c_{ij}^{\,k}\,X_k ,

summation over repeated indices understood throughout (see matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras). Let T:g→gl(H)T : \mathfrak{g} \to \mathfrak{gl}(\mathcal{H}) be a representation, and abbreviate XiX_i for the operator TXiT_{X_i} acting on the carrier space H\mathcal{H}, as Hassani does.

  • A Casimir operator for the representation TT is an operator CC on H\mathcal{H} that commutes with every TXT_X, X∈gX \in \mathfrak{g}. Equivalently, since the XiX_i span, [C,Xi]=0[C, X_i] = 0 for i=1,…,di = 1,\dots,d.

  • The Killing form of g\mathfrak{g} is the symmetric bilinear form (X∣Y)=tr⁡(adX∘adY)(X \mid Y) = \operatorname{tr}(\mathrm{ad}_X \circ \mathrm{ad}_Y), where adX(Y)=[X,Y]\mathrm{ad}_X(Y) = [X,Y]. In the chosen basis its components are the Cartan metric tensor

    gij=(Xi∣Xj)=cil k cjk l.g_{ij} = (X_i \mid X_j) = c_{il}^{\,k}\,c_{jk}^{\,l} .
  • The lowered structure constants are cijk=cij l glkc_{ijk} = c_{ij}^{\,l}\,g_{lk}. Hassani's computation on p. 946 shows that cijkc_{ijk} is completely antisymmetric in ii, jj, kk; Arfken, Weber and Harris record the same total antisymmetry for the constants fjklf_{jkl} of their closure relation [Sj,Sk]=ifjklSl[S_j,S_k] = i f_{jkl}S_l.

  • When gijg_{ij} is invertible, write gijg^{ij} for its inverse and call

    C=gij XiXjC = g^{ij}\,X_i X_j

    the quadratic Casimir of the representation. The products XiXjX_iX_j are products of operators on H\mathcal{H}, not Lie brackets: CC lives in the algebra of operators (equivalently, in the universal enveloping algebra), not in g\mathfrak{g}.

  • The rank rr of g\mathfrak{g} is the dimension of a maximal commuting subalgebra: Arfken, Weber and Harris describe it as the greatest number of generators, independent of one another, that commute in pairs; Hassani calls it the dimension of the Cartan subalgebra. Hassani uses the first form when he argues that so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) has rank one, so the two descriptions are the working definition in both books.

A semisimple Lie algebra is, for the purposes of this unit, one whose Killing form is non-degenerate, which is what the construction of CC requires.

Definition(The quadratic Casimir, and what it is good for)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eq. (30.13) with the verification on p. 970, Definition 30.3.4 and Theorem 30.3.5, p. 969; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §17.7, p. 849

Let g\mathfrak{g} be a Lie algebra whose Cartan metric gijg_{ij} is invertible, and let TT be a representation of g\mathfrak{g} on H\mathcal{H}.

  1. (It is a Casimir.) C=gijXiXjC = g^{ij}X_iX_j commutes with every XkX_k, hence with TXT_X for every X∈gX \in \mathfrak{g}.
  2. (It is a number on an irreducible representation.) If TT is irreducible and H\mathcal{H} is a finite-dimensional complex space, then by Schur's lemma CC is a scalar multiple of the identity. Every vector of an irreducible invariant subspace is therefore an eigenvector of CC with one and the same eigenvalue, and that eigenvalue is a label of the representation rather than of any vector in it.
  3. (Chevalley's theorem, quoted.) Suppose g\mathfrak{g} is semisimple and has rank rr. Then, whatever basis is chosen, one can find rr Casimir operators that are polynomials in the TXiT_{X_i} and whose eigenvalues characterise which irreducible representation of g\mathfrak{g} one is looking at. Hassani states this as Theorem 30.3.5 and refers the proof elsewhere; we quote it and do not prove it. Arfken, Weber and Harris state the counting part the same way: the number of independent Casimir operators equals the rank of the group.

In particular so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3), of rank one, has exactly one Casimir operator, and it is the operator written L2L^2 or J2J^2 in angular-momentum theory.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Why should gijXiXjg^{ij}X_iX_j commute with everything? Commuting a product past XkX_k costs one commutator for each factor, by the Leibniz rule [AB,X]=A[B,X]+[A,X]B[AB, X] = A[B,X] + [A,X]B; each commutator replaces one generator by a structure constant times another generator. What is left is a sum of terms XiXrX_iX_r and XrXiX_rX_i, weighted by a coefficient built from gijg^{ij} and a structure constant. The whole point is a clash of symmetries: the operator part XiXr+XrXiX_iX_r + X_rX_i is symmetric under exchanging the two indices, while the coefficient — because the Cartan metric is symmetric and the lowered structure constants are completely antisymmetric — is antisymmetric under the very same exchange. A symmetric object contracted with an antisymmetric one is zero, so everything cancels.

The second half of the statement is Schur's lemma doing what it always does: an operator that commutes with an irreducible set of operators has no room to be anything but a multiple of the identity, because each of its eigenspaces would otherwise be a proper invariant subspace.

Proof(Part 1: [C,Xk]=0[C, X_k] = 0)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), the displayed computation following Eq. (30.13), p. 970

Step 1 (expand by the Leibniz rule). For operators, [AB,D]=A[B,D]+[A,D]B[AB, D] = A[B,D] + [A,D]B, directly from writing out the four products. Applying it with A=XiA = X_i, B=XjB = X_j, D=XkD = X_k and using the bilinearity of the commutator,

[C,Xk]=gij [XiXj,Xk]=gij(Xi[Xj,Xk]+[Xi,Xk]Xj).[C, X_k] = g^{ij}\,[X_iX_j, X_k] = g^{ij}\bigl( X_i[X_j,X_k] + [X_i,X_k]X_j \bigr) .

Step 2 (insert the structure constants). The operators TXT_X obey the same commutation relations as g\mathfrak{g}, because TT is a representation: [Xj,Xk]=cjk rXr[X_j, X_k] = c_{jk}^{\,r}X_r. Hence

[C,Xk]=gijcjk r XiXr+gijcik r XrXj.[C, X_k] = g^{ij}c_{jk}^{\,r}\,X_iX_r + g^{ij}c_{ik}^{\,r}\,X_rX_j .

Step 3 (make the two terms share a coefficient). In the second term the names ii and jj are both summed over, so they may be exchanged; doing so and using the symmetry gji=gijg^{ji} = g^{ij} of the inverse of a symmetric matrix turns it into gijcjk rXrXig^{ij}c_{jk}^{\,r}X_rX_i. Therefore

[C,Xk]=gijcjk r(XiXr+XrXi).[C, X_k] = g^{ij}c_{jk}^{\,r}\bigl(X_iX_r + X_rX_i\bigr) .

Step 4 (lower the index on the structure constant). By definition cjks=cjk lglsc_{jks} = c_{jk}^{\,l}g_{ls}, so cjk r=grscjksc_{jk}^{\,r} = g^{rs}c_{jks}, and

[C,Xk]=gijgrscjks (XiXr+XrXi).[C, X_k] = g^{ij}g^{rs}c_{jks}\,\bigl(X_iX_r + X_rX_i\bigr) .

Step 5 (the symmetry clash). Call the coefficient Air=gijgrscjksA^{ir} = g^{ij}g^{rs}c_{jks}, with kk held fixed. Exchange ii and rr: Ari=grjgiscjksA^{ri} = g^{rj}g^{is}c_{jks}, and renaming the dummy indices j↔sj \leftrightarrow s gives Ari=grsgijcskjA^{ri} = g^{rs}g^{ij}c_{skj}. The lowered structure constants are completely antisymmetric, so cskj=−cjksc_{skj} = -c_{jks} — the two index strings differ by the transposition of the first and last entries. Hence Ari=−AirA^{ri} = -A^{ir}: the coefficient is antisymmetric in ii and rr.

Write the operator factor as Sir=XiXr+XrXiS_{ir} = X_iX_r + X_rX_i, with both indices down so that it contracts with AirA^{ir}; it is, by construction, symmetric in ii and rr. Summing over both indices,

AirSir=−AriSir=−AirSri=−AirSir,A^{ir}S_{ir} = -A^{ri}S_{ir} = -A^{ir}S_{ri} = -A^{ir}S_{ir} ,

where the second equality is a relabelling of the two dummy indices and the third is the symmetry of SS. A quantity equal to its own negative vanishes, so [C,Xk]=0[C, X_k] = 0 for every kk. Since the XkX_k span g\mathfrak{g} and TT is linear, CC commutes with TXT_X for every X∈gX \in \mathfrak{g}.

Proof(Part 2: CC is a scalar on an irreducible representation)Original

Let TT be irreducible on a finite-dimensional complex space H\mathcal{H}. By Part 1, CC commutes with every operator of the represented algebra. Schur's lemma in its second form says that an operator commuting with all the operators of an irreducible representation on a finite-dimensional complex space is λI\lambda I for some scalar λ\lambda. Hence C=λIC = \lambda I.

For completeness, the mechanism: H\mathcal{H} is complex and finite-dimensional, so CC has an eigenvalue λ\lambda. The eigenspace Hλ=ker⁡(C−λI)\mathcal{H}_\lambda = \ker(C - \lambda I) is non-zero, and it is invariant: if Cv=λvCv = \lambda v then C(Xiv)=Xi(Cv)=λXivC(X_iv) = X_i(Cv) = \lambda X_iv, using [C,Xi]=0[C,X_i] = 0. Irreducibility leaves only Hλ=H\mathcal{H}_\lambda = \mathcal{H}, that is C=λIC = \lambda I. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them.

  • Invertibility of the Cartan metric is used the moment gijg^{ij} is written down, in the very definition of CC. By Cartan's criterion this is semisimplicity, and Hassani flags it explicitly: the construction of Eq. (30.13) "works only for semisimple Lie algebras". The Poincaré algebra is his own counterexample, and the failure is instructive. It is not semisimple, so there is no inverse Cartan metric to contract the generators MijM_{ij} with. Hassani does build a double-indexed metric gij,klg_{ij,kl} out of the structure constants and forms M2=gij,klMijMklM^2 = g_{ij,kl}M^{ij}M^{kl}, but that operator commutes with the MijM_{ij} and not with the translation generators PiP_i, so it is not a Casimir of the full algebra. What works instead are P2=ηijPiPjP^2 = \eta^{ij}P_iP_j and the fourth-degree invariant W2W^2 built from Wi1…in−3=ϵi1…in−3jklMjkPlW_{i_1\dots i_{n-3}} = \epsilon^{i_1\dots i_{n-3}jkl}M_{jk}P_l; the general recipe gives neither.
  • Complete antisymmetry of cijkc_{ijk} is used only in Step 5, and it is the whole proof. It is not an extra assumption: it follows from the invariance identity ([X,Y]∣Z)+([X,Z]∣Y)=0([X,Y]\mid Z) + ([X,Z]\mid Y) = 0 satisfied by every Killing form, which is Hassani's Eq. (29.48). Note that antisymmetry of the unlowered cij kc_{ij}^{\,k} in its two lower indices — which is immediate from [Xi,Xj]=−[Xj,Xi][X_i,X_j] = -[X_j,X_i] — would not be enough; the index that has to move in Step 5 is the raised one, and moving it needs the metric.
  • Irreducibility is used in Part 2 and nowhere else. Without it CC is still a Casimir but need not be a scalar. Take su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) acting on C⊕C3\mathbb{C} \oplus \mathbb{C}^3 as the direct sum of the j=0j=0 and j=1j=1 representations. Then J2=diag⁡(0, 2, 2, 2)J^2 = \operatorname{diag}(0,\,2,\,2,\,2), which commutes with every generator but is not a multiple of the identity. That is exactly why CC is useful: its eigenvalues separate the irreducible pieces of a reducible representation, which is how one decomposes a space of states.
  • Finite dimension and a complex scalar field are used in Part 2, for the existence of an eigenvalue. On a real space a commuting operator can act as a rotation with no real eigenvalue, and on an infinite-dimensional space the spectrum may be empty of eigenvalues; the version of Schur's lemma needed there is the one for unitary representations.
  • CC is not unique, and normalisation is a convention. Any non-zero multiple of a Casimir is a Casimir, and the literature does not agree on which multiple to take. Hassani computes the Cartan metric of so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) to be gij=2δijg_{ij} = 2\delta_{ij}, which makes the Killing-normalised Casimir 12L2\tfrac12 L^2; he then says, in so many words, to ignore the factor of two and call L2=L12+L22+L32L^2 = L_1^2+L_2^2+L_3^2 the Casimir operator, which is the convention of every physics text and the one used here. Always state which normalisation is in force before quoting a numerical eigenvalue.
Method(Constructing the quadratic Casimir and reading off its eigenvalue)Original
  1. Fix a basis and a commutator convention. Write [Xi,Xj]=cij kXk[X_i, X_j] = c_{ij}^{\,k}X_k. Physics texts usually use Hermitian generators and an explicit ii, as in [Ji,Jj]=iϵijkJk[J_i, J_j] = i\epsilon_{ijk}J_k, so that cij k=iϵijkc_{ij}^{\,k} = i\epsilon_{ijk}; mathematics texts usually use anti-Hermitian generators and no ii. The two differ by a factor of ii in every structure constant and hence by a sign in the Cartan metric. Record which you are using.
  2. Compute the Cartan metric gij=cil kcjk lg_{ij} = c_{il}^{\,k}c_{jk}^{\,l}, equivalently tr⁡(adXiadXj)\operatorname{tr}(\mathrm{ad}_{X_i}\mathrm{ad}_{X_j}) with (adXi)kj=cij k(\mathrm{ad}_{X_i})^k{}_j = c_{ij}^{\,k}.
  3. Check it is invertible. If it is not, the algebra is not semisimple and this recipe does not apply; look instead for invariants built by other contractions, as for the Poincaré algebra.
  4. Invert and contract: C=gijTXiTXjC = g^{ij}T_{X_i}T_{X_j}. If gij=κ δijg_{ij} = \kappa\,\delta_{ij}, this is simply κ−1∑iTXi2\kappa^{-1}\sum_i T_{X_i}^2.
  5. Evaluate the eigenvalue on one convenient vector. Because CC is a scalar on each irreducible piece, applying it to a single well-chosen vector — a highest-weight vector, for which the raising operators give zero — delivers the eigenvalue for the entire multiplet.
  6. Count how many you need. The number of independent Casimir operators equals the rank. A rank-one algebra is finished at step 5; a rank-two algebra such as su(3)\mathfrak{su}(3) needs a second, independent invariant, which is cubic rather than quadratic.
Example(The angular-momentum algebra, with a number at the end)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Example 30.3.6, p. 970

(a) This worked case follows Hassani's treatment of the rotation group. Take his convention: Hermitian generators J1,J2,J3J_1,J_2,J_3 with

[Ji,Jj]=i ϵijkJk,socij k=i ϵijk.[J_i, J_j] = i\,\epsilon_{ijk}J_k , \qquad\text{so}\qquad c_{ij}^{\,k} = i\,\epsilon_{ijk} .

Step 2. The Cartan metric is

gij=cil kcjk l=(iϵilk)(iϵjkl)=−ϵilkϵjkl=+ϵilkϵjlk=2δij,g_{ij} = c_{il}^{\,k}c_{jk}^{\,l} = (i\epsilon_{ilk})(i\epsilon_{jkl}) = -\epsilon_{ilk}\epsilon_{jkl} = +\epsilon_{ilk}\epsilon_{jlk} = 2\delta_{ij} ,

the third equality using ϵjkl=−ϵjlk\epsilon_{jkl} = -\epsilon_{jlk} and the last the standard contraction ϵilkϵjlk=2δij\epsilon_{ilk}\epsilon_{jlk} = 2\delta_{ij}.

Steps 3–4. gijg_{ij} is invertible with gij=12δijg^{ij} = \tfrac12\delta^{ij}, so

C=12(J12+J22+J32)=12J2.C = \tfrac12\bigl(J_1^2 + J_2^2 + J_3^2\bigr) = \tfrac12 J^2 .

Dropping the factor 12\tfrac12, as Hassani does and as physics does, the Casimir is J2J^2.

Step 5. From the angular momentum algebra, the irreducible representation labelled jj has dimension 2j+12j+1 and J2=j(j+1)IJ^2 = j(j+1)I on it. Taking j=32j = \tfrac32:

J2=32⋅52 I4=154 I4=3.75 I4,dim⁡=2j+1=4.J^2 = \tfrac32\cdot\tfrac52\,I_4 = \tfrac{15}{4}\,I_4 = 3.75\,I_4, \qquad \dim = 2j+1 = 4 .

Building the four-by-four matrices J±J_\pm, J3J_3 explicitly from the ladder-operator formulas and forming J12+J22+J32J_1^2+J_2^2+J_3^2 numerically returns 3.753.75 on the diagonal and zero off it, to machine precision, and the same computation at 2j=1,2,42j = 1,2,4 returns 0.750.75, 22 and 66, matching j(j+1)j(j+1) each time. The Killing-normalised Casimir is half of these: at j=32j = \tfrac32 its eigenvalue is 158=1.875\tfrac{15}{8} = 1.875.

Step 6. so(3)\mathfrak{so}(3) has rank one. Indeed a general element is a⋅J\mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{J} for some a∈R3\mathbf{a} \in \mathbb{R}^3, and the commutation relations give [a⋅J,b⋅J]=i(a×b)⋅J[\mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{J}, \mathbf{b}\cdot\mathbf{J}] = i(\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b})\cdot\mathbf{J}, which vanishes exactly when a×b=0\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{0}, that is when a\mathbf{a} and b\mathbf{b} are parallel. So no two independent elements commute, and a maximal commuting subalgebra is one-dimensional. By Chevalley's theorem J2J^2 is then the only Casimir, and a single label jj characterises the irreducible representation. The second label mm, the eigenvalue of J3J_3, distinguishes vectors within the representation, not representations.

Example(A rank-two case: su(3)\mathfrak{su}(3))Original

(b) Take the Gell-Mann basis Ta=λa/2T_a = \lambda_a/2, a=1,…,8a = 1,\dots,8, normalised by tr⁡(TaTb)=12δab\operatorname{tr}(T_aT_b) = \tfrac12\delta_{ab}, with [Ta,Tb]=ifabcTc[T_a,T_b] = i f_{abc}T_c and the non-zero structure constants f123=1f_{123} = 1, f147=f246=f257=f345=12f_{147} = f_{246} = f_{257} = f_{345} = \tfrac12, f156=f367=−12f_{156} = f_{367} = -\tfrac12, f458=f678=32f_{458} = f_{678} = \tfrac{\sqrt3}{2}, up to antisymmetry. Computing gab=cac dcbd c=−facdfbdc=facdfbcdg_{ab} = c_{ac}^{\,d}c_{bd}^{\,c} = -f_{acd}f_{bdc} = f_{acd}f_{bcd} numerically from these constants gives

gab=3 δab,g_{ab} = 3\,\delta_{ab} ,

invertible, so su(3)\mathfrak{su}(3) is semisimple and C=13∑a=18TaTaC = \tfrac13\sum_{a=1}^{8}T_aT_a. On the defining (fundamental) three-dimensional representation, summing the eight squares gives

∑a=18TaTa=43 I3=1.3333… I3,soC=13⋅43 I3=49 I3.\sum_{a=1}^{8}T_aT_a = \frac{4}{3}\,I_3 = 1.3333\ldots\,I_3 , \qquad\text{so}\qquad C = \frac{1}{3}\cdot\frac{4}{3}\,I_3 = \frac{4}{9}\,I_3 .

The number 4/34/3 is the one quoted in particle physics as the quadratic Casimir C2C_2 of the fundamental of SU(3)\mathrm{SU}(3), in the normalisation that omits the inverse Cartan metric; 4/94/9 is the Killing-normalised value. Both are scalars, as Part 2 requires. Being a scalar is only the consequence, not the test: a Casimir is also a scalar on a direct sum of copies of one irreducible representation — two copies of the fundamental give 43I6\tfrac43 I_6 — so the vanishing of the off-diagonal entries confirms Part 2 here but proves nothing about irreducibility on its own.

su(3)\mathfrak{su}(3) has rank two — Arfken, Weber and Harris state this, and the commuting pair is visible in the basis above, since T3T_3 and T8T_8 are the two diagonal matrices — so Chevalley's theorem calls for a second Casimir, which the quadratic construction cannot supply. It is the cubic invariant dabcTaTbTcd_{abc}T_aT_bT_c, built from the totally symmetric coefficients dabcd_{abc} defined by {Ta,Tb}=13δabI+dabcTc\{T_a, T_b\} = \tfrac13\delta_{ab}I + d_{abc}T_c. Two labels, as Arfken, Weber and Harris say, is why the weight diagrams of SU(3)\mathrm{SU}(3) are two-dimensional while those of SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2) lie on a line.

ApplicationOriginal

Quantum numbers are Casimir eigenvalues. When a Hamiltonian is invariant under a symmetry group, it commutes with all the generators, so the energy eigenspaces carry representations of the group; the Casimir operators commute with HH as well and can be diagonalised alongside it. Their eigenvalues are then exactly the conserved labels a state is given. For rotational symmetry this is the pair (j,m)(j, m): jj comes from the single Casimir J2J^2 and names the multiplet, mm from J3J_3 and names the state within it, and the energy cannot depend on mm — which is the origin of the (2j+1)(2j+1)-fold degeneracy of a rotationally invariant level, lifted only when a field picks out an axis.

The equations of mathematical physics are Casimir eigenvalue equations. Hassani makes this the point of the section. If the symmetry group acts on a manifold MM and the carrier space is L2(M)L^2(M), the generators become first-order differential operators and the Casimirs become higher-order ones; the statement that a Casimir acts as a multiple of the identity on an irreducible subspace is then a differential equation, Cαf=λ(α)fC_\alpha f = \lambda(\alpha) f, whose solutions transform among themselves under the symmetry. For SO(3)\mathrm{SO}(3) acting on the sphere, C=L2C = L^2 is the angular part of the Laplacian and the equation L2Y=l(l+1)YL^2 Y = l(l+1)Y is the equation satisfied by the spherical harmonics, with the 2l+12l+1 functions YlmY_l^m at fixed ll spanning the ll-th irreducible subspace. Hassani notes that Bessel, hypergeometric and confluent hypergeometric functions arise the same way, as matrix elements in representations of a handful of small Lie groups.

Mass and spin. For relativistic particles the symmetry algebra is the Poincaré algebra, which is not semisimple, so the quadratic construction of this unit does not apply; Hassani's §30.3.4 finds instead the two invariants P2P^2 and W2W^2. Their eigenvalues are what the words mass and spin mean: an elementary particle is, operationally, an irreducible unitary representation of the Poincaré group, and the two Casimirs are the only labels it carries. Everything else — charge, colour, flavour — is a Casimir label of an internal group, the quadratic Casimir of SU(3)\mathrm{SU}(3) in example (b) being the one that separates the colour multiplets and that appears directly in the strong coupling of a quark, as the factor C2=4/3C_2 = 4/3 in one-gluon exchange.

Definition · advanced

Clifford algebras and spinors

Adapted

Defines the Clifford algebra of a real quadratic form by the relation uv + vu = 2g(u,v), gives its 2^N-element basis and the low-dimensional identifications with the complex numbers, the quaternions and the Pauli and Dirac matrix algebras, shows how Dirac's factorisation of the relativistic energy forces the gamma-matrix relations, and explains how spinors and the two-to-one map from Spin to SO arise inside the algebra.

Prerequisites: Quaternions, The rotation group and SU(2), Unitary and orthogonal matrices, Inner products and norms, Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential

Definition(The Clifford algebra of a quadratic form)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Eq. (27.4), p. 830, Eqs. (27.14)–(27.16) and Theorem 27.2.1, p. 834, and Eqs. (27.40)–(27.41) with footnote 3, p. 846

Let VV be a real vector space of dimension NN carrying a symmetric bilinear form gg. The Clifford algebra CV\mathcal{C}_V is the associative algebra with unit 11, generated by the vectors of VV, in which multiplication — written by juxtaposition — obeys

uv+vu=2 g(u,v) 1for all u,v∈V.uv + vu = 2\,g(u,v)\,1 \qquad\text{for all } u, v \in V .

Hassani reaches this relation by combining the wedge product with an interior product, and then observes that it is "sometimes taken as the definition"; we take it as the definition. Setting u=vu = v gives the equivalent form v2=g(v,v) 1v^2 = g(v,v)\,1.

In an orthonormal basis e1,…,eNe_1,\dots,e_N, in which g(ei,ej)=0g(e_i,e_j) = 0 for i≠ji \neq j and g(ei,ei)=±1g(e_i,e_i) = \pm 1, the relation becomes

eiej=−ejei(i≠j),ei2=+1  (1≤i≤μ),ei2=−1  (μ<i≤N),e_ie_j = -e_je_i \quad (i \neq j), \qquad e_i^2 = +1 \ \ (1 \le i \le \mu), \qquad e_i^2 = -1 \ \ (\mu < i \le N) ,

where μ\mu is the number of basis vectors of positive square and ν=N−μ\nu = N - \mu the number of negative square. The algebra determined by these relations is Hassani's Cμν(R)\mathcal{C}^{\nu}_{\mu}(\mathbb{R}); he lists C(μ,ν)\mathcal{C}(\mu,\nu), Cℓμ,ν(R)\mathcal{C}\ell_{\mu,\nu}(\mathbb{R}) and Cℓp,q(R)\mathcal{C}\ell_{p,q}(\mathbb{R}) with p=μp = \mu, q=νq = \nu as equally current notations, and we write C(μ,ν)\mathcal{C}(\mu,\nu) throughout. The order of the two indices is not standard between authors; here the first counts the +1+1s.

Two pieces of structure come free. An element is even if it is a linear combination of products of an even number of basis vectors and odd otherwise; the even elements form a subalgebra CV0\mathcal{C}^0_V, the odd ones only a subspace, and CV=CV0⊕CV1\mathcal{C}_V = \mathcal{C}^0_V \oplus \mathcal{C}^1_V. A representation of C(μ,ν)\mathcal{C}(\mu,\nu) by matrices is a choice of square matrices γ1,…,γN\gamma_1,\dots,\gamma_N with

γiγj+γjγi=2gijI;\gamma_i\gamma_j + \gamma_j\gamma_i = 2 g_{ij} I ;

the matrices of such a representation are what physics calls gamma matrices, and a column vector on which they act is a spinor.

Definition(Dimension, basis, and the small cases)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Theorem 27.2.1 and Eq. (27.12), p. 834, Examples 27.4.1 and 27.4.2, pp. 846–847, Table 27.2 and Theorem 27.4.6, p. 851, and §27.4.3, p. 852

Let e1,…,eNe_1,\dots,e_N be an orthonormal basis of (V,g)(V,g) as above.

  1. (Basis.) The 2N2^N ordered products

    1,ei,eiej (i<j),eiejek (i<j<k),…,e1e2⋯eN1,\quad e_i,\quad e_ie_j \ (i<j),\quad e_ie_je_k \ (i<j<k),\quad \dots,\quad e_1e_2\cdots e_N

    form a basis of C(μ,ν)\mathcal{C}(\mu,\nu) as a real vector space. In particular dim⁡RC(μ,ν)=2N\dim_{\mathbb{R}}\mathcal{C}(\mu,\nu) = 2^N, and the even subalgebra has dimension 2N−12^{N-1}.

  2. (The small algebras.) With Mk(A)M_k(\mathbb{A}) the k×kk\times k matrices over A\mathbb{A} and H\mathbb{H} the quaternions,

    Algebra NN Isomorphic to dim⁡R\dim_{\mathbb{R}}
    C(1,0)\mathcal{C}(1,0) 11 R⊕R\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R} (split complex numbers) 22
    C(0,1)\mathcal{C}(0,1) 11 C\mathbb{C} 22
    C(2,0)\mathcal{C}(2,0) 22 M2(R)M_2(\mathbb{R}) 44
    C(0,2)\mathcal{C}(0,2) 22 H\mathbb{H} 44
    C(3,0)\mathcal{C}(3,0) 33 M2(C)M_2(\mathbb{C}) — the Pauli algebra 88
    C(0,3)\mathcal{C}(0,3) 33 H⊕H\mathbb{H}\oplus\mathbb{H} 88
    C(3,1)\mathcal{C}(3,1) 44 M4(R)M_4(\mathbb{R}) 1616

    Hassani's Examples 27.4.1 and 27.4.2 give three of these — C(1,0)\mathcal{C}(1,0), C(0,1)\mathcal{C}(0,1) and C(0,2)\mathcal{C}(0,2) — and his §27.4.3 gives the last; C(2,0)\mathcal{C}(2,0) together with C(0,2)\mathcal{C}(0,2) is the n=2n=2 row of his Table 27.2, p. 851, and the two three-dimensional entries are the n=3n=3 row of the same table. Note that C(3,0)\mathcal{C}(3,0) and C(0,3)\mathcal{C}(0,3) are not isomorphic: the quadratic form, not merely the dimension of VV, fixes the algebra.

  3. (Dirac's relation.) Requiring that the relativistic energy–momentum relation E2=p2c2+m2c4E^2 = \mathbf{p}^2c^2 + m^2c^4 factor into two first-order expressions forces the coefficients to obey

    (γ0)2=1,(γi)2=−1 (i=1,2,3),γμγν+γνγμ=0 (μ≠ν),(\gamma^0)^2 = 1, \qquad (\gamma^i)^2 = -1 \ (i = 1,2,3), \qquad \gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu + \gamma^\nu\gamma^\mu = 0 \ (\mu \neq \nu) ,

    which is Arfken, Weber and Harris's Eqs. (2.74)–(2.75); equivalently γμγν+γνγμ=2ημνI\gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu + \gamma^\nu\gamma^\mu = 2\eta^{\mu\nu}I with η=diag⁡(1,−1,−1,−1)\eta = \operatorname{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1). No numbers satisfy this; the smallest matrices that do are 4×44\times 4, and ψ\psi must then be a four-component column.

  4. (Pin and Spin.) Inside the group of invertible elements of C(μ,ν)\mathcal{C}(\mu,\nu) sit the groups Pin(μ,ν)\mathrm{Pin}(\mu,\nu) and its even part Spin(μ,ν)=Pin(μ,ν)∩C0\mathrm{Spin}(\mu,\nu) = \mathrm{Pin}(\mu,\nu)\cap\mathcal{C}^0, which act on VV by twisted conjugation τa\tau_a. Hassani's Theorem 31.2.3 states that a↦τaa \mapsto \tau_a is a surjective homomorphism Pin(μ,ν)→O(μ,ν)\mathrm{Pin}(\mu,\nu)\to\mathrm{O}(\mu,\nu) with kernel {1,−1}\{1,-1\}, and his Theorem 31.2.6 that its restriction Spin(μ,ν)→SO(μ,ν)\mathrm{Spin}(\mu,\nu)\to\mathrm{SO}(\mu,\nu) is also surjective with kernel {1,−1}\{1,-1\}. Each rotation therefore comes from exactly two elements of Spin\mathrm{Spin}, differing by a sign.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Everything follows from one move: the relation lets you push any two basis vectors past each other at the cost of a sign, and lets you delete a repeated pair at the cost of a sign. So any product of generators collapses to ±\pm an ordered product with distinct indices, of which there are 2N2^N — one for each subset of {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}. That is the basis theorem, and it also explains why the small algebras are the familiar ones: a two-dimensional VV with both squares −1-1 gives four basis elements 1,e1,e2,e1e21, e_1, e_2, e_1e_2 whose multiplication table is forced, and it is the quaternion table.

Dirac's relation comes from the same move read backwards. He wanted (βE+∑αipi)\bigl(\beta E + \sum\alpha_ip_i\bigr) to square to E2−p2E^2 - \mathbf{p}^2 (with the mass carried along); squaring produces cross terms αiαj+αjαi\alpha_i\alpha_j + \alpha_j\alpha_i, and the only way for them to disappear is for the coefficients to anticommute. That is the Clifford relation, so the coefficients cannot be numbers; the smallest matrices that work give four-component spinors.

Spinors themselves are not an extra construction. Once the algebra is a matrix algebra, the columns of a matrix are already a space the algebra acts on from the left, and that space is a minimal left ideal: the smallest non-zero subspace closed under multiplication by the algebra. That is what a spinor space is.

Proof(Part 1: the 2N2^N ordered products span, and the quaternion and Pauli cases)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), Theorem 27.2.1, p. 834, Example 27.4.2, p. 847, and §31.2.1, pp. 997–998

Step 1 (reduction to ordered products). Any element of the algebra is, by definition, a linear combination of finite products ei1ei2⋯eipe_{i_1}e_{i_2}\cdots e_{i_p}. If two adjacent factors have different indices, eiej=−ejeie_ie_j = -e_je_i exchanges them at the cost of a sign; repeating this bubble-sorts the word into non-decreasing index order. If two adjacent factors are then equal, ei2=±1e_i^2 = \pm 1 deletes both at the cost of a sign. Iterating, every word reduces to ±\pm a product ei1⋯eiqe_{i_1}\cdots e_{i_q} with i1<⋯<iqi_1 < \dots < i_q. There is one such product for each subset of {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}, so the 2N2^N listed elements span. That they are also linearly independent — so that the algebra is exactly 2N2^N-dimensional and not smaller — is Hassani's Theorem 27.2.1, which we quote. For the two cases used below, independence is visible directly, because the spanning elements are exhibited as linearly independent matrices.

Step 2 (C(0,2)≅H\mathcal{C}(0,2) \cong \mathbb{H}). Here N=2N = 2 with e12=e22=−1e_1^2 = e_2^2 = -1. Write a=e1a = e_1, b=e2b = e_2, c=e1e2c = e_1e_2. Then

c2=e1e2e1e2=−e1e1e2e2=−(−1)(−1)=−1,c^2 = e_1e_2e_1e_2 = -e_1e_1e_2e_2 = -(-1)(-1) = -1 ,

using the anticommutation once and then both squares; and

ab=c,bc=e2e1e2=−e1e2e2=e1=a,ca=e1e2e1=−e1e1e2=e2=b.ab = c, \qquad bc = e_2e_1e_2 = -e_1e_2e_2 = e_1 = a, \qquad ca = e_1e_2e_1 = -e_1e_1e_2 = e_2 = b .

So a2=b2=c2=−1a^2 = b^2 = c^2 = -1 with ab=cab = c, bc=abc = a, ca=bca = b, which is exactly the multiplication table of the quaternion units i,j,ki, j, k in quaternions. The four elements 1,a,b,c1, a, b, c therefore span a copy of H\mathbb{H}, and by Step 1 they span everything: C(0,2)≅H\mathcal{C}(0,2) \cong \mathbb{H}. This is Hassani's Example 27.4.2.

Step 3 (C(3,0)≅M2(C)\mathcal{C}(3,0) \cong M_2(\mathbb{C})). Here N=3N = 3 with all three squares +1+1. The Pauli matrices

σ1=(0110),σ2=(0−ii0),σ3=(100−1)\sigma_1 = \begin{pmatrix}0&1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}, \qquad \sigma_2 = \begin{pmatrix}0&-i\\i&0\end{pmatrix}, \qquad \sigma_3 = \begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix}

satisfy σi2=I\sigma_i^2 = I and σiσj=−σjσi\sigma_i\sigma_j = -\sigma_j\sigma_i for i≠ji \neq j — Arfken, Weber and Harris's Eq. (2.59) — that is, σiσj+σjσi=2δijI\sigma_i\sigma_j + \sigma_j\sigma_i = 2\delta_{ij}I. So ei↦σie_i \mapsto \sigma_i is a representation. It is onto: the eight products of Step 1 map to

I,σ1, σ2, σ3,σ1σ2=iσ3,  σ1σ3=−iσ2,  σ2σ3=iσ1,σ1σ2σ3=iI,I,\quad \sigma_1,\ \sigma_2,\ \sigma_3,\quad \sigma_1\sigma_2 = i\sigma_3,\ \ \sigma_1\sigma_3 = -i\sigma_2,\ \ \sigma_2\sigma_3 = i\sigma_1,\quad \sigma_1\sigma_2\sigma_3 = iI ,

which, up to sign, is the list {I,σ1,σ2,σ3,iI,iσ1,iσ2,iσ3}\{I, \sigma_1,\sigma_2,\sigma_3, iI, i\sigma_1,i\sigma_2,i\sigma_3\}. These eight matrices are linearly independent over R\mathbb{R}. To see it, let ckc_k be the coefficient of σk\sigma_k and dkd_k that of iσki\sigma_k (with σ0=I\sigma_0 = I), and read off the four entries of the combination: their real and imaginary parts are c0±c3c_0 \pm c_3, d0±d3d_0 \pm d_3, c1±d2c_1 \pm d_2 and d1∓c2d_1 \mp c_2. Every coefficient occurs in two of these eight numbers, once with each sign, so the eight can vanish together only if all eight coefficients vanish. Hassani leaves the same verification to his reader. They are therefore a real basis of M2(C)M_2(\mathbb{C}), which has real dimension 8=238 = 2^3. Hence C(3,0)≅M2(C)\mathcal{C}(3,0) \cong M_2(\mathbb{C}), with the eight-element real basis above.

Step 4 (the even part of the Pauli algebra is su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2) exponentiated). From σiσj+σjσi=2δijI\sigma_i\sigma_j + \sigma_j\sigma_i = 2\delta_{ij}I one gets, for j≠kj \neq k, [σj,σk]=2σjσk[\sigma_j,\sigma_k] = 2\sigma_j\sigma_k, and the products computed in Step 3 give [σj,σk]=2iϵjklσl[\sigma_j,\sigma_k] = 2i\epsilon_{jkl}\sigma_l. Putting sj=−iσj/2s_j = -i\sigma_j/2 turns this into

[sj,sk]=ϵjklsl,[s_j, s_k] = \epsilon_{jkl}s_l ,

Hassani's Eq. (31.11). The sjs_j are traceless and anti-Hermitian, hence a basis of su(2)\mathfrak{su}(2), and under the identification of Step 3 they are the three bivectors up to a factor: e1e2=iσ3=−2s3e_1e_2 = i\sigma_3 = -2s_3, and likewise for the cyclic companions. The even subalgebra of C(3,0)\mathcal{C}(3,0) is four-dimensional, spanned by 11 and the three bivectors e1e2e_1e_2, e2e3e_2e_3, e3e1e_3e_1; each bivector squares to −1-1 (by the computation of Step 2, which used only eiej=−ejeie_ie_j = -e_je_i and ei2=±1e_i^2 = \pm1 with the two signs cancelling), and any two distinct bivectors anticommute, for instance (e1e2)(e2e3)=e1e3=−(e2e3)(e1e2)(e_1e_2)(e_2e_3) = e_1e_3 = -(e_2e_3)(e_1e_2). Up to a choice of signs these are the quaternion relations, so C0(3,0)≅H\mathcal{C}^0(3,0) \cong \mathbb{H}, and its elements of unit norm form SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2) (see quaternions and the rotation group and SU(2)). □\square

Proof(Part 2: Dirac's conditions)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §27.1.1, Eqs. (27.9)–(27.11), pp. 832–834; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §2.2, Eqs. (2.60)–(2.75), pp. 110–113

Work in units with ℏ=c=1\hbar = c = 1, as Hassani does, so the relation to be reproduced is E2−p2−m2=0E^2 - \mathbf{p}^2 - m^2 = 0.

Step 1 (what is being demanded). Dirac looked for a first-order equation (βE+∑iαipi+m)ψ=0\bigl(\beta E + \sum_{i}\alpha_ip_i + m\bigr)\psi = 0 whose multiplication by the conjugate factor (βE+∑jαjpj−m)\bigl(\beta E + \sum_j\alpha_jp_j - m\bigr) returns (E2−∑ipi2−m2)ψ=0\bigl(E^2 - \sum_i p_i^2 - m^2\bigr)\psi = 0. Here EE and pip_i are treated as commuting operators and β,αi\beta,\alpha_i are unknown quantities, not assumed to be numbers.

Step 2 (multiply out). Expanding the product, four cross terms cancel in pairs — ±mβE\pm m\beta E and ±m∑iαipi\pm m\sum_i\alpha_ip_i, the mass having opposite signs in the two factors — and the result is

β2E2+∑i(βαi+αiβ)Epi+12∑i,j(αiαj+αjαi) pipj−m2,\beta^2E^2 + \sum_i (\beta\alpha_i + \alpha_i\beta)Ep_i + \tfrac12\sum_{i,j}(\alpha_i\alpha_j + \alpha_j\alpha_i)\,p_ip_j - m^2 ,

the symmetrisation in the third term being legitimate because pipj=pjpip_ip_j = p_jp_i.

Step 3 (match coefficients). Comparing with E2−∑ipi2−m2E^2 - \sum_i p_i^2 - m^2 term by term:

  • β2=1\beta^2 = 1;
  • βαi+αiβ=0\beta\alpha_i + \alpha_i\beta = 0 for each ii, since no EpiEp_i term is wanted;
  • αiαj+αjαi=−2δij\alpha_i\alpha_j + \alpha_j\alpha_i = -2\delta_{ij}, since the coefficient of pi2p_i^2 must be −1-1 and no pipjp_ip_j cross terms are wanted.

Step 4 (this is a Clifford algebra). Rename β=γ0\beta = \gamma^0 and αi=γi\alpha_i = \gamma^i. The three conditions read (γ0)2=1(\gamma^0)^2 = 1, (γi)2=−1(\gamma^i)^2 = -1, and γμγν+γνγμ=0\gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu + \gamma^\nu\gamma^\mu = 0 for μ≠ν\mu \neq \nu — exactly Arfken, Weber and Harris's Eqs. (2.74)–(2.75) — which is the single relation

γμγν+γνγμ=2ημνI,η=diag⁡(1,−1,−1,−1).\gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu + \gamma^\nu\gamma^\mu = 2\eta^{\mu\nu}I, \qquad \eta = \operatorname{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1) .

Hassani's remark is that this is the defining relation of a Clifford algebra: it is his Eq. (27.4) with g=ηg = \eta. The algebra is C(1,3)\mathcal{C}(1,3) in the convention of the definition above.

Step 5 (why matrices, and how big). Numbers commute, so no four numbers can satisfy γμγν=−γνγμ\gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu = -\gamma^\nu\gamma^\mu with all of them non-zero; matrices must be used. Arfken, Weber and Harris reach the explicit 4×44\times4 set by the direct-product construction of their Eqs. (2.68)–(2.72), starting from the identity (σ⋅p)2=p2I2(\boldsymbol\sigma\cdot\mathbf{p})^2 = \mathbf{p}^2I_2, which is itself the Pauli case of Step 3 above; one such set is

γ0=(I200−I2),γi=(0σi−σi0)(i=1,2,3),\gamma^0 = \begin{pmatrix}I_2 & 0\\ 0 & -I_2\end{pmatrix}, \qquad \gamma^i = \begin{pmatrix}0 & \sigma_i\\ -\sigma_i & 0\end{pmatrix} \quad (i = 1,2,3) ,

and one checks the relation block by block: (γ0)2=I4(\gamma^0)^2 = I_4; (γi)2=diag⁡(−σi2,−σi2)=−I4(\gamma^i)^2 = \operatorname{diag}(-\sigma_i^2, -\sigma_i^2) = -I_4; γ0γi+γiγ0=0\gamma^0\gamma^i + \gamma^i\gamma^0 = 0 because the off-diagonal blocks acquire opposite signs; and for i≠ji \neq j, γiγj+γjγi=diag⁡(−(σiσj+σjσi), −(σiσj+σjσi))=0\gamma^i\gamma^j + \gamma^j\gamma^i = \operatorname{diag}\bigl(-(\sigma_i\sigma_j+\sigma_j\sigma_i),\,-(\sigma_i\sigma_j+\sigma_j\sigma_i)\bigr) = 0. Since ψ\psi must be a column the γμ\gamma^\mu can act on, it has four components, two of which were eventually identified with the electron's two spin states and two with the positron's. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, which conventions clash, and what the two books are counting.

  • Only the symmetry of gg and the invertibility of 22 are used in the basis theorem. Step 1 needs uv+vu=2g(u,v)uv + vu = 2g(u,v) with gg symmetric, and an orthonormal basis, which exists for any symmetric real form by Sylvester's law of inertia. Degeneracy is harmless there: if g(ei,ei)=0g(e_i,e_i) = 0 for some ii the relations still reduce every word, and one gets an exterior algebra in those directions. Non-degeneracy is needed for the classification in the table and for the theory of Pin\mathrm{Pin} and Spin\mathrm{Spin}, because twisted conjugation by aa is built from a−1a^{-1} and the reflection formula.
  • The signature, not the dimension, fixes the algebra. C(3,0)≅M2(C)\mathcal{C}(3,0) \cong M_2(\mathbb{C}) is simple, while C(0,3)≅H⊕H\mathcal{C}(0,3) \cong \mathbb{H}\oplus\mathbb{H} is not even indecomposable: it has two non-trivial two-sided ideals. Both are built on V=R3V = \mathbb{R}^3 and both have dimension 88. Anyone quoting "the Clifford algebra of three-space" must say which sign convention is in force, and the same applies to the Dirac algebra: with η=diag⁡(1,−1,−1,−1)\eta = \operatorname{diag}(1,-1,-1,-1) one gets C(1,3)\mathcal{C}(1,3), while with the opposite overall sign one gets C(3,1)≅M4(R)\mathcal{C}(3,1) \cong M_4(\mathbb{R}), the algebra Hassani works out in §27.4.3. These two are not isomorphic as real algebras, though their complexifications are.
  • Two different things are both called "the dimension" of the Dirac algebra, and both equal 16. Arfken, Weber and Harris write that the Pauli matrices with 121_2 form a Clifford algebra "of dimension 4", counting the four linearly independent 2×22\times 2 matrices over C\mathbb{C}; and that the Dirac matrices belong to a Clifford algebra of dimension 1616, with the complete basis 141_4, γ5=iγ0γ1γ2γ3\gamma^5 = i\gamma^0\gamma^1\gamma^2\gamma^3, the four γμ\gamma^\mu, the four γ5γμ\gamma^5\gamma^\mu and the six σμν=iγμγν\sigma^{\mu\nu} = i\gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu, which is a basis of M4(C)M_4(\mathbb{C}) over C\mathbb{C}. Hassani's count is of the real algebra: 2N2^N, which is 88 for N=3N=3 and 1616 for N=4N=4. For N=3N=3 the two counts disagree (44 complex versus 88 real) and both are right, because M2(C)M_2(\mathbb{C}) has complex dimension 44 and real dimension 88. For N=4N=4 they agree numerically at 1616 while still counting different things: Arfken, Weber and Harris's sixteen matrices include explicit factors of ii, so they are a complex basis of M4(C)M_4(\mathbb{C}), whereas Hassani's sixteen ordered products are a real basis of C(1,3)\mathcal{C}(1,3). The coincidence of the two numbers at N=4N=4 is an accident of the counting and should not be read as the same statement.
  • The chain Spin(3,0)≅SO(3)≅SU(2)\mathrm{Spin}(3,0) \cong \mathrm{SO}(3) \cong \mathrm{SU}(2) is not to be read literally, and Hassani says so. His Theorem 31.2.6 states that Ψ:Spin(μ,ν)→SO(μ,ν)\Psi : \mathrm{Spin}(\mu,\nu)\to\mathrm{SO}(\mu,\nu) is surjective with kernel {1,−1}\{1,-1\} — a two-to-one map, not an isomorphism. Two pages later, summarising the Pauli case, he writes the chain of isomorphism signs above, introducing it with "there seems to be the following chain", and says that its first link confirms the theorem. The tension is only apparent, and he resolves it himself: a footnote hung on that sentence (footnote 3, p. 999) says the first link is not exactly an isomorphism but a homomorphism that is locally, though not globally, one, and that the double-valued kernel lets one picture Spin(3,0)\mathrm{Spin}(3,0) as two copies of SO(3)\mathrm{SO}(3). So the book is consistent, and what it asserts is the theorem: Spin(3,0)≅SU(2)\mathrm{Spin}(3,0) \cong \mathrm{SU}(2), with the map onto SO(3)\mathrm{SO}(3) two-to-one with kernel {±1}\{\pm 1\}. That is also what the rotation group and SU(2) establishes independently, and it is what this unit uses; the displayed chain is shorthand, and the footnote is the statement to quote.
  • What the kernel {±1}\{\pm1\} costs. Because aa and −a-a give the same rotation, a spinor cannot be recovered from the rotation it is transported by: carrying a spinor once around a full 2π2\pi rotation returns −ψ-\psi, and only 4π4\pi returns ψ\psi. The example below makes this explicit — the rotor for angle θ\theta contains θ/2\theta/2.
  • Spinors are not tensors. Arfken, Weber and Harris say it in §4.1 and Riley, Hobson and Bence repeat it in a footnote: a spinor has none of the transformation properties of a scalar, a vector or a tensor of any rank, and that is precisely because its transformation law is a representation of Spin\mathrm{Spin} rather than of SO\mathrm{SO}.
Method(Building a gamma-matrix representation in any even dimension)Original

To represent C(2k,0)\mathcal{C}(2k,0) — equivalently, to produce 2k2k anticommuting matrices squaring to +I+I — use the tensor-product ladder:

  1. Fix the size. The matrices will be 2k×2k2^k \times 2^k, acting on (C2)⊗k(\mathbb{C}^2)^{\otimes k}: one Pauli factor for each pair of directions.

  2. Write the two families. For a=1,…,ka = 1,\dots,k set

    γ2a−1=σ3⊗⋯⊗σ3⏟a−1⊗ σ1 ⊗I⊗⋯⊗I⏟k−a,γ2a=σ3⊗⋯⊗σ3⏟a−1⊗ σ2 ⊗I⊗⋯⊗I⏟k−a.\gamma_{2a-1} = \underbrace{\sigma_3\otimes\cdots\otimes\sigma_3}_{a-1}\otimes\,\sigma_1\,\otimes \underbrace{I\otimes\cdots\otimes I}_{k-a}, \qquad \gamma_{2a} = \underbrace{\sigma_3\otimes\cdots\otimes\sigma_3}_{a-1}\otimes\,\sigma_2\,\otimes \underbrace{I\otimes\cdots\otimes I}_{k-a} .
  3. Why it works. In the same slot aa, the two matrices differ by σ1\sigma_1 versus σ2\sigma_2, which anticommute. In different slots a<ba < b, the matrix from slot bb carries a σ3\sigma_3 in slot aa where the matrix from slot aa carries σ1\sigma_1 or σ2\sigma_2; those anticommute, and every other slot contributes a commuting pair. One anticommuting pair in the tensor product makes the whole product anticommute. Each γ\gamma squares to II because every factor does.

  4. Change the signature. To make γi2=−I\gamma_i^2 = -I, multiply that γi\gamma_i by ii; this preserves all the anticommutation relations. So C(μ,ν)\mathcal{C}(\mu,\nu) with μ+ν=2k\mu+\nu = 2k is represented inside the same matrix algebra.

  5. Add the chirality element in odd dimensions. The product γ2k+1=(−i)kγ1γ2⋯γ2k\gamma_{2k+1} = (-i)^{k}\gamma_1\gamma_2\cdots\gamma_{2k} anticommutes with all of the others — it is a product of an even number 2k2k of them, and moving one γi\gamma_i through the other 2k−12k-1 factors costs (−1)2k−1=−1(-1)^{2k-1} = -1 — and squares to II, giving a representation of C(2k+1,0)\mathcal{C}(2k+1,0) of the same size. Verified numerically for k=1,2,3k = 1,2,3. For k=2k=2 this is the analogue of the Dirac matrix γ5\gamma^5, which Arfken, Weber and Harris define as iγ0γ1γ2γ3i\gamma^0\gamma^1\gamma^2\gamma^3 for their own signature.

  6. Check. Verify γiγj+γjγi=2gijI\gamma_i\gamma_j + \gamma_j\gamma_i = 2g_{ij}I for all i≤ji \le j; with 2k2k matrices that is k(2k+1)k(2k+1) identities, so 33, 1010 and 2121 for k=1,2,3k = 1, 2, 3. Done numerically for k=1,2,3k = 1,2,3 — 22, 44 and 66 matrices of sizes 22, 44 and 88 — all relations hold to machine precision.

Example(A rotor and a Dirac trace)Original

(a) A rotor, with a number at the end. Work in the Pauli algebra C(3,0)\mathcal{C}(3,0), representing eie_i by σi\sigma_i as in Step 3. Let B=e1e2B = e_1e_2, so B2=−1B^2 = -1 by the computation in Step 2 (the sign there did not use the squares being −1-1: e1e2e1e2=−e12e22=−1e_1e_2e_1e_2 = -e_1^2e_2^2 = -1 here as well). Since B2=−1B^2 = -1, the exponential series splits exactly as for a complex exponential:

R(θ)=exp⁡(−θ2B)=cos⁡θ2−sin⁡θ2 B,R(θ)−1=cos⁡θ2+sin⁡θ2 B.R(\theta) = \exp\Bigl(-\tfrac{\theta}{2}B\Bigr) = \cos\tfrac{\theta}{2} - \sin\tfrac{\theta}{2}\,B , \qquad R(\theta)^{-1} = \cos\tfrac{\theta}{2} + \sin\tfrac{\theta}{2}\,B .

Write c=cos⁡(θ/2)c = \cos(\theta/2), s=sin⁡(θ/2)s = \sin(\theta/2). Using Be1=e1e2e1=−e2Be_1 = e_1e_2e_1 = -e_2, e1B=e1e1e2=e2e_1B = e_1e_1e_2 = e_2 and Be1B=−e2e1e2=e1Be_1B = -e_2e_1e_2 = e_1,

Re1R−1=(c−sB)e1(c+sB)=c2e1+cs e2+sc e2−s2e1=(c2−s2)e1+2cs e2=cos⁡θ e1+sin⁡θ e2,R e_1 R^{-1} = (c - sB)e_1(c + sB) = c^2e_1 + cs\,e_2 + sc\,e_2 - s^2e_1 = (c^2-s^2)e_1 + 2cs\,e_2 = \cos\theta\,e_1 + \sin\theta\,e_2 ,

by the double-angle formulas; the same computation gives Re2R−1=−sin⁡θ e1+cos⁡θ e2Re_2R^{-1} = -\sin\theta\,e_1 + \cos\theta\,e_2 and Re3R−1=e3Re_3R^{-1} = e_3, since e3e_3 commutes with BB. So R(θ)R(\theta) implements the rotation by θ\theta about the e3e_3 axis — and it does so through the half-angle, so R(2π)=−1R(2\pi) = -1 while the rotation it induces is the identity. That is the kernel {±1}\{\pm1\} of statement 4, made concrete.

Now take θ=60∘=π/3\theta = 60^{\circ} = \pi/3 and v=e1+2e2+3e3v = e_1 + 2e_2 + 3e_3. Then

RvR−1=(12−3)e1+(32+1)e2+3e3=−1.2320508 e1+1.8660254 e2+3 e3,RvR^{-1} = \bigl(\tfrac12 - \sqrt3\bigr)e_1 + \bigl(\tfrac{\sqrt3}{2} + 1\bigr)e_2 + 3e_3 = -1.2320508\,e_1 + 1.8660254\,e_2 + 3\,e_3 ,

and the length is preserved:

(−1.2320508)2+(1.8660254)2+32=1.5179492+3.4820508+9=14=12+22+32.(-1.2320508)^2 + (1.8660254)^2 + 3^2 = 1.5179492 + 3.4820508 + 9 = 14 = 1^2+2^2+3^2 .

Carrying the whole calculation out with the 2×22\times2 matrices — forming R=cos⁡30∘ I−sin⁡30∘ σ1σ2R = \cos 30^{\circ}\,I - \sin 30^{\circ}\,\sigma_1\sigma_2, computing R(σ1+2σ2+3σ3)R−1R(\sigma_1 + 2\sigma_2 + 3\sigma_3)R^{-1}, and extracting the coefficients as 12tr⁡( ⋅ σi)\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(\,\cdot\,\sigma_i) — returns the same three numbers to machine precision.

(b) A Dirac trace. With the explicit γμ\gamma^\mu of Part 2, Step 5, the Clifford relation alone gives

γ1γ2γ1γ2=−γ1γ1γ2γ2=−(−I)(−I)=−I,sotr⁡(γ1γ2γ1γ2)=−4.\gamma^1\gamma^2\gamma^1\gamma^2 = -\gamma^1\gamma^1\gamma^2\gamma^2 = -(-I)(-I) = -I, \qquad\text{so}\qquad \operatorname{tr}\bigl(\gamma^1\gamma^2\gamma^1\gamma^2\bigr) = -4 .

This agrees with the standard four-gamma trace identity tr⁡(γμγνγργσ)=4(ημνηρσ−ημρηνσ+ημσηνρ)\operatorname{tr}(\gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu\gamma^\rho\gamma^\sigma) = 4(\eta^{\mu\nu}\eta^{\rho\sigma} - \eta^{\mu\rho}\eta^{\nu\sigma} + \eta^{\mu\sigma}\eta^{\nu\rho}), which at (μ,ν,ρ,σ)=(1,2,1,2)(\mu,\nu,\rho,\sigma) = (1,2,1,2) gives 4(0−(−1)(−1)+0)=−44(0 - (-1)(-1) + 0) = -4. Evaluating all 256256 traces tr⁡(γμγνγργσ)\operatorname{tr}(\gamma^\mu\gamma^\nu\gamma^\rho\gamma^\sigma) numerically from the explicit matrices and comparing with the identity gives no mismatches, and tr⁡(γ0γ1γ2γ3)=0\operatorname{tr}(\gamma^0\gamma^1\gamma^2\gamma^3) = 0 as the identity requires.

Example(A spinor as a column)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §31.2.1, p. 999

(c) This one follows Hassani's construction of the Pauli spinors inside the algebra. In C(3,0)≅M2(C)\mathcal{C}(3,0) \cong M_2(\mathbb{C}), set P=12(1+e3)P = \tfrac12(1 + e_3). Then, since e32=1e_3^2 = 1,

P2=14(1+2e3+e32)=14(2+2e3)=P,P^2 = \tfrac14(1 + 2e_3 + e_3^2) = \tfrac14(2 + 2e_3) = P ,

so PP is an idempotent; in the Pauli representation it is (1000)\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. The left ideal C(3,0) P\mathcal{C}(3,0)\,P consists of all matrices whose second column is zero, which is a copy of C2\mathbb{C}^2 and is minimal. For suppose a non-zero subspace of it is closed under left multiplication, and take an element of that subspace with a non-zero entry zz in row rr. Left multiplication by the matrix unit EsrE_{sr} carries that entry into row ss, and left multiplication by the scalar z−11z^{-1}1 normalises it — a complex scalar is available because i 1=e1e2e3i\,1 = e_1e_2e_3 lies in the algebra, by Step 3, so a subspace invariant under the real algebra is automatically a complex subspace. The subspace therefore contains both E11E_{11} and E21E_{21}, hence all of C(3,0) P\mathcal{C}(3,0)\,P. Hassani reaches the same conclusion along a shorter route, citing his Theorem 3.3.1: the minimal left ideals of a total matrix algebra are the matrices with a single non-zero column. He identifies this left ideal as the space of Pauli spinors, the two-component complex columns on which the Pauli matrices act, and obtains a basis of it by left-multiplying PP by the basis elements of the algebra, recording four matrices — a basis of SS over R\mathbb{R}, as his dimension count requires, since S≅C2S \cong \mathbb{C}^2 has real dimension four. Over C\mathbb{C} two of them suffice: P=(1000)P = \begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&0\end{pmatrix} and e1P=(0010)e_1P = \begin{pmatrix}0&0\\1&0\end{pmatrix}, whose non-zero columns are (1,0)T(1,0)^{\mathsf T} and (0,1)T(0,1)^{\mathsf T}, the spin-up and spin-down states.

ApplicationOriginal

The electron. The Dirac equation (iγμ∂μ−m)ψ=0\bigl(i\gamma^\mu\partial_\mu - m\bigr)\psi = 0 is the first-order equation Part 2 was constructing, and its four-component solution is the relativistic electron. Two of the four components became the two spin states — spin, as Hassani puts it, came out of the equation rather than being put in — and the other two were recognised only later as the positron's. That the gamma matrices must be 4×44\times4 and not 2×22\times2, and that ψ\psi is therefore a four-component object, is not a modelling choice: it is forced by the Clifford relation, as Step 5 shows.

Spin-12\tfrac12 in non-relativistic quantum mechanics. The Pauli algebra of example (a) is the whole apparatus of spin-12\tfrac12: the states are the two-component spinors of example (c), the observables are the σi\sigma_i, and the rotation of a spin state by angle θ\theta about an axis is the rotor exp⁡(−θ2B)\exp(-\tfrac{\theta}{2}B). The half-angle is directly observable — in neutron interferometry a beam rotated through 2π2\pi in a magnetic field returns with its sign reversed and interferes destructively with the unrotated beam, which is the kernel {±1}\{\pm1\} measured in a laboratory.

Rotations in computation. Because C(0,2)≅H\mathcal{C}(0,2) \cong \mathbb{H} and the even part of C(3,0)\mathcal{C}(3,0) gives SU(2)\mathrm{SU}(2), the rotor formula v↦RvR−1v \mapsto RvR^{-1} of example (a) is exactly the unit-quaternion representation of rotations used in computer graphics, robotics and spacecraft attitude control. It is preferred to Euler angles because composing rotations is a single product, interpolation between orientations is smooth, and there is no gimbal lock; the price is the two-to-one redundancy, which shows up as the need to choose a sign when converting a rotation matrix back to a quaternion.

Trace technology. In quantum field theory a cross-section is an average over spins of ∣M∣2|\mathcal{M}|^2, and the spin sums turn the amplitude into traces of products of gamma matrices. Identities such as the one checked in example (b) reduce those traces to metric tensors, so that a calculation that looks like a 4×44\times4 matrix product is carried out purely with the Clifford relation and never needs an explicit representation. That independence of representation is the practical payoff of defining the algebra by generators and relations rather than by matrices.